Main

October 21, 2011

Improving education requires positive thinking

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Mel Riddile has recently written about a venture by a group of individuals to form The Fairfax Leadership Academy, a charter school in the affluent Fairfax County Public Schools (FCPS) system in the Northern Virginia suburbs of Washington D.C.  I wholeheartedly agreed with his strong support of this endeavor.  But not everyone is equally supportive.  In a recent article in the Washington Post Jay Mathews’ response to the proposal is unnecessarily negative and dismissive.  It undermines unfairly a plan that deserves serious consideration.

In the interest of full disclosure

Last spring Eric Welch asked me to serve as a member of the board of directors of the Fairfax Leadership Academy.  Since I live 3,000 miles away and am retired as a teacher, my involvement is far more advisory than hands-on, day-to-day participation.  My role has been limited to advice on the math program, bell schedules and the evaluation process.  I will never teach at the school, profit from the school or perhaps even visit the school.  But I do know the individuals involved in the planning and have been able to observe the steps they have taken to have their vision become a reality.  Thus, I see myself as being in a uniquely knowledgeable and somewhat objective position to discuss the merits of the Academy.

Why so negative?

In his initial paragraph concerning the proposed charter school Mr. Mathews says:

“Welcome to Fantasyland. Eric Welch just sent me a detailed plan for a public charter school in Fairfax County. He and several other people on the board of what they call the Fairfax Leadership Academy say they want to help low-income families with a school unlike any that local students have had before.”

After describing the group as “deluded” Mr. Mathews assesses their approach to gaining approval as:

“Organizers are trying to win School Board approval by groveling. Their written materials remind me of my graduate school days, reading 14th-century appeals to the Chinese emperor. ‘We recognize the merits of the current public schools in Fairfax County and do not enter this venture with any notion of trying to undermine the success of a great school system,’ they say. ‘Rather, our intention is to provide an educational program with a unique structure that will enhance the system’s ability to serve all of its students.’”

He offers their efforts a “Nice try” and a warning.

“There have never been any public charter schools in Fairfax County. There are no public charter schools anywhere in Northern Virginia. Every attempt to create one of those independently run public schools has died. Virginia law gives local school boards the power to veto charters in their territory.”

A very different perspective

It is historically accurate to say there has never been a charter school in FCPS.  Of course, it would have been equally correct to say on December 16, 1903 that no man had ever flown and on July 19, 1969 no one had ever landed on the moon.  While the Fairfax Leadership Academy is hardly in the category of flight or space exploration, the fact that it would be the first school of its kind in FCPS is hardly a reason to dismiss it with words like “Fantasy Land”, “deluded” and “grovel”. 

This charter school is a legitimate and reasonable possibility.  The people spearheading this proposal have the perfect combination of talent, experience, confidence, work ethic, wisdom and realism to create not only the first charter school in that district, but a successful one.  They have worked with at-risk populations and know what methods will translate into academic success.  Their commitment is enormous.  Most have maintained full-time jobs while being on call virtually 24/7 to do whatever is necessary to push this Academy forward.  As Mel Riddile has stated, the underpinnings of their vision of a school for underserved students is the perfect confluence of realism and idealism.  They want to provide more time for students by expanding the school day and the length of the year.  They will incorporate the best practices of AVID (Advancement through Individual Determination) and the International Baccalaureate Program.  For the teaching staff there will be an improved collaborative evaluation process that will not only assess the talents of the faculty but improve them as well.

Eric Welch and his fellow board members have not taken any shortcuts in the pursuit of their school. They have spoken to members of the School Board, community, political leaders and colleagues.  When they have been given suggestions for improvement they have made the necessary adjustments.

More than a single new school

The importance of this conversation is not the specific proposed charter school.  It is a discussion of what needs to be done to improve education.  People like Eric Welch and his colleagues who possess a clear vision for the steps required to improve learning should be encouraged - not dismissed or ridiculed.  There is certainly no guarantee that the concept of the Fairfax Leadership Academy will attain its stated goals.  Such an evaluation can only be made after a significant period of time.  What is undeniable is that progress toward creating better schools will only occur when new ideas are fully explored.   

Improving academic achievement is similar to refining a scientific theory.  It should be a slow, methodical process whereby every step is measured, evaluated and refined.  The Fairfax Leadership Academy and other innovative schools offer the opportunity for this kind of research.  Negative and derogatory comments are of no value in this critical dialogue. 

 

 

 

October 15, 2011

Teacher to Teacher: When Adults Cheat, Children Lose

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Cheating in education appears to be rapidly reaching epidemic proportions.  It is both expanding in scope and escalating in its prevalence.  The most recent high profile scandal was highlighted in a post by Mel Riddile.  The outlines of the story are simple—six high school students paid a 19-year-old college sophomore $2,500 each to have him take their SAT exams at a variety of locations.

Other high profile school cheating scandals have been in the news for months.  It was revealed that in Atlanta large groups of teachers and administrators changed student answer sheets on standardized tests to improve the scores of test-takers in elementary and middle schools. 

“A July 5 report released by Georgia Gov. Nathan Deal showed officials at nearly 80 percent of 56 Atlanta elementary and middle schools examined cheated on annual student-performance tests, called Criterion-Referenced Competency Tests.”

And the incident in Georgia is merely the tip of the malpractice iceberg.  The Christian Science Monitor reports:

“The Atlanta cheating scandal also offers the first most comprehensive view yet into a growing number of teacher-cheating allegations across the US, reports of which reached a rate of two to three a week in June, says Robert Schaeffer, a spokesman for the National Center for Fair & Open Testing, which advocates against high-stakes testing.

“Former Superintendent Dr. Beverly Hall, who retired last month as head of the 48,000-student district, is accused of creating a culture of fear, pressuring faculty and administrators into accepting ever-increasing targets of achievement and turning a blind eye to the way those goals were achieved.”

The easy way out

Ask the cheaters why they did it and the answers are remarkably alike--the pressures are just too great for them to remain honest.  The teachers cheat because the administrators told them to do it.  The administrators cheat because the Superintendent demanded unrealistically high scores.  The students cheat because getting into the right college is too competitive.  They are not really guilty, pressures made them do it.  

From the perspective of someone who spent several decades in the classroom, the involvement of teachers in such activities is indefensible.  This should not be about finding ways to avoid accountability; it should be a question about the core responsibilities of an educator.  A counterfeit higher score for an elementary or middle school student may result in a school or a teacher gaining temporary success but is that really what matters?  A student whose results do not accurately reflect their skill level will be robbed of the remedial work necessary to achieve in later years.  What are these adults thinking?  How can administrators convince teachers to willingly participate in such a plan?

Taking a long hard look in the mirror

It is time to stop making excuses and to start facing reality.  The responsibility for all of these illegal activities rests squarely on the adults.  A culture of cheating has been clearly established in this country.  There are steroids that enhance performance in baseball, mortgages that are rigged to fail, college athletes who receive under the table payments, and elections that are won on bogus “facts”.   In not one of these examples have there been significant penalties.  Steroid users are still playing ball; lending institutions are bailed out; Cam Newton wins a national championship and millions of NFL dollars, and no one on Wall Street goes to jail.

Education is no better.  The Atlanta Superintendent is earning a nice pension in retirement.  The former chairman of their school board has moved to Newark to work with the $100 million FaceBook grant.  As Mel Riddile relates “There is no consequence for cheaters. The (SAT) tests are simply removed.  Neither colleges nor high schools are ever alerted that cheating was suspected.”   Stopping such behavior is not aggressively addressed.  “Students are not required to take the test at their own school.  School officials do not receive a list of test takers ahead of time, which some believe would improve security.”

There are clearly adult fingerprints on all of the cheating scandals.  How do high school students pay $2,500 to an imposter without raising suspicions at home?  That sum would hardly seem to be in the realm of “allowance” money.  And it was the teachers and administrators who altered the students’ tests in Atlanta. 

The people in charge of education are failing at virtually every turn.  Only 20 states have set aside funds to investigate suspicious erasures on standardized tests.  Sixty percent of the country will not dedicate the funds necessary to discover dishonesty.  Crucial tests are written in multiple-choice formats because they are cheaper to write and grade.  Such questions are also most susceptible to cheating but that is not enough of a concern to invest the funds necessary for creating more secure tests.   While the message educators always send is clearly that cheating is wrong and unacceptable, the actions taken do not match the rhetoric.

Education has been entrusted with the heavy responsibility of preparing the next generation to move into leadership roles in our country.  Implementing instruction that will give our students the skills to read, write, calculate and reflect are important.  But we must also set a standard of integrity.  Honesty is a virtue that needs to be valued and nurtured.  Cheating is always wrong and should never be tolerated.  No excuses allowed.

 

 

 

October 03, 2011

Good Educational Technology is Plug and Play

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In a recent post Mel Riddile discussed the adverse effect of educators failing to fully utilize available technology.  He pointed to the fact that too often various tools are bought for schools and then are not used effectively. 

“We cannot fairly evaluate something that we have not implemented. We can't say that a diet didn't work if we never tried it…We are still dabbling around the edges of technology integration.

“In fact, we educators are unintentionally doing more harm to the argument for more technology than we are doing any good.”

In a follow-up post I endorsed those sentiments by contrasting his concerns with the manner in which the calculator has been integrated into the high school math classroom. 

“By introducing 21stcentury technology into math, the course became alive and intriguing for 21st century students.  Regardless of the price tag it was an educational bargain. 

And more importantly, it had, in the words of Mel Riddile, become a "necessity."   The incorporation of the graphing calculator in math should serve as a role model for the rest of school-based technology.”

When good technology goes bad

While it is clear that tools like the graphing calculator can enhance the educational experience and need to be utilized fully, there is no guarantee that all technology is of equal benefit in the classroom.  One of my former colleagues was quick to inform me that a blanket endorsement of the utility of every device is a mistake.

“No one loves technology more than I do; I use it whenever I can.  But there is one thing that too many people don’t understand about employing it in the classroom—if it’s not ‘plug and play’ it is often not worth the effort.  If something is unreliable, complicated or ill-conceived it will most likely be abandoned or discarded.

“For example, I loved “Logger Pro."  It allowed the kids to collect and analyze data quickly.  It made labs more informative, allowed students to use data rather than to just collect it.   It was much like the graphing calculator. It basically involved an “on” and “off” switch to operate.  Instead of spending time fighting with balky equipment, the time was spent with the students analyzing the information they had obtained.

“That is not always the case.  Many of the innovations that are offered to teachers either don’t deliver the advertised results or don’t work at all.  To be effective in a classroom it has to be ‘plug and play’ and that means play effectively.”

Going off the “deep” end

She is not alone in her experiences.  For all of the good results that the calculator brought to the math classroom there were tech horror stories as well.  In the mid-nineties my school district made a huge financial investment in a particular software program, which was advertised as a self-guided learning tool for Algebra 1.  For weeks the teachers tried in vain to make the system work.  Untold hours of class time were lost.  Finally, in frustration I called the company’s educational liaison to explain the nuances of the program at a math department meeting.  Twenty minutes into the planned presentation she was still struggling to get the software functioning.  As the room became restless she asked for ten more minutes. It was to no avail; as teachers began to drift out of the computer lab she promised to come back at a later date when she was better prepared.   We never saw her again.  The software was “deep-sixed” by the department.

Lessons learned

Wasting thirty or forty minutes of a teacher’s afternoon is unfortunate but not disastrous.  However, fumbling with recalcitrant software in front of 30 adolescents for even half that amount of time is an educational nightmare.  Likewise trying to set up a complicated piece of technology in the seven minutes of passing time between classes is a formula for a classroom meltdown.   Patience is not a typical characteristic of high school students.   Any new method of instruction is usually allotted only one opportunity to fail.

Making classroom technology work

Mel Riddile is correct in setting a goal of fully implementing technology in the classroom. Such an approach is essential for preparing students to be successful in the world of 2011.  Classroom instruction must reflect the tools available both inside and outside the school.  There are, however, several guidelines that need to be followed:

  1. Training requirements must be centered on the teachers not the students.  Teachers can afford to invest time in learning how to effectively use new technologies.  What they cannot afford is spending large amounts of time in class to instruct and reinstruct 30 individuals on how to employ the equipment.  Effective technologies should require little more than a flip of a switch by students.
  2. Equipment must be dependable.  A lesson plan based on a piece of software or a data-gathering device that fails, results is lost class time – a precious commodity in education.  Therefore a high level of reliability is a key requirement for any piece of classroom equipment.
  3. Technology must enhance instruction.  Too many pieces of expensive equipment can be found gathering dust in storage rooms across the nation.  Some new innovations represent marvelous technological breakthroughs but often do little to actually improve instruction.  Before purchasing any new teaching tools, districts should seek input from teachers who have extensively used the devices under consideration.  Something that is essential for a Social Studies class may have little or no value in a Physics lab.
  4. Customer service must be effective and readily available.  When the inevitable problems with technology arise, teachers must be able to obtain quick and reliable support.  The in-school specialists are rarely equipped to help with such specific questions.  Quality help should never be more than one phone call or email away.
  5. The equipment must be easy to set up and take down.  Teachers may need to utilize a specific technology for one class but not for the one that precedes or follows it.  It must also be portable.  Teachers move from one classroom to another and/or share equipment with multiple teachers, the technology has to be equally mobile.
 

 

September 26, 2011

The Calculator—Role Model for Classroom Technology

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Mel Riddile recently lamented the failure of educators to embrace the use of technology.  His angst was ignited by a comment in an article published in the New York Times.

“In a recent New York Times article, Matt Richtel put it bluntly. ‘Schools are spending billions on technology, even as they cut budgets and lay off teachers, with little proof that this approach is improving basic learning.”

Dr. Riddile agrees that technology is not having the intended impact in education but for very different reasons.

“Because we are so used to "making do" with less, we are actually doing technology integration a disservice by allowing people like Matt Richtel to believe that we have fully implemented technology in our schools when, in actuality, scarce resources are forcing most schools to tinker around the edges giving lip service to technology integration without the tools needed to make it happen school wide.”

His final point is that items that are designed to augment classroom instruction fall into one of three categories:  novelty, nicety or necessity.   The argument is simple—until technology becomes a necessity in the daily activities of a course, it will never reach its full potential. 

An example of a "necessity"

As a math teacher from 1968 until 2008 I was witness to the evolution of the real “new math”.  Not that stuff that was talked about in the run-up to the Apollo Space Program.  I am talking about the introduction of the graphing calculator into the high school classroom.   It began as a trickle when a few Casio and Texas Instruments products began to appear in the classroom.  But as the capabilities of these hand-held devices became clearly evident, math educators began to take notice.  More than fifteen years ago Fairfax County Public Schools in Virginia decided to invest millions of dollars to ensure that every Algebra 1 and Algebra 2 student in the district had 24/7 access to a TI-83 during the entire school year. 

Weighing priorities

The use of any technology has downsides.  “Spell Check” has created a nation of poor spellers.  Doctors are no longer the only folks with illegible handwriting.  Automatic dialing has left most of us helpless when trying to remember a phone number in an emergency.  And don’t get me started on passwords.  So not surprisingly the influx of graphing calculators met significant resistance.   They quickly diminished the ability of students to mentally do fundamental calculations.  Many parents and teachers were appalled.  The comment “We are turning out a generation of math illiterates” was spoken in a variety of forms.  But the reality was just the opposite.  Instead of producing students who could do simple arithmetic in their heads, we were now capable of creating mathematicians. 

In my own classroom I was observing the profound difference such technology could make.  Instead of spending three weeks learning how to find a logarithm, students were spending that time using logarithms to solve complex math problems.  Graphs that would require a class period to create were now instantly available to analyze and utilize.  Topics once considered too complex to be discussed were now routine work.   The entire subject matter had been revitalized.  Real world problems were not only being solved they were being demonstrated on a screen.  For years I had been envious of the power of the lab experiment in Science classrooms; that was no longer the case.  Students in my classroom were launching rockets, discussing world population growth and determining the probability of winning the lottery without ever leaving their seats. 

Questions, questions, questions

The implementation of any technology always raises concerns.  For many parents the fear of the calculator was that it would somehow allow students to do well without working hard—in essence level the playing field for unmotivated students.  Actually, the converse was true.  Virtually every technology favors the individual who knows what they are doing.  The phrase “garbage in, garbage out” is appropriate in this conversation.  I would explain this situation to students and parents by saying, “A calculator is really quite stupid.  It will do whatever you tell it to do.  It will never tap you on the shoulder and say, ‘Are you really sure you want to input that?’”  But I could assure them that in the right hands it could perform mathematical magic.   

After a few years I became downright strident in my support.  When unenthused parents would ask “But what happens when the batteries die in the calculator?” I would answer “Buy new batteries.”

Use it or lose it

In the typical math class at my school the graphing calculator became a critical part of the daily lesson.  It was utilized to intensify the curriculum, bring the real world into the classroom and produce accurate and meaningful work.  By introducing 21stcentury technology into math, the course became alive and intriguing for 21st century students.  Regardless of the price tag it was an educational bargain.  And more importantly, it had, in the words of Mel Riddile, become a necessity.   The incorporation of the graphing calculator in math should serve as a role model for the rest of school-based technology.   

 

 

September 19, 2011

Food Fights should be “Must See TV”

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

According to the Washington Post, all 27 Fairfax County Public Schools (FCPS) high school principals are fed up.  They are tired of an apparently never ending string of cafeteria food fights that are occurring on a regular basis in their buildings.  It is critical for the public to understand that these events bear scant similarities to the iconic scene from “Animal House”.  According to the Post:

“One day in March, pranksters turned the cafeteria at Robert E. Lee High School in Fairfax County into a maelstrom of hurled milk cartons and leftover lunch.

“Close to 100 teenagers joined the melee, flinging sandwiches and water bottles. Hundreds of others, caught in the crossfire, screamed and ran for the exits. A 17-year-old, eight months pregnant, was knocked to the ground.

“Two students — recent immigrants who presumably had little experience with the modern American food fight — hyperventilated to such a degree that officials called 911.”

Clearly, unlike scenes from a movie, there is nothing funny about these incidents. And many are far from random.  A related article described another dust up at a different FCPS school, which featured hundreds of raw eggs and a false fire alarm all of which resulted in more than 600 students fleeing in a treacherous and slippery panic. Add the possibility of salmonella contamination and you have raised the potential negative outcomes to a whole new level.  Since it is hard to imagine raw eggs as a typical item in a student backpack, this food fight was hardly an impromptu event.

What the principals want

According to the principals in the district, they have limited avenues for controlling the situation.  Rarely are the guilty parties being caught and punished.  Consequently they are requesting the installation of cameras in the cafeterias as a deterrent.  At a cost of $8,000 per school this request would seem reasonable.  In fact, all but three of the principals have offered to fund the cameras out of their own school monies.  The debate within the school community appears to be centering on privacy issues. 

From the classroom teacher’s point of view

While the potential physical harm from these food fights should be sufficient to mandate the installation of the cameras, there are educational reasons to consider as well.  The learning environment of a school is a delicate balance.  The days prior to winter break, the first warm spring day or the simple forecast of snow can make maintaining student focus difficult.  Any incident such as the one at Lee HS, which includes flying food, ambulances, ruined clothes and hundreds of students milling around in hallways will bring academic pursuits to a complete halt.  Ask any of the teachers at that school how their afternoon classes responded to the curriculum that day.  In fact, that question could easily be expanded to the academic progress for the rest of that week. 

Install the cameras!

The privacy arguments are a bit vague. It is difficult to understand exactly what a video of a cafeteria would reveal that would be such an invasion.  It is highly doubtful that the film would be used to evaluate a student’s eating etiquette.  What it could do, however, is pinpoint the perpetrators of fights (food and otherwise), bullying, drug transactions among other negative behavior.  More importantly until such activities are stopped, the education of a large portion of a school population will continue to be hijacked. 

It is time to give principals the ability to roll the tape!

 

 

September 13, 2011

Four Days Make a School Weak

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

On August 31 “NBC Nightly News” Brian Williams moved into a commercial break with a tease of his next segment.  “As more and more school districts are moving to a four-day week, parents are asking, ‘What are we supposed to do with our kids on that extra day?’.”  While enduring two minutes of upbeat advertising for medications to lessen the impact of a variety of hideous diseases, I was extremely upset.  “Good grief, the school week is being cut to four days and the number one parental concern is daycare,” I thought to myself.

When the actual story unfolded it quickly became apparent that it would exceed my worst fears.   The actual focus of the piece was a series of comments by educators praising the benefits of the abbreviated school week.  A principal at an Oregon high school explained that due to budget problems the district had moved to four longer days of school in lieu of the traditional five-day week.   He was quick to point out that the students would be in school the same number of hours and not to fear that any taxpayer money was being wasted teachers were required to come to work on Fridays to do planning.  He then began to explain how student performance was improving under the new plan.  “It’s a paradox, less is more, less is more for these kids’ learning.”  The piece continued with several more references to how this seemingly contradictory set of circumstances was a positive for the students in the system.   In another school system preparing to move to the shortened week, an educational leader explained that this change was not about saving money but rather improving education.

A defiance of logic and reason

Perhaps these folks have never heard of the “Hawthorne Effect” where individuals tend to improve their immediate performances as the result of increased attention or change whether it is positive or negative.   Arguing that the addition of another day away from school will result in improved academic performance is ignoring the fundamentals.  Assuming that these high schools are on block scheduling (if not imagine an adolescent taking seven classes every day over a ten-hour period) the four-day week would have the typical student taking a math course on Monday and Wednesday and then setting that curriculum aside until five days later on the next Monday.  Throw in a holiday and there will be nearly a week between classes.  The same problems would exist for any discipline requiring retention of skills such as foreign language or music.

There would be equal problems for after school activities.  Picture trying to whip a marching band into shape after a school day that has lasted from 7:30 in the morning until 5:30 that evening?  Would dinner be served before or after rehearsal?

Research shows that human beings have limited attention spans.  For teenagers those numbers can usually be cut in half.  Going back to that class schedule, how academically effective would an extra 25 minutes be in those 115-minute blocks?  And who would want to be teaching osmosis or how a bill becomes a law in hours nine and ten of that elongated school day?

Finally, the principal in the story announced that attendance at his school had also improved.  That can happen when you reduce the number of days by 20%.

The much bigger question

There is absolutely no reason to believe that the financial circumstances facing states and communities are going to improve in the near future.  More and more difficult budget decisions are going to be required.  If the past is any indication, much of that burden will be placed on education.  Such a course of action is wrong; making arguments that it will make learning better is worse.  The current unemployment numbers reveal the folly of this approach.  The correlation between employment and education is clear.  Individuals without a high school diploma are three times as likely to be jobless than someone with a degree.  The core problem in this country is not a lack of work; it is a lack of appropriately trained workers.

Taking the wrong path

To perfect one’s serve in tennis which approach would be better—practicing one hour a day, seven days a week or just hit the ball for seven hours on Monday and take the next six days off?   The better path is obvious.  Those folks in Oregon and the more than 100 other communities that have moved to a four-day week seem to believe that the truncated school week is a model for improving their schools.  It is not.

 

 

 

August 31, 2011

Using Disney for Educational Advice is just Goofy

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In an effort to close their minority achievement gap, Montgomery County (MD) Public Schools (MCPS) like many other school systems has turned to Disneyland for educational advice.  According to an article in the Washington Post:

”In their ongoing quest to eliminate academic achievement gaps, Montgomery County educators are seeking help from the Magic Kingdom.

“It is not enough, they realized, to spend more on poor children or to promote college-level classes for all if school employees are not fully committed to the cause.

“Maryland’s largest school system sent a delegation to Disney’s complex in Orlando a few years ago for a lesson in motivating employees from a company that specializes in making dreams come true.”

And what advice did this considerable investment of time and money obtain?

“‘People need a reason to come to work. At Disney, we teach our employees the first day that we are here to create happiness,’ said Bruce Jones, programming director for the Disney Institute, which coaches outsiders in the entertainment giant’s business methods. ‘What we talk about with educators is, ‘Let’s not forget why we got into this: These are real kids.’”

No wonder the place is called “Fantasyland”.  Rest assured, any teacher who has stood in front of a classroom filled to overflowing with students fresh from more than two months of summer vacation is well aware that there are “real kids” sitting in those chairs.  And, unfortunately, learning how to derive the quadratic formula does not always equate into “happiness”.

Outside advice is not all bad

Utilizing the thoughts of non-educators can be beneficial.  In previous posts, I have quoted Vince Lombardi, Bill Gates and Mark Twain among others.  What is troubling about the MCPS adventure in the Magic Kingdom is the actual advice being rendered.  While any business as successful as Disney has important lessons to share, the goals of education and those of an amusement park do not significantly overlap.  In the Disney orientation, which is called “Transitions” there is a review of the company history and a screening of clips of old Disney movies, which have reportedly brought many new employees to tears.   Now MCPS has its own orientation for new personnel which is also being titled “Transitions” and includes a history of the county, films about outstanding employees and concludes as a virtual revival meeting.  According to the Post:

“During one session in Rockville on a muggy August afternoon, three dozen recently hired teachers and bus drivers were introduced to their new employer’s vision statement in evangelical call-and-response fashion.

“A high-quality education is a fundamental right for who?” asked a high-energy facilitator. “Every child,” came the muffled response. “For WHO?” the call came again. “Every child,” the group said, a little louder.

“That’s right,” the facilitator said. “Every child.”

While there were no reports of widespread weeping among the participants, based upon my own experiences with such activities it would appear to be a possibility – and not in a good way.

The minority achievement gap is not a fairy tale

All of these machinations are the result of persistently lower academic performances by the district’s Hispanics and African-Americans when compared to Caucasians and Asians.  It is a problem that has existed for decades.  The county’s educational leaders have decided that the root cause of the disparity is low expectations on the part of teachers when dealing with these under performing groups.  It would appear that this latest approach by MCPS is just another attempt at finding an overly simplified answer to a very complex question.  If the significant differences in student performances between certain groups were a statistical blip on the educational radar screen much like an excessively hot summer, it could be explained away by employee incompetence or ignorance.  But these are entrenched problems that have been consistently in place for years.  Instead of soliciting the advice of a successful movie studio, schools need to look for fundamental structural changes that could actually directly address the achievement gap.

Not as entertaining as the seven dwarfs but…

From the point of view of an educator here are seven ways to attack the minority achievement gap:

Improve hiring practices.  Create a process for acquiring new personnel that would determine the quality of their work before they stand in front of a classroom.  Invest the time and resources necessary to make the interviewing of candidates a multi-tiered procedure that would accurately determine the best applicants.

Improve the evaluation process.  Hire professional evaluators who would not only establish the strengths and weaknesses of each staff member, they would have the tools necessary to improve the individuals being observed.

Create an effective termination policy.  Most poor teachers are failures with all of their students not just the ones at-risk.  However, those weaker students are often the most affected by poor teaching.  Schools must institute policies that would allow them to remove under-performing personnel in a timely manner.

Hire statisticians to determine root causes of low academic performances.  Instead of pulling out charts that demonstrate the obvious—certain groups are continually under-performing—do the research necessary to find out the fundamental reasons for these problems.  On numerous occasions it has been clearly demonstrated that low scores are far more about poverty than they are race based.

Encourage underrepresented minorities to take more challenging courses.  Sometimes students need a little encouragement; other times they require a bit of a push.  Establish a school environment where counselors and teachers are continually setting high standards for all students.

Offer incentives to work in low-income schools.  In the accountability-based schools of 2011 it is increasingly difficult to entice quality educators to work in the most difficult schools.  Offer higher pay, more creativity and leadership roles to outstanding personnel to perform in buildings with the greatest need.

Better prepare new teachers.  Instead of revival meetings give meaningful training.  Establish “teaching” high schools much like physicians have “teaching” hospitals and allow new educators to learn their craft appropriately.

 

 

August 30, 2011

In Testing Perfection Can be the Enemy of the Good

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

When No Child Left Behind (NCLB) was first presented in the early years of the Bush Administration it represented a significant shift in educational policy.  End-of-course exams like Virginia’s Standards of Learning (SOL) were soon to become a measure of a school’s success.  The initial requirement of a 70% pass rate in English and Math appeared challenging but reasonable.  Of course, most educational professionals acknowledged that such a level could only be a starting point.  When the SOL exams became a barrier to graduation, no one would have been satisfied with such a low target.  As the Fairfax County Public Schools (VA) Coordinator of Math told me at a department chair meeting at the time, “We have to be striving for something closer to 100%.” 

In the first few years before NCLB went into effect, most systems struggled to reach the 70% level but each year brought higher scores and by the time this requirement had become mandatory the majority of schools were deemed to be making Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP).  In slow, realistic increments the benchmarks began to rise.  These initial goals continued to be well within reach.  

The collision of idealism and reality

There is, however, a time bomb planted deep inside the legislation.  The necessary pass rate for AYP reached 89% last year, a point that became difficult to attain for an increasing number of schools especially in the sub-groups of Special Education and some minorities.  But more importantly, there was a lack of common sense at the endpoint of this relentless march upward. 

In 2014 the requirement for AYP will become 100%.  While such a percentage would literally leave no child behind it also empowers certain students to hold an entire building hostage by choosing to fail a test or at least not giving it their best effort.   

Why would a student not give his best on a standardized test?  Because some tests, although the results are included in the school’s data, are not considered barrier tests for the student.   It doesn’t matter what the student makes, but it can be devastating for the school’s statistics and their AYP.

Surprisingly, as 2012 testing comes into focus, there has been plenty of activity but little effort to address this reality.  Instead of facing the obvious—some children are going to be left behind regardless of the effectiveness of a school— band aids are being applied to the program.  In lieu of adjusting impractical expectations, special temporary exemptions are being issued.  Schools are being given additional time to reach an unreachable goal. 

The irony in all of these machinations is that if the majority of schools did attain test results with no failures, it would be likely that the methods of assessment and/or grading would have to be considered suspect.  Virtually every outcome of 100% is a source of concern.  When Saddam Hussein would win an election with 99.1% of the votes everyone knew the results were rigged.  Garrison Keillor’s Lake Woebegon children are all “above average”, a statement which is intended to be satire, not reality.  Expecting a typical school to have a perfect pass rate is equally ridiculous.  The result of such expectations will be to place inordinate pressure on the school staff and test creators to find ways to pass even the most recalcitrant of students.  In such a case the validity of all test scores will be diminished.  In addition, the recent spate of cheating scandals would likely increase in the wake of such outrageous expectations.  Ask a successful teacher what they would think if every student in all of their classes made an “A” on their final exam.  The answer would reflect on the quality of the test and/or whether it had somehow been compromised. 

Listen to the coach

Vince Lombardi wrote, “Always strive for perfection.  Though you will never achieve it, you may pass excellence along the way.”  Apparently, the authors of NCLB did not read the coach’s book.  Everyone wants all students to be successful.  But this is an aspirational goal, not a realistic one.  Any 100% rule can neither be implemented nor enforced.  However, instead of changing the rule to reflect authentic academic success for as many students as possible, there has been a flood of exceptions, exemptions and excuses.  It is time for a more realistic approach.  While it is true that a rising tide will raise all ships, exam grade inflation will not do the same for actual student performance.   A requirement of a 100% pass rate will surely lead to a disastrous scenario.

August 23, 2011

The Testing Shell Game

By Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The key to creating an illusion is to distract the viewer.  Draw the attention away from the sleight of hand and the audience will believe they have seen magic.  Apparently this technique is now a key element when dealing with the analysis of standardized test results.  The plan appears to be to use some new and often outrageous assertion to distract the public and “abracadabra” many of the problems inherent in the No Child Left Behind (NCLB) and end-of-course standardized testing magically disappear. 

The latest form of deception is an idea being floated by educational leaders in Virginia.  They are considering a proclamation announcing that a “pass advanced” on the state’s Standards of Learning (SOL) exams is an indication of college preparation.  The word “advanced” in most contexts indicates a significant level of accomplishment; in this case, however, it should not be confused with readiness for post high school study. 

It is actually more of a numbers game

At first glance a “pass advanced” might appear to be a significant achievement.  It requires a score of 500 or more on a test scaled to go from 200-600 (400 is required for passing).  But as in other forms of magic, these numbers are an illusion.  Like many other end-of-course exams being used for NCLB, the SOL is a four-option multiple-choice test with no penalties for wrong answers.  Consequently the actual range of scores is not nearly as large.  The laws of probability decree anyone answering 50 such questions would start with 12 or 13 correct responses simply by random guessing.  In 2011 a passing score of 400 on the Algebra 1 exam required 23 correct answers.   As a result of that scale, every student begins with a score of at least 340.  Thus the real possible range is 340-600.  Suddenly a tally of 500 does not seem quite so “advanced”. 

Forty-four correct answers will earn a student a 500.   Even if this were an exam with open-ended questions and penalties for wrong responses, mastery of only 88% of the curriculum is hardly college-level work.   But with a multiple-choice, no penalty format, 44 accurate responses represent much less.  A few quick calculations reveal that if a student can answer 42 questions, probability will produce the missing two from the remaining eight.  Now the mastery level is down to 84%--a “B-“on most grading scales.  Even those numbers are a bit skewed.  If an individual can eliminate one or two potential answers in a question the likelihood of a successful “guess” increases exponentially. 

Adding to these misperceptions is the limited nature of such forms of questions.  They cannot require multiple-step responses or demand a true demonstration of mastery of the most complex or intricate aspects of a subject.  They can only ask questions that have reasonably simple answers.  It quickly becomes clear that based on almost any analysis, a pass “advanced” on these tests is not a predictor of college success. 

To get quality, you need quality

As Mel Riddile discussed in a previous post, tests made on the cheap are susceptible to both cheating and inflated results.   If Virginia and other states want to administer tests that are indicators of future educational success, they will need to move away from the current easy-to-grade and inexpensive formats and invest in exams that will accurately measure a student’s mastery of a class.  Until then, any claim of academic prowess based on the results is nothing more than an illusion and distraction.

 

 

 

August 09, 2011

It is still about the poverty!

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The test scores for the Washington D.C. schools are in and while they are generally disappointing what is more informative is the fact they clearly demonstrate one of the fundamental causes of low academic performance—poverty.

This is not a new or original discovery.  Mel Riddile organized data clearly indicating that the U.S. scores on the most recent PISA tests were far more about socio-economic issues than poor teaching.  But these numbers from the Nation’s Capitol place an exclamation mark on his assertions.

A quick tour of Washington D.C.

I once heard someone say that zip codes are the best predictors of standardized test scores.  Three of the eight wards in the District of Columbia reinforce the validity of that comment.

Ward 3:  has a median household income of $97,690 and less than 4% of families with minor children are below the poverty line.  

Ward 7:  More than one-third (34%) of families with minor children live in poverty, and the median household income is $34,966.

Ward 8:  The poorest of the city’s eight areas where two of every five children (40%) have incomes below poverty level and the median household income is $31,188.

A comparison of scores

The elementary and secondary math pass rates in Ward 3 indicate that students scored more than 40 points higher than those in Ward 7 and 50 more than Ward 8­. Test results in different subject areas parallel those of mathematics.

But there are other areas that demonstrate the imbalance between rich and poor.  Using the city’s own criteria for teaching excellence, the IMPACT evaluation, the vast majority of the higher rated educators gravitate to the wealthier areas.  Only 71 of the top 663 teachers in the system worked at 41 schools located In Ward 7 and Ward 8.  That represents an average of less than two per school.  In the ten Ward 3 schools there were 135 of these educators placing on average more than 13 highly effective teachers per building.

A vicious cycle of failure

These statistics underscore what is already known.  Students at poor schools do not perform as well as those at wealthy ones.  It also emphasizes that in an era of accountability based in large part on these results, a preponderance of the top educators in a district will migrate to the more well-to-do buildings.  School leaders need to recognize this disparity and address it by offering incentives for top level administrators and teachers to work at low-performing schools. These could include both financial rewards and a different and enlightened approach to measuring progress in test results in areas that traditionally do poorly.

Otherwise, the academic story in Washington D.C. will continue to be a microcosm of entire country.

 

 

July 25, 2011

Jeopardizing Math Education

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

I am starting to feel like many educational leaders are approaching the instruction of math as if it were a game of “Jeopardy”.

            “Bill, it’s your turn to choose.”

            “Alex, I’d like to move to ‘Math Solutions’ for 200.”

            “Starting a new category, the answer is…‘8th grade Algebra’.  Bill, you buzzed in first.”

            “What is the solution for every math concern?”

            “That is correct”.

            “I’ll take ‘Math Solutions’ for 400”.

            “Continuing in the same category the answer is…‘8thgrade Algebra’.  Bill you’re first again.”

            “What should every student be required to take to improve math education?”

            “Correct again, you’re on a roll!”

            “Let’s take ‘Math Solutions’ for 600.”

            “Staying in the same category, the answer is…‘8th grade Algebra’.  Bill again.”

            “Uh, what, uh, what will guarantee admission for every student to any university in America?”

            “Right again, please continue…”

While this scene may seem hyperbolic or ludicrous, the reality is not too far behind.  The prevailing attitude in math education appears to be that the best solution is the 100% rule—academic policies must apply to “everyone”.   As Governor of California, Arnold Schwarzenegger did it when he decreed that every student in his state must take Algebra 1 by the eighth grade.  My former school district took the same path five years ago when it announced that the goal of the system was to have all students take Algebra 1 prior to entering high school.  Similar sentiments have been voiced all over the country.  But as Mel Riddile points out in a recent post, a story from California demonstrates the potential pitfalls of such an approach.

A tale of two school districts

The Dailybreeze.com a site that covers stories in the Southern California area reports:

“The Manhattan Beach Unified School District boasts the third-highest test scores in the state of California. So it would be natural to assume that a relatively large share of its eighth-graders is on the accelerated track in mathematics. Conversely, the Lennox school district has the highest rate of poverty in the South Bay. One might assume that a disproportionate number of its eighth-graders take it slower in math.

“But the opposite is true.  In affluent Manhattan Beach, 44 percent of eighth- graders took algebra I or higher in 2009-10, the latest available data from the California Department of Education. The corresponding figure in Lennox was 94 percent.”

While it is surprising that the far wealthier of the two districts has the lower percentage of students enrolled in 8th grade Algebra 1, the outcomes are not.  In 2009-10 only 27% of the students in Lennox scored proficient on the state’s Algebra 1 end-of-course exam.  That translates into three of every four students in the accelerated math failing the test.   Meanwhile the scores for Manhattan Beach soared.  According to Tom Loveless, director of the Brown Center on Education Policy at the Brookings Institute, "If you're a student from a disadvantaged background - and are African-American or Hispanic - you are more likely to be placed in an algebra class in eighth grade than if you are a white suburban kid in an affluent district".  Such results are not isolated to California.  Three years ago Loveless conducted a study of eighth-grade students across the country.  Based on the National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP) scores he found that among the lowest 10% of students tested, one-third were enrolled in Algebra 1 at the time.

A better way to go

So if the Manhattan Beach Unified School District is not pushing all of its 8th graders into Algebra I, how are they achieving such high test scores?  More than 30% of the eighth-graders in these schools take Algebra 1 part 1.  They then proceed to Algebra 1 in the ninth grade and with a solid two-year foundation in the subject then move on to Geometry, Algebra 2 and Pre-calculus.  John Jackson, principal of Manhattan Beach Middle School, is unapologetic about his school’s percentage of Algebra 1 students and two-year approach to the course for a significant portion of the eighth grade. “Our job is to get them ready for high school, and that's what we do really well.”

And then there is the science

A recent article in the Washington Post discussed the neurological reasons that some students are not prepared for Algebra 1.   The author, Rob Coppock, has a unique set of qualifications—he taught middle school math after a career as a research scientist.  Now retired from education he saw first-hand the potential damage that pushing the wrong students could cause.

 “To oversimplify the neuroscience, the cortex, or outer layer of the brain, matures from back to front. Parts of the brain associated with more basic functions, such as motor and sensory functions, mature first, followed by areas involved in spatial orientation, speech and language development. Areas involved in attention, evaluation and motor coordination develop last.

“The problem is that the normal pace of development for some students means their brains are physiologically not capable of understanding algebraic abstractions.”

The price of failure

What seems to be lost in the drive to push unprepared students into taking Algebra in grade 8 is the cost in terms of student self-confidence.  On a recent HBO “Real Sports” episode, Tiki Barber was asked how his troubles transitioning from pro football to broadcasting had affected him.   “I really tried, but when you try and fail, it’s hard to keep trying.  I would sit in my office and do nothing after that.”  Barber was 34 years old at the time his NBC career ended.  He is a graduate of the University of Virginia and during a brilliant NFL career participated in multiple Pro Bowls.  If someone with those credentials was devastated by being unsuccessful, what are the expectations for fourteen-year-old eighth graders who are overwhelmed by a curriculum in which they experienced scant success in the past?   Tiki Barber is preparing to return to his athletic career; what are the options for an adolescent in a similar mindset?   How many 8th graders are learning to hate mathematics, viewing success in school as beyond their abilities and ultimately beginning to consider dropping out as a dignified retreat?   

Final Jeopardy

If I were a contestant on my imaginary game show, my response to the answer “8th Grade Algebra” would be, “What course should definitely be taught in the eighth grade, but only for those students who are prepared academically, emotionally and neurologically to succeed?”  And then I would change categories.

 

 

 

July 12, 2011

How Good Evaluations Go Bad

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Evaluation of teachers is one of the hottest topics in the world of education.  The conversation ranges from how much testing should count, to finding ways of incorporating it into the pay scale.  Everyone knows that what we have is not working and there is pressure to develop a new process that will work in the 21st century.  Ironically, the solution for many of these concerns could be hiding in plain sight.

I am on an advisory board for a fledgling charter school.  One of the tasks I was asked to perform was to formulate an evaluation policy.  Starting with a blank sheet of paper, it was quickly apparent this undertaking was going to be quite daunting.  However, a one-minute Google search revealed a surprising result.

No need to reinvent the wheel

The new evaluation procedures for the state of Virginia consume 87 pages.  It is a marvelous program with teacher, administrator, student and parent input.  It covers virtually every contingency possible in the assessment of a teacher’s performance.  When read in its entirety it is an airtight document that should meet the needs of every educator.  It will give meaningful feedback that will assist teachers to improve.  Fairness and consistency will not be issues.  It will clearly delineate the poor and strong members of a faculty. 

I shared the document with a former colleague who was also on the committee.  After reading it she said:

“There’s an awful lot of good in this.  I only wish my evaluations had been done like the ones outlined here.  Even though I consistently received superior ratings, I can honestly say that I have never learned one thing from an evaluation that made me a better teacher.  The only time I gained anything like that was from just talking and watching other instructors.  I so wanted someone, especially at the start of my teaching career, to come into my room and help me become a better teacher.  This could have done that.”

Yes, those 87 pages describe a wonderful method for one of the most important activities in education. Ironically, the individual lamenting the shortcomings of her evaluations worked in a Virginia school district for 28 years. The coherent and clearly defined procedures described in that state’s plan never translated into any evaluation that ever took place in her classroom. 

Words and actions are not always the same

I spent 40 years working in the same district and concur with her comments. The problem, however, is not in the official evaluation program.  The actual reason so many teachers feel they are denied any benefit from the process is the manner in which it is implemented.  Despite all of the rhetoric about the importance of accurately assessing the performance of teachers, the implementation within the schools themselves does not indicate that it is a high priority. Principals and administrators do not devote the time or resources necessary to utilize the plan outlined on the Virginia website. 

The wrong people are evaluating

In many school systems the primary responsibility for evaluation rests on the Assistant Principal that supervises the department.  Often this is not the best choice. For most people in this position assessing teacher performance has to be low on their daily “to-do” list. The typical AP does not have the time or resources to solicit student, teacher and community input into the two dozen formal evaluations they have been assigned.  In addition, this particular individual may be ill-prepared to assess that diverse set of teachers. In forty years of evaluations I was never observed by an assistant principal who had taught high school math.  In some cases it was an individual who had never taught any high school classes.  Such limitations do not automatically preclude someone from being an excellent observer.  But we should be asking if administrators, most of whom are already overburdened, are the best choice for evaluating teachers?

A professional evaluation requires a professional evaluator

What school districts need to do is hire and train employees for the specific purpose of evaluation.  Their full-time job is the assessment of teachers in schools throughout the system.  Only teachers with an outstanding record of classroom success, a strong desire to utilize that skill to improve others and a willingness to devote their career to that task should be selected. The training program should be thorough and ongoing.  The assessment of the assessors must be as strenuous as the evaluations they will eventually be conducting. 

How would it work?

A team of these trained observers would conduct each teacher’s evaluation.  One would have taught in the subject area.  Another would be a “generalist” who will evaluate the individual in terms of their classroom skills. The lead evaluator would be responsible for acquiring input from the entire school community as described in those 87 pages.  Techniques such as videotaping formal observations could be employed.  This recording could be used both as a tool in the actual evaluation and as a learning device for the entire staff.  The benefits to the faculty of a film library featuring a collection of excellent examples of classroom teaching would be immense.  There is a reason why successful sport teams use such technology in a similar manner. 

By having these professional evaluators work in multiple schools, the process would become more consistent throughout the district. It would also be far less personal.  Being assessed by someone who works in the building and with whom one interacts on a regular basis does not always result in a comfortable relationship.  Likewise, the possibility of having this process performed multiple times over a period of years by the same individual may not ensure the best outcomes.  Additionally, there is a strong possibility that teachers would be more open and honest with someone whose only professional involvement is as an evaluator. 

What about the details?

Notably absent in this conversation are any specifics about the actual evaluation. How often should they occur? How many observations must be made?  What portion should be formal and what should be informal?  What is the termination policy?  These are just a few of the questions that need to be answered to make an evaluation effective.  Actually they have all been addressed in great detail in those 87 pages. Now it is up to school districts to realize the importance of this process and put in the appropriate time and commitment necessary for implementing teacher evaluations in an effective way.

 

 

July 03, 2011

Focusing on What is Important

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Teaching is a tough, time consuming job.  I knew a high school English teacher who would periodically have to take a day of sick leave for the purpose of grading an overwhelming amount of student work.  With a pair of grocery bags crammed full of essays in hand, he would leave the building provisioned to spend the next day at home pouring over a huge pile of papers for hours.  This ritual would occur at least four times a year.

For most teachers at my former school, the concept of “contract” time was laughable.  Technically the workday began at 7:15 a.m. and ended at 2:45 p.m.  However, the faculty parking lot was always half full by 6:15 a.m. and anyone arriving after 7:00 was hard pressed to find a spot. Even when I left school as late as 5:00 p.m., dozens of cars were still there.  Suffice it to say, a high-school teaching schedule is a full-time job.  Anything that reduces the amount of time available to undertake that task robs individuals of the ability to perform at their maximum level.

With those factors in mind, Mel Riddile has raised a concern about the persistent practice of assigning teachers extra-duties.  He quotes the superintendent of a large school system who is trying to intervene on behalf of teachers who are being overwhelmed with an escalating series of tasks that detract from their primary job of educating.  This is a legitimate concern that continues to have a negative impact on the academic success of schools.

It is not a new problem

This unfortunate tug-of-war between administrators and teachers has been a perennial problem.  It has been the root cause of much of the tension that exists among the two groups.  From the teacher’s perspective there is a sense that the administrative team does not trust them to use non-class time appropriately.  In addition, many of the tasks assigned are viewed as not being part of their job description.  Finally, in this era of high accountability, most teachers feel there is not enough time to both teach effectively and perform other non-educational chores. 

One example of this conflict occurred when my former district expanded the school day from six to seven periods.   The additional class would afford students an opportunity to take four additional classes during their high school careers.  Though the school day was to be lengthened by about thirty minutes, the vast majority of teachers were comfortable with the longer work day.  They assumed they would continue to teach five classes, work with the same number of students for virtually the same amount of time.  The additional period would give the master schedule more flexibility and could offer an increased number of interesting and unique courses.  The expanded school day would be offset by a second planning period which would allow more opportunities for collaborative planning, preparation and grading. 

Unfortunately, the policy makers saw the new schedule differently.  In a move that clearly indicated that they felt teachers could not be trusted with this new “additional” time the “Individual Professional Responsibility” (IPR) was born.   The IPR was a requirement that teachers spend one of those “off” periods engaged in tasks assigned by the local administrative team.  These responsibilities included cafeteria duty, working in the attendance office and returning used library books to their proper place on the shelves.  For several years every teacher in the building would not only be required to perform such mundane tasks, they had to log in their time and give written explanations of precisely how they had spent their IPR time.  To the teachers the entire process conveyed a message that if unsupervised they would simply use non-class time to drink coffee and read the newspaper in lieu of academic pursuits.  Mercifully, thanks to the hard work of some enlightened principals this practice died out over time, although I am not sure it was ever officially terminated.  But the misguided perception that expanding a teacher’s job description has no impact on their classroom work still exists.

Replacing one bad idea with another

 While the IPR faded, there were plenty of other items to take up extra time.  Initiatives were being introduced that would reduce a teacher’s ability to focus on their students.  District programs to monitor student progress (e-Carte and Abacus) were mandated activities - even though they were inferior to the assessment tools already in use at the school.  The staff had a difficult choice.  They could either stop using approaches that had been proven effective or perform the same analysis twice to meet district requirements.  And, of course, all such programs came with lengthy training.  Poorly conceived staff development and unnecessary faculty meetings added to the problem.   What was most frustrating for the teachers was the total disconnect from the inordinate amount of time already being spent on important non-classroom activities such as parent conferences, faculty and department meetings, after school extra-curricular activities, evaluation discussions, recertification requirements, reviewing textbooks, etc.  There was scant recognition that there were already plenty of “extra” duties to fill in any excess time.

The next big thing

The most ominous current demand on teachers concerns remediation of students who are performing poorly on standardized tests.  Ironically, the same superintendent who wanted to ease the pressure on teachers has also requested that his state’s barrier exams be administered earlier in the year with the burden of remediating those who fail to be left to the teachers in an unspecified and unfunded manner.  It is a plan that sounds suspiciously like more extra duty.

It is time to reassess the components of a typical teacher workday.  From the view of both the teacher and administrative staffs the focus must be on finding ways to best utilize the time of every staff member to better serve the academic performance of the student body.  Finding ways to keep staff members occupied with duties that do not move toward that goal is unacceptable.

 

June 09, 2011

Education Needs to Strengthen the Basics

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The academic goals of educational leaders are virtually identical.  They all want to create programs that will produce high school graduates who, as a result of a rigorous sequence of courses, will clearly and measurably exhibit mastery of all of the core subjects—English, Math, Science and Social Studies—in addition to being fluent in at least one foreign language, possessing an appreciation of the arts and maintaining a high level of physical fitness.   High school graduation rates would be near 100% and all students would be prepared for college level work. The objectives are the same; the debates revolve around the proper path to that ideal plan.

When idealism and reality collide

Jay Mathews has proposed a plan that he believes would increase rigor in schools.   In a recent Washington Post article “Why not honors courses for all?” he addresses a concern of some parents that their school district is moving away from the traditional three tracks—regular, honors, and college level—by eliminating honors classes.  Mr. Mathews’ solution is a different two-track approach:

“Instead of insisting on the old three tracks, tell the schools to keep the honors option and eliminate the basic course.”

It is important to note that Mr. Mathews is talking about classes in the eleventh and twelfth grades not entry level courses for freshmen.  On paper his arguments make some sense.  No educator would categorically reject increased rigor for students.  The better solution, however, is not the elimination of the basic or the honors classes but rather   making the current three options more appropriate.

Building a house of cards   

One of the fundamental problems with the current three-level approach is the ripple effect created by the oversimplification of the basic curriculum fostered by incessant pressure on teachers and administrators to eliminate poor grades.  To reduce the number of failing grades for unmotivated or poorly prepared students, many basic or regular classes in middle and high school have been made progressively easier.   This “dumbing down” of the curriculum does not go unnoticed by students, parents and teachers. Students who have limited academic skills are routinely enrolled in honors classes rather than regular classes. Once again the influx of under qualified students and the need to maintain high grades requires a lessening of the rigor of the honors classes.   The next step in this precarious sequence is the college-level courses.

Building a strong foundation

If one adheres to the principle that “given adequate time and attention, all children can learn”, a proposition that Mel Riddile and I have espoused at every opportunity, an approach in which all courses, by necessity, are taught at hyper-speed is unlikely to meet the needs of many students.  Student learning styles are almost as diverse as snowflakes and reducing options is a step in the wrong direction.   

While disagreeing with Mr. Mathews’ solution, I am equally at odds with those who take the opposite view.   They contend that when students struggle they tend to then drop out of school.  Using that as the prime consideration, it is argued that care must be taken not to frustrate anyone as they move through high school.  Any school system that is predicated on the desire to make sure that failure is nearly impossible is not going to result in a quality education.  As “Tiger Mom” author Amy Chua has said, building a culture of “inauthentic self-esteem” will not lead to academic improvement.

The better option is to create regular classes that are far more rigorous with higher expectations.  The same changes need to be instituted in honors and college level courses.   The next step would be to establish the proper placement of students and then push them to excel.  Offer students more time, more attention and more meaningful work while refusing to accept failure.  Support teams consisting of counselors, mentors and tutors must be formed to help guide students and parents through the difficult times.  Students can be allowed to fail a specific class; they cannot be allowed to fail to acquire an education.  The message has to be loud and clear.  Dropping out of high school is vocational suicide.

A key component of this approach would be a clear commitment that these three tracks do not constitute “tracking.”  There must be free flowing movement for students at all times.  When students strengthen their academic skills to a point where a regular class is no longer challenging they should be moved to the corresponding honors course.  This fluidity should be true in either direction and at any level.

If the basic foundation of the educational structure is strong, the rest of the construction will be equally effective.  This is a message that must be sent early and often throughout the entire school community. 

June 03, 2011

It is Time to Stop Misleading Students

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

It would seem logical that a local community college would be an excellent source to evaluate the quality of the education high school students were receiving.  Kristen Amundson, a former member of the Virginia House of Delegates and current communications manager for Education Sector, relayed some chilling data concerning the shortcomings of Virginia schools in a recent article in the Washington Post.  According to Ms. Amundson:

“At NVCC (Northern Virginia Community College) 2,913 of the 4,719 freshmen (62 percent) require remediation in one or more subjects. In other Virginia community colleges, as many as 80 percent of students arrive on campus needing at least one remedial class.”

Over the years Northern Virginia Community College has received national respect for the success of its students.  As a part of the Virginia Consortium students who earn grades of “A” or “B” in courses at the school can transfer those credits to any four-year state university.  Many talented individuals use two years at NVCC as a low-cost alternative for the first half of their college degree which they can complete at prestigious schools such as the University of Virginia and Virginia Tech. 

A disturbing imbalance

The fall schedule for NVCC reveals a major problem.  At the Alexandria campus there are 32 sections of Math I.  This is a non-college credit class that is designed as a remedial course that covers topics that should have been learned in high school.  Meanwhile Math 151, the freshman entry-level math course requiring a prerequisite of Algebra 2 and Geometry has a total of 11 sections.

The big lie

The state of Virginia thinks so highly of its Standards of Learning (SOL) end of course exams that the governor opted out of the Department of Education “Raise to the Top” competition because he believed the state’s standards far exceeded those of the federal government.  When one looks at the graduation requirements for the state, that contention seems valid.  To earn a diploma in the state students must pass three math courses at or above the level of Algebra 1.  In addition, they must pass at least one math SOL and in most cases two in order to “verify” those credits. 

On paper these requirements would appear to preclude any of the problems being encountered by NVCC.  The prerequisites for Math 151 are basically identical to those of a Virginia diploma.  And yet to meet the needs of the incoming freshmen, almost all of whom are products of Virginia high schools, there are three times as many remedial math courses as college-level.  The answer may be in how the state defines “mastery”. 

In May, 2011 in order to “pass” the Algebra 1 SOL exam a student must correctly answer 23 of 50 multiple-choice questions.  While on the surface that requirement might seem low (it equals to a 46% score) the reality is much worse.  On average random guessing on four-option multiple-choice questions will result in correct answers one-fourth of the time. Thus, a student can earn a passing grade by knowing the correct answer for 15 of the 50 questions (30%) and then by guessing on the remaining 35 questions net 8 or 9 more which will then total at least the required 23.  Though this level of knowledge could hardly be considered “mastery”, it does receive the label “passing”.  Even more disturbing is the fact that a few years ago that required pass number had been 26.   Is it really that surprising that a student with these credentials is struggling as a college freshman?

It is time to demand more

Sadly, the Governor is correct.  The state of Virginia does have comparatively high standards.  The problem is they are clearly not nearly high enough.  Instead students are receiving a potentially dangerous mixed message. They are pushed to go faster by taking Algebra 1 in middle school and abolishing all non-honors courses.  When too many begin to falter the requirements for defining “success” are lowered. The result is a transcript full of wonderful sounding classes and a plethora of graduates with woefully inadequate academic skills. 

It is time to stop looking for semantic shortcuts and begin the difficult process of demanding more.  The mere act of placing wallpaper over the cracks in our academic walls is not enough. 

 

 

May 27, 2011

Building the Best Educational Staff: Part 4 Evaluation

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Evaluations that have value

Academic success has been directly linked to the quality of a school’s teaching and administrative staffs.  Ideas are constantly being presented for improving educational personnel.  But singular approaches such as merit pay, improved evaluations, and easier termination policies will not individually accomplish that goal.  What is needed is a multi-faceted program that will address all of the shortcomings in the current system. Previously, eight fundamental areas were presented that need to be addressed in order for districts to be able to hire, improve and retain the most talented educators.    

This is the fourth in a series of articles that will detail the steps needed to implement those improvements.  In earlier posts hiring practices and effective interviewing techniques have been discussed. Part 4 will focus on the evaluation process.

Changing more than the format

Nearly every proposal for improving teacher evaluation revolves around the use of data particularly standardized tests.  While that is an important item for consideration, the most pressing reform may well involve redefining who is best qualified to actually perform those evaluations.  The first step in true evaluation reform should be to create a new set of individuals who are responsible for this portion of the process. 

Not the best choice for the job

In most school districts the primary responsibility for this process falls to the local administrative team and there are many assistant principals who are well equipped to review the work of a staff member.  But even though the vast majority undertake this time-consuming task with a high level of commitment, they have an overwhelming array of day-to-day responsibilities. For example, the AP who evaluated the math teachers at my former school was tasked with the discipline of more than three hundred freshmen, administering (and evaluating) three different departments, implementing the testing plan for state barrier exams, hall duty between change of classes, supervising several extra-curricular and athletic events and interviewing candidates for vacancies.  In addition there were the almost daily emergencies that always arise in a high school.  A majority of administrators have similar job descriptions.  It is not surprising to find the time to evaluate teachers falling toward the bottom of this lengthy “to-do” list. 

Creating professional evaluators

A better option for school districts is to train a group of master teachers to become full-time, system-wide professional evaluators.  Such individuals would be significantly better equipped to accurately assess the skill of an instructor than administrators who in all likelihood were not hired primarily for their evaluation skills.  The money required for forming such a cadre could be offset by a reduction in administrative staff and an improved evaluation process.

An even more important argument for this innovation revolves around fairness and consistency.  School-based evaluators cannot help but be somewhat biased by their daily interaction with the staff.  Within a building there is an intuitive sense of which individuals perform well and which perform poorly in the classroom.  These reputations are rarely based on quantitative data; they are the result of comments by students, parents, faculty and other subjective experiences.  Minimally these unsubstantiated ideas can influence the amount of effort spent on an evaluation.  If pressed for time, an argument could be made to shorten the observation of a teacher who is widely “recognized” as being outstanding.  Conversely, negative sentiments from the school community can result in closer scrutiny of less well respected educators.  In either case a measure of fairness is compromised. 

A team of district-based evaluators would eliminate this problem and would also create consistency throughout the system.  The evaluations at school A could be compared with confidence to those at school B.  A number of issues ranging from merit pay, transfers and the termination of contracts could be resolved more reliably.      

What would the process contain?

Here is one hypothetical fix for the ineffective and unproductive teacher evaluations that are sadly typical.  Three professionals would form a teacher’s evaluation team.  One (generalist) would be a highly trained observer who is thoroughly versed in the fundamentals of good teaching.  Another (curriculum specialist) would have similar training but would have taught in the subject field being observed.  The third would be an assistant principal at the school. The generalists and curriculum specialists would be required to have at least ten years of successful teaching experience in addition to extensive training in observing and interpreting classroom activities.  Successful retired teachers could be an outstanding and economical talent pool for these positions. 

The actual evaluation process would be intense.  At least five formal observations would be required.  The generalist and specialist would have two announced and two unannounced.  Additional observations can be done when necessary or desired.  A local assistant principal would perform one unannounced visit.  This experience would familiarize the AP with the teacher being evaluated.  The results of this observation would not be included in the final document but should allow the administrator to better understand and interpret the input from the other team members.  All observations would encompass an entire class period.  The two announced would be videotaped which would become a central component in post-observation conferences.  The videos would also be available to the other members of the team.  When appropriate, standardized test scores and other pertinent data would be included in the overall assessment.  Evaluators will, of course, be carefully trained in analyzing such data and how to utilize it in a fair, accurate manner.  At the end of the process, the three observers would meet and create the overall rating that would then be shared with the teacher.   The primary source of the final conclusions would be the two observers; the role of the AP would be to coordinate the process and provide further input if needed.

The next steps

The purpose of an evaluation should be to both determine the quality of one’s performance and to construct approaches to improve and enhance skills.  Ultimately it should also be a tool in determining pay, advancement and termination.  Those will be the focus of the next part of this series.  

 

 

May 21, 2011

Fact Checking the Test Score Madness

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Head Blogger's Note: The Teacher Leader references the Virginia Standards of Learning (SOL) Testing Program that employs a rigorous high school assessment system of eleven end-of-course exams, which act as barriers to graduation and are used to calculate adequate yearly progress (AYP).

Midway through the teacher evaluation portion of the “Building the Best Educational Staff” series, I came to a startling realization.  It had become obvious that one issue under discussion required separate attention—the use of standardized test scores in the high school evaluation process.

It sounds so good on paper

The hottest ticket in all new evaluation plans is the inclusion of these statistics. Everyone is talking about the need for this component.  Secretary of Education Arne Duncan brings it up at every opportunity and Bill Gates has spent millions of his own dollars to research the issue.   Even I have written in favor of it. In the abstract it is such a great idea. These tests are quantitative measures of student achievement that can allow a fair comparison of teacher performances.  It has it all—clarity, accuracy and ease of implementation. There is, however, one serious drawback.  It cannot work.

There are inherent problems

There is one aspect of these arguments that is continually overlooked—the actual percentage of students in high school who take these standardized exams.  Though regulations vary from state to state, using Virginia as an example, the reality is that most teachers do not have state or district tests to evaluate their students’ work.  As the Coordinator of Curriculum at my school one of my responsibilities was to formulate a testing schedule for the Virginia Standards of Learning (SOL) exams.  What I discovered as I worked to make the most equitable plan possible was that more than two-thirds of all classes taught in the building were not being tested.    How can the bedrock of an evaluation system be built on a formula that is appropriate for only 33% of the classes?  And this is not a question of core vs. electives.  In Virginia, no Physics classes are tested.  Likewise, 9th, 10th and 12th grade English, pre-calculus, United States Government and all foreign languages are excluded.  Will there be a different evaluation for Biology and Physics teachers?    If a person has a schedule that includes both World History I and Government classes will a hybrid evaluation be necessary?

In an attempt to make the use of test scores more accurate, many systems are working on plans that will measure progress from year to year rather than in a single “snapshot” of a group of results.  While that may work when measuring Algebra 1 and Algebra 2 students, problems quickly arise in science and social studies.  What is the precise impact of the work in Earth Science on performance in Biology or Chemistry?   How can one compare World History 2 to United States History?

Good questions, shaky answers

When the use of test scores in teacher evaluations is given close inspection the aforementioned concerns quickly become apparent.   One example of evaluation idealism colliding with actual reality was presented recently in the Washington Post. The paper had a question and answer session with Jason Kamras chief of human capital for Washington D.C. Public Schools.  Mr. Kamras is the principal architect of the two year old IMPACT teacher evaluation system.  This plan uses test score input as 50% of a teacher’s evaluation.  Unfortunately, Mr. Kamras’s responses to many of the questions were not inspiring.

When asked why so few teachers were being evaluated with the “value-added” test system he responded:

“You know the grades we test [on the DC CAS, 3 through 8 and 10]. You have to knock off third grade because we don’t test second grade, so you have no benchmark. You have to knock out 10th grade because we don’t test in ninth grade, although that’s changing. You always have some [teachers] drop out because they didn’t have enough kids.”

The follow up question was obvious.  What can be done about this shortcoming?  The response concerning alternative evaluations for non-testing teachers was equally troubling and unclear.

“We looked at portfolios and lots of other things. And then you’ve got to push a little bit. How do you do portfolios? Everybody has a different idea of what a portfolio is…Actually it’s really hard to demonstrate growth clearly and quantitatively…When we looked at it in depth, what we came to was that the operational burden to do this well was simply probably beyond the capacity of the school system at this point.”

It is not reassuring to have an evaluation program built on proposals that include “lots of other things.” 

What does it all mean?

The use of student standardized test scores as a segment of teacher evaluations can be valuable if used properly.  It should not be cast aside or ignored as inherently unfair or inaccurate.  But what its proponents must keep in perspective is the limited scope of these data.  It is not a magic formula for determining all teacher success. 

 

 

May 15, 2011

Building the Best Educational Staff: Part 3 The Interview

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Developing an Effective Interview Process

Academic success has been directly linked to the quality of a school’s teaching and administrative staffs.  Prescriptions are continually being proposed to improve educational personnel.  These plans have included merit pay, improved evaluations, and easier termination policies among others.  But this goal is too complex to be accomplished with singular solutions.  What is required is a multi-faceted program that will address a variety of shortcomings in the current hiring system.  Previously, I have compiled eight fundamental areas that need to be reassessed in order for districts to be able to hire, improve and retain the most talented educators. 

This is the third in a series of articles that will detail the steps needed to implement those improvements.  This post will focus on the interviewing process.

Rule 1:  The interview begins with the resume

One of the most important components to the interview process begins before any face-to-face meetings occur.  Choosing the best interview candidates from among dozens of resumes can be difficult.  No single piece of paper can tell the complete story of an applicant’s strengths or weaknesses.  But there are some items that deserve extra attention. 

What is the candidate’s academic background and teaching experience?

Only applicants with a strong academic background in the subject area should be given serious consideration.  While a major in the field would be preferable, the minimum requirement would be a significant number of successfully completed courses in the curriculum.  In many states the requirements for certification are unrealistically low.  For that reason there should be a thorough examination of the candidate’s GPA particularly in the subject area.  If this information is not contained on the resume, a transcript should be requested.   This extra step can reveal a great deal about a prospective teacher.  For example, one individual who applied for a Chemistry position at my former school had a reasonably good overall GPA.  However, a detailed look at the candidate’s transcript revealed that every course in Chemistry was “C” or lower including a few that had to be repeated.   This information is not trivial.

Previous employment, summer jobs, and areas of interest should also be carefully examined.  Matching an educator to a school is a subtle process.  Different student bodies require different strengths.  Evaluate prior experiences in terms of preparing the candidate for the school’s particular needs.  After determining the top choices the interviewing process should begin.

Rule 2:  Have the right people doing the interview

Teacher interviews should be conducted by the two individuals most directly involved in the development of new staff—the department chair and the supervising assistant principal.  If one of the two does not attend an interview no hiring should take place until both have had an opportunity to talk with the candidate.  Offering a position should require a 2-0 “vote”.  

The inclusion of the chair is particularly important.  No one understands the exact needs of a department as well as a person who works with this group every day.  In addition having a teacher in the process gives the applicant an opportunity to ask specific questions concerning working at that particular school.  While an AP has first-hand knowledge of the learning environment, it is not the equivalent to that of a full-time teacher.  Moreover, if the department chairs have a voice in the hiring, they will also have ownership and accountability.  It is now incumbent on them to make this hire work.  And finally having both the AP and department chair conducting the interviews makes the process more consistent, allows them to develop a coordinated working relationship and gives this somewhat subjective decision making process more objectivity.   

Rule 3:  Everyone should be asking questions

An effective interview is one that allows information to flow in two directions.  As the interviewers assess the qualifications of a candidate through a series of questions, the applicant should be seeking information about the makeup of the student body, an overview of the department personnel and educational philosophy and administrative support and expectations.  This understanding of the educational environment within the building is critical.  Hiring the right teacher is not always about hiring the most talented one.  Good teachers and successful schools are not automatically a perfect fit.  I have known many underperforming teachers who have found great success after transferring to a new location.  People often underestimate the importance of personal chemistry in teaching success. 

Rule 4:  Ask questions that result in meaningful answers

The inquiries posed during an interview should elicit introspection of one’s beliefs about education.  The goal should be to determine the applicant’s beliefs regarding why some students fail to achieve, how to reach different learning styles within a classroom, the most productive student/teacher relationship, and classroom management approaches.  Some of my personal favorites include:

  • Within your curriculum what is your favorite topic?  How would you share that enthusiasm with your students?
  • Next October when I visit your class, what facet of the lesson I observe will be the most impressive?
  • During that visit what will be the most notable aspect of the classroom environment?
  • What teaching issues would most likely require you to ask for advice from your colleagues?

A series of such questions should be created that will give true insights into the philosophies and beliefs of the candidate and also express the academic direction of the school.

Rule 5:  The questions are only the beginning

The give and take of the interview should be only a portion of the process in determining who is offered a position.  A comprehensive interview would include the following:

  • Writing sample.  The most basic skill required of a successful educator is the ability to communicate.  This talent must exist both verbally and in writing.  Having applicants express their views in words can reveal additional information not necessarily apparent in a question and answer setting.  Sample questions could include “What motivates you to be an educator?”, “What was the primary reason you applied to this particular school?” “Think of your favorite teacher.  What made this person so special to you?”  A written answer to any of these inquiries could give some extremely important insights.
  • Teach a lesson.  Tell the applicant in advance that they will be asked to teach a fifteen minute portion of a lesson they have done in the past.  They should be prepared with handouts, power points, board work, etc.  If they are uncomfortable with this request, what does that say about their future in front of a classroom of students?
  • Tour the school and visit classrooms.  Remember this is a two-way interview.  Give them a genuine feel for the educational environment.  An interviewer can gather insights about a candidate by observing their reaction to a classroom visit. After one of my interviews a teacher asked me when the students would be dismissed.  She then situated herself in the main office and watched the students as they left the building.  She later told me that the manner in which they conducted themselves and their interaction with adults convinced her that she wanted to be at this school. 
  • Make a lunch date.  Prior to offering a position, a highly-rated candidate should be invited to have lunch with the department during a school day.  This setting provides a wonderful opportunity for interaction with potential future colleagues and often served as the final stage in the entire process. 

Rule 6:  Aggressively contact references and previous employers

Some of the worst information acquired during the interviewing process is obtained from references.  Too many people are loath to give honest appraisals or worse they want to get rid of a problem teacher.  Consequently interviewers need to ask pointed questions when contacting these individuals.  The importance of their input needs to be clearly stated and emphasis be given to the need for candor.  Books could be written about the harm caused by misleading references.   Consequently, it is a process that must be undertaken carefully and with caution.

Rule 7:  Use your new hires as a resource

Your new hires can help in improving the interviewing process.  I always asked them why they chose to accept our offer and how our process compared to others.  These conversations revealed some important insights that were used to strengthen our work in the future.

 

 

 

May 10, 2011

Building the Best Educational Staff: Part 2

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Step 1:  Recognition that hiring is critical to academic performance.

The success of a school system correlates directly to the quality of the educational staff it employs.  Improving student achievement requires finding exceptional individuals who can fill those positions.  In a previous post I listed the eight priorities that were essential for hiring, improving and retaining the most talented educators.  This article is the first in a series that will detail the steps that need to be taken in order to ensure that all schools have outstanding personnel.

It is the implementation not the procedure

There is no question that every school district wants to secure the best talent possible.  The vast majority of systems have excellent hiring plans in place that are designed to attract the finest teachers available.  Unfortunately, that process can often become compromised as other concerns are given higher priority.  Some districts do not realize or understand the level of resolve necessary in terms of time and resources to hire the best and the brightest.

Rule 1:  Districts must recognize that the acquisition of new staff is critical.  Significant resources must be dedicated to recruiting top candidates.  These efforts must include input and participation by classroom teachers and school administrators. 

Recruit effectively at the district level

One of the biggest obstacles in acquiring new teachers in my school district was the practice of “early hires”.  Candidates in high-need areas would be interviewed by the personnel office and given guaranteed contracts.  The schools would then have to hire exclusively from that pool until it was exhausted.  In principle it was a sound idea—the district would recruit top-level individuals and pass them on to the schools.  Unfortunately, the expectations did not match the reality.  The selection process was highly erratic and I found myself interviewing people I would have never considered for a position.  Other department chairs would report being equally mystified by selections made in their subject areas.

Rule 2:  When making hiring decisions on early applicants, districts should approach the task in the same way that individual schools do when interviewing prospective candidates.  The process should include members of school staffs and solicit feedback each year on the effectiveness of the selections and suggestions for improvement.  

They are not widgets

Adding to the hiring problem is the misperception held by some that teaching staffs are a collection of interchangeable parts that can be added and subtracted with little effect.  The reality is very different.  A school’s staff is a complex team, which must be assembled while considering multiple variables.  Good teamwork is a critical component at numerous levels.  Departments must function efficiently as students move through the curriculum.  Likewise, there needs to be effective coordination and cooperation between different departments.  The teaching and administrative staffs must share similar aspirations for the academic program.  And of course the personnel of a school must be fine-tuned to best meet the specific needs of the student body.  I can recall two talented teachers, one in math and the other in science, who struggled for a year at my school. They transferred to new locations with very different student populations and had excellent careers. The art of building a successful staff can be that intricate.

Rule 3:  Creating an effective educational staff requires careful consideration of all aspects of a school’s educational environment. 

Their loss was our gain

I firmly believe that hiring teachers was my most important responsibility.  Each of those decisions had potentially long-term positive or negative impacts that could span years.  Since more than two dozen high schools in my district were choosing from a small pool of applicants, I approached the process as an intense form of competition. In a manner similar to college athletic recruiting or drafting in professional sports, the procedure consisted of carefully studying applications to locate the best candidates, an extensive interviewing process to narrow the focus and then an aggressive recruiting campaign to convince them to become a part of our math team.  I was also aware of the fact that not all of those other schools were as concerned with the endeavor.  Here are two such instances that resulted from such indifference.

Great teachers can apply any time

The letter arrived in early February.  It presented the story of a very interesting individual.  He had grown up in the area before attending the University of Florida where he received a degree in mathematics.  After graduating he served as a marine, then a Peace Corps volunteer and finally as a teacher in a poor school district in Los Angeles. His request was simple—since he would be in town later in the month he would like to have an interview.  The letter was sent to all twenty-four high schools in the district.  Only one school agreed to his request.  He related during his interview that few schools responded and those that did told him “…they don’t worry about hiring until May or June so come back then.”  It was their loss.  In June when he accepted a position at our school he told me that since we took the time in the “off-season” to speak with him he was convinced we were a good fit for his teaching.  His tenure has passed the 15-year mark and his work has been stellar.

Rule 4:  Interviewing teachers is not a seasonal activity.  It cannot be done at the sole convenience of the interviewer.

Professionals deserve professional treatment

His goal was to begin a second career in high school education after retiring as a Colonel in the U.S. Army. During his interview, I quickly realized he would be an excellent fit for our department.  He had a military bearing but an easygoing manner, two ingredients that bode well for good classroom management.  He expressed an eagerness to learn how to improve at his craft and a willingness to teach any classes that were available.  Within a week an offer was made, but he told me that he had one more interview before he could make a decision.  Two days later he accepted our job.  The next time I saw him I asked what made the difference.  “Now don’t get me wrong.  I really liked your program and philosophy but my first choice was to teach at another school.  It is where my daughter attends, it is right near the house and it just seemed like the best place for me.  But when I went there for my interview the math chair was out of the building and no assistant principals were available. So I was asked a few questions by the head of the English department.  The next day they offered me a job. But when I thought about it, I knew that proximity to my house was not nearly enough to convince me to accept the other school’s offer. So, here I am.”  He became precisely the teacher I expected based on his interview.  He had a wonderful rapport with the students, was a positive influence in the department and a great team player.

Rule 5:  The hiring process can say as much about the school as it does about the candidate. 

The message is clear—the attitude demonstrated in acquiring staffing says as much about a school and a district as it does about the applicant.  An effective hiring process is multi-faceted, year round activity.   The overall plan must be focused, detailed and productive. Anything is less will not produce the desired results—the best teaching staff possible.

Next:  Creating an effective interview

May 04, 2011

Building the Best Educational Staff: Part 1

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

There is no easy fix

In order to retain its status as a global leader the United States must create a world-class educational system.  To that end, numerous efforts are being made to find the correct formula.  Charter schools advocate longer hours and teacher freedom; a New York City school offers starting salaries of $125,000; Bill Gates has spent millions to study teacher evaluation and policy makers stress the need for accountability by using standardized tests.  Recently Virginia Governor Robert F. McDonnell offered a new merit pay program designed to assist under-performing schools in finding good staffing.  A variety of other incentive plans have been proposed with the intent of attracting top-level talent. While these and other ideas have varying degrees of merit, individually they are insufficient.   

There is no simple solution

Building a winning team whether on the athletic field or in the classroom requires many ingredients.  Ask successful coaches for their winning secrets and their response will be complex.  They cannot point to one particular element that consistently results in a championship team.  Likewise, no one-dimensional approach can produce outstanding educators in every classroom.  Looking for a “quick-fix” only delays the formulation of the sweeping set of policies required to populate every school with an excellent staff. 

It is a complex problem

In a recent post Mel Riddile has made a strong case that money alone will not create great teachers.   Based on his thoughts and my own educational experiences I believe that the following seven issues must be addressed to guarantee excellence in teaching staffs:

  1. A commitment to hiring policies that result in offering job opportunities to the most effective candidates.
  2. Establishing an evaluation program that results in a fair, consistent analysis of teacher performance and both improves effectiveness while identifying underperforming staff members.
  3. Formulating a policy for removing teachers in an equitable but efficient manner.
  4. Abolishing “last hired-first fired”.
  5. Creating meaningful staff development programs which have proven quantitative evidence of success in the classroom. 
  6. Competitive salaries with common sense rewards for outstanding work that can be measured in a clear and accurate way.
  7. Create leadership positions for teachers that will give them consequential input into educational policy.
  8. Ensure that all schools, especially those with challenging student bodies, have outstanding staffs.

More philosophical than fiscal

Over the next few weeks I will address these eight issues and present a comprehensive approach for hiring, improving and retaining outstanding educational staffs.  At a time of limited budgets, an important aspect of this plan is the low cost.   The major expenditures are in time and commitment, not dollars.

Next:  Hiring policies and strategies that find great talent

 

April 27, 2011

Finding the Right Merit Pay Plan

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Virginia Governor Robert F. McDonnell is the latest political leader to create a framework for funding merit pay for teachers.  In this plan the state would allot $3 million to selected schools throughout the Commonwealth.  The goal is to populate underachieving schools with outstanding educators.  However, despite the expectation of extremely tight budgets in the coming year, a number of districts intend to reject this offer.  This negative reception demonstrates the difficulty in finding the best approach to utilizing pay incentives to improve student performance.

The latest attempt

In a published statement Gov. McDonnell said, “The funding available for performance pay represents an opportunity to provide meaningful incentives and rewards for exemplary teachers in a significant number of Virginia schools.”

The program targets 169 schools throughout the state which have been designated as “hard to staff”.   To receive the funding districts would have to implement a merit-pay plan based on a new teacher evaluation system created by state officials which emphasizes student performance on end-of-course standardized tests. 

Not surprisingly teacher unions oppose the effort.  Kitty Boitnott, president of the Virginia Education Association responded, “Paying teachers to work in hard-to-staff schools is one thing, but it’s totally different to allocate pay based on how students do on an SOL (Virginia’s standardized exam) on a given day in a given year.”  A larger concern has been the specific schools designated for the program.  Both Arlington and Loudon County spokespersons have expressed serious disagreement with these choices.  “They’ve listed five of our schools, and none of them are difficult to staff,” said Wayde Byard, a spokesman for the Loudoun County school system.  Meanwhile Linda Erdos of Arlington County noted, “We’re not really sure how these schools got on the list rather than others.”  She added that schools that would appear to be more appropriate were omitted.  Many of the ones chosen by the state were considered successful by local officials. 

Use money to reward not to motivate

There is little doubt that in order to improve the schools in Virginia and elsewhere the key component is hiring and retaining the best teachers to work with the most challenging students.  But the method being suggested by Virginia appears misguided.   The key to merit pay is establishing a plan that will actually create better teaching staffs.  Viewing a bonus as an incentive for a teacher to work more effectively demonstrates a lack of understanding of the forces that drive the most successful classroom instructors.  Great teachers are not primarily motivated by finances; their greatest satisfaction results from assisting students to attain academic success.  Thus, the proper timing for monetary rewards should be given after educators have demonstrated their excellence in the classroom.

Beginning the process by targeting the most unsuccessful schools may be a waste of limited funds as well.  A better approach to the problems that Virginia is trying to remedy would be to focus on the schools that are outperforming expectations.  My former school had every possible excuse to fail.  It had the highest free and reduced lunch rate in the district as well as the largest ELL population and the most mobility.  Despite these demographic disadvantages, based on standardized tests, it outperformed 50% of the more affluent schools in the system.  Using this as a model, perhaps a better use of financial rewards would be to offer them to teachers and administrators who have proven their skills in similar situations in return for moving to less successful schools.  However, it is critical that such personnel shifts also be accompanied by a mandate that these individuals are given significant influence in the policies and practices in their new schools.  This combination of monetary incentives and the ability to have meaningful input in creating a positive learning environment would serve as a powerful lure for outstanding educators.   These are the individuals who should be the focus of any merit pay initiative.

There may be a better way

Another district in Virginia is proceeding with its own plan.  Beginning in 2011-2012 Prince William County will introduce an $11.1 million merit pay program.  While it still targets the poorest schools, it does offer an interesting twist—the awards are based on the overall performance of schools, not individual teachers.   Such an approach would create more of a team spirit within a faculty as bonuses would be determined by the entire student body rather than each individual teacher.  

However, I believe one additional step could be taken to make the process even more positive.  I have previously discussed the concept of “merit pay” for overachieving schools.

“If a school’s faculty is among the top scorers in the district, factoring in all the variables about the various schools in the system, then the school is given a reward.  It could be in the form of extra staffing (lower class sizes), better resources, or improved technology in addition to the implicit recognition.  This system would not be designed to punish affluent schools.  As demonstrated in an earlier piece (Time to Turn Talk into Action) a relatively simple mathematical equation can be constructed that will acknowledge success at all types of schools.

Recognition of ‘merit’ whether in actual dollars or in the clear and concrete knowledge that their talents are both documented and appreciated is critical to the morale and self-confidence of our best educators.  By incorporating a quantitative, consistent evaluation with financial rewards for outstanding teachers and schools, such an outcome is possible.” 

It may not be perfect but it could be a start.

 

 

 

April 26, 2011

Ignoring PISA Results Could be a Mistake

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In an essay published in the Outlook section of the Washington Post, John Sener has decided that by successfully making 18 of 20 free throws in a gymnasium he has, using the same criteria used by analysts of standardized testing, successfully proven that he is a better basketball player than Michael Jordan.  Using similar logic he dismisses the poor performance of American students on the PISA test as irrelevant.   

When in doubt, ridicule

 When my former school posted outstanding scores in the state’s standardized tests I was surprised by the number of questions other educational leaders raised about our “ethics”.  Mel Riddile would explain to me that when you have poor outcomes you have two options—work harder and smarter or find a way to bring the competition down.  Unfortunately, the latter approach appears to be the one favored by Mr. Sener.

His argument is that standardized tests in general and the PISA international test in specific are inaccurate indicators of the quality of a country’s educational system.  He begins with sarcasm and then drifts into the surreal.

“Once you truly understand the awesome power of test scores, you will embrace them, as I have done — especially after realizing how standardized testing proves that I am a better basketball player than Michael Jordan.

“Don’t laugh; I have the test results. I read something in a blog somewhere about how MJ recently made 16 out of 20 free throws in a friendly shooting contest. Pretty good, but I thought I could do better. So I went to my local gym and practiced and practiced until I achieved my aim: 18 out of 20 free throws! I’ll send you the video, if you like. (Or you could do what most people do with PISA scores and simply take my word for it.)”

Making the basket; missing the point

Based on his free-throw shooting (real or otherwise) Mr. Sener reaches several conclusions about the PISA test scores in the United States.

“You may argue that it’s not a fair comparison, but that’s what so great about this — simply use the same rules we apply to judging PISA scores, and it’s perfectly fair.  So what if it’s not a head-to-head competition? PISA’s not a head-to-head competition. The students take the tests at different times in different places under different conditions. Heck, they take the reading test in different languages.”   

His second explanation of the poor performance of U.S. students is their lack of interest.

“…what makes you think that American students take PISA seriously? When I tested my teenage son’s knowledge of the PISA exam, he just looked at me quizzically, since he’d never heard of it…Do you really believe that every student who takes the PISA has the same amount of practice?"  

To assess for yourself whether increased practice would affect the outcome of US students’ scores on the PISA tests, go to http://pisa-sq.acer.edu.au/ .

Not all air balls

Mixed into the misguided basketball analogies Mr. Sener does make some excellent points which should be emphasized.

“Standardized tests don’t measure most skills, yet opinion leaders and policymakers constantly tell us how America’s education is going down the toilet based on those scores...There is no place in standardized tests for creativity...You would be wise to ask these questions, even though standardized tests don’t care about curiosity, either.”

Ignored problems do not go away

There is no question that standardized testing does not answer all of the questions of how to measure learning and good teaching.  I have long argued that the Standards of Learning (SOL) exams given in my state (VA) did not indicate mastery of a subject and the method of administering the tests was poor.  But I also knew that though imperfect this new accountability was a step in the right direction.  Prior to such tests there were virtually no quantitative measures of the relative performances of students from classroom to classroom, school to school or district to district.  These results clearly indicated discernible patterns that, if used correctly, could be of great value. 

While this standardization did not equate to the level of precision that would be optimal, it did offer critical insights into the quality of teaching.  In every school the staff forms subjective conclusions as to which teachers are effective and those that are not.  During the ten years I observed SOL testing (VA) the results of these exams closely matched these informal evaluations.  Based on substantial data, the students of certain teachers routinely outperformed others.  While such statistics can and were misused, they did provide a limited amount of quantitative proof of student comprehension, weaknesses and the quality of the work of their instructors.

These outcomes were not enough.  The testing methods need to be improved to better reflect the actual knowledge acquisition.  They must demonstrate a legitimate understanding of a wide range of material.  This process is still in its infancy and far from a finished product.  The potential for improvement is present if the willingness to keep an open mind is maintained.

But simply ignoring any measurement that indicates a serious problem in American education is reckless.  A country where more than three of every ten students drop out of high school and only 30% attain a college degree is hardly in a position to dismiss a poor global performance with sarcasm and ridicule. 

Note: At the high school level, Virginia administers eleven end-of-course (EOC) exams, which are used both as barriers to graduation and to calculate adequate yearly progress (AYP). Only a few states use EOC exams for accountability purposes and as barriers to graduation.

 

 

April 15, 2011

What Can $51K Buy in Education?

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In previous blogs I have written about the financial and rhetorical issues surrounding the teachers in Wisconsin.  Unfortunately, too little has been written about the performance of those individuals in the classroom.  At a time when high school graduation rates in the United States are at alarmingly low levels, how well are those beleaguered educators in the Badger state performing?

Getting their money’s worth

Based on data compiled in 2008, the nationwide high school graduation rate was 70.1% which translates into only seven of every ten students earning a diploma. In that same year in Wisconsin the rate of success was 85.57%.  Not only was that more than 15% higher than the U.S. average, it was the second highest in the country trailing only Vermont which had a score of 86.63%. Meanwhile, in 2008 the average teacher in Wisconsin ranked 24thin the country in terms of earnings. There is little doubt that the teachers in that state were overachievers. 

Some mathematical expectations

So how much “bang for the buck” are the taxpayers of Wisconsin receiving from their teachers?  In 2008 the national average for teacher salaries was slightly more than $52,000 and the graduation rate was 70%. These numbers would indicate that for every $1,000 in salary the graduation rate is 1.34 (70 divided by 52). In Wisconsin the salary compared to graduation is 1.66 (85 divided by 51). Comparing those two outcomes indicates that the graduation rates in Wisconsin exceeds the national average per dollar by 31% (1.66 – 1.34, then divide by 1.34). In the context of this metric these educators are quite a bargain. 

There are other indicators of their dollar value. When comparing average teacher salaries to the median income in their state, the teachers in Wisconsin earned 89%.  That percentage placed them 28th in comparison to the other 49 states. 

Where is the controversy?

During the very public debate over the fate of teachers and their unions in Wisconsin, much was made of the avarice and selfishness of these educators. And yet the latest round of budget cuts in Wisconsin will result in their salaries being reduced by about 8%. Could it be that the targeted unions are not nearly as good at negotiating as the public is being told?  And are the best interests of the highly successful students in Wisconsin being served?

 

 

 

April 12, 2011

Fuzzy Thinking About Math Education

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In a recent article in the Washington Post, Peter Whoriskey discussed the increased push to make Algebra II a requirement for a high school diploma.  Mr. Whoriskey writes, “Of all of the classes offered in high school, Algebra II is the leading predictor of college and work success, according to research that has launched a growing national movement to require it of graduates. In recent years, 20 states and the District have moved to raise graduation requirements to include Algebra II, and its complexities are being demanded of more and more students.”

There are ample reasons to look to methods to improve the success of American students in acquiring a college degree.  The Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development has found that the workforce in the United States is trailing other countries in the percentage of young workers who possess a university education. 

Don’t believe every statistic

The causality between success in Algebra II and college is questionable.  As the sale of ice cream cones in New York City rises, the murder rate in that community escalates as well. While it would be intriguing to try to find a correlation between frozen snacks and homicides, the reality is that the two facts are unrelated.  What is true is that as the temperatures rise and interpersonal contact increases, violent crime grows as do the sale of cold, refreshing products.  Tying college success to passing Algebra II is an equally risky comparison.  In a country that pushes unprecedented numbers of eighth-graders to take Algebra I (about 50%) anyone who has not passed Algebra I, Geometry and Algebra II by the end of grade 12 has more than likely encountered some serious educational setbacks. The fact that such students do not perform well in college has far less to do with their math skills than their overall academic prowess.  In the five-year span from 8th to 12th grade, any individual who can only pass one or two classes at or above the level of Algebra I is an unlikely candidate for success in higher education.  There is little doubt that parallel correlations could be found between students who pass three lab sciences or three years of a foreign language and their performance in college.

The more math the better

Discounting the direct relationship between Algebra II and college success does not mean that the course is irrelevant.   The value of mastering the skills necessary for success in Algebra II transcends the direct use of logarithms, simultaneous equations or conic sections.  It, like Geometry and Pre-calculus, is a course that is heavily predicated on problem solving skills.  The mental discipline and reasoning required to be mastered can be easily transferred to non-math situations.  Passing this course or any other that demands a high level of persistence, dedication and focus will result in an outcome far more important than the curriculum itself.

Creating an educated society demands that students confront academic challenges.  One of the most disturbing arguments against requiring Algebra II for graduation is that it would encourage students to drop out of school.  Such a response raises the question—what is the purpose of having graduation requirements?  If it is to create an easy path to a diploma is there any wonder why so many students are bored in high school and subsequently struggle in college?  On the other hand, a course of study that demands that students leave their comfort level will strengthen their ability to conquer the more difficult intellectual tasks of the real world.  One of the core causes of the continuing high unemployment rates in this country is the poor educational skills of our workforce and the high expectations of jobs in the 21st century.  This dilemma was demonstrated by Mr. Whoriskey’s report about the working conditions in a city in Arkansas, a state where the mastery of Algebra II has become a priority.

“For proof of the usefulness of Algebra II, students need look no farther than the largest employers in (the city of) Conway.  Acxiom, a database company that employs 2,100 in the town, hires software and database developers, most of whom have bachelor’s degrees in technical fields. For them, Algebra II skills are a prerequisite. Similarly, at Snap-on Equipment, a plant that employs 170 making the sophisticated gears that garages use to align and balance tires, most production jobs require associate’s degrees in electronics.

“By contrast, at the Kimberly-Clark plant, which makes feminine hygiene and adult incontinence products, production workers need only a high school education. The jobs pay 11 to $20 an hour, and when 70 spots recently came open during an expansion, about 2,000 people applied.

“‘We’re looking for people with the ability to think critically,’ said Jeremy Cannady, until recently a manufacturing efficiency coordinator at the plant. ‘but not the ability to do exponential functions or logarithms.’”

While logarithms may never find their way into one’s life, the critical thinking skills they have imparted will serve a very useful purpose when trying to understand car financing, weighing a decision on a medical procedure or the nuances of a job offer.  The aforementioned $11 per hour jobs have little or no room for negotiation; the ones at Acxion will involve discussing retirement plans, bonus structure and pay raise schedules.  Someone who has learned to understand the principles of Algebra II will be well prepared for such conversations.

Missing the educational point

The fact that there are questions about the rationale for requiring mastery of Algebra II reflects poorly on the students, parents and most of all the math teachers.   The purpose of an education is not solely to acquire a group of facts and skills that will then be transferred directly to a future occupation.  If that were the case there would be scant need to study the works of Shakespeare, the Civil War, Algebra II or a foreign language.  But reading great literature, understanding the ramifications of history and learning to manipulate numbers and words will improve an individual’s ability to think.  That capacity makes the manipulation of a smart phone, understanding the home loan process or building a storage shed much easier.  That this message is not being effectively transmitted to our students reflects one of the basic failures of education in our culture.  Teachers not only need to help students perform calculations precisely, they need to help students understand why they are doing it.  What is the relevance of their subject?  Why should students put the time and effort into learning a particular subject?  The inability of students, parents, teachers and society at large to articulate the importance of education is producing enormous problems for our country’s future.   

 

 

 

April 10, 2011

When Offensive Is Not Enough

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

I recently expressed my concerns about the harsh rhetoric being employed in condemning teachers in Wisconsin and other states.  Mel Riddile pointed to such comments as a negative factor in the recruitment of new teachers.  But to my surprise and dismay as the budget battles escalate, the condemnation of educators has become even more hostile.  

Not exactly an apple for the teacher

One of the most odious recent comments was uttered by Mary Matalin on national television.  In the course of a diatribe about public sector workers, Ms. Matalin proclaimed, “We have to push back, pull back on these greedy, parasitic and selfish unions…”  Because she is far too intelligent to actually believe such inflammatory language, the hope is that Ms. Matalin is simply angry about some poor grade she received on a high school essay a few decades ago.  But compared to the previous attacks on teachers these words represent a significant increase in rancor.  For context a parasite is defined as “a person who receives support, advantage, or the like, from another without giving any useful or proper return, as one who lives on the hospitality of others.”   While Ms. Matalin’s remarks stand alone for their level of contempt they are continually echoed in milder terms by many others.

Please stop the madness

These conversations have now lurched into the ridiculous and dangerous.  According to census data the median income for a person with a bachelor’s degree or more is $100,000.  But in Wisconsin a group of college-educated individuals earning an average of $51,000 annually have been cast as the primary cause of the collapse of the future hopes and dreams of an entire state.  And yet, during the recent arguments over tax cuts many of these same critics decreed that individuals making five times the average teacher salary did not deserve the label “rich” and were in need of fiscal relief.

In education the concept of equitable pay is almost laughable.  At a typical high school with a student body of 1,500, the principal is responsible for a staff of about 200 individuals.  Two-thirds of those employees have at least an undergraduate degree and many have masters and doctorates.  The question to be asked is how does the pay scale for that principal compare to someone in private industry with similar responsibilities and an equally well educated work force?

Note to Ms. Matalin—the children can hear you

When viewed from a distance its makes no sense to ridicule and demean the same individuals who are expected to be the role models and mentors for our youth.  When teenagers hear their teachers described as parasites and worse, it is hard to imagine that they will value the judgment of those same individuals on topics such as literature or evolution.  We continually preach to our children about the need for a college education in the 21st century and then belittle the very people who can provide them a pathway to that goal.  And through the eyes of an adolescent what is the perceived value of that degree if a profession that requires that level of education is deemed greedy for requesting a living wage?  This is not a message that will inspire academic excellence.  This irresponsible behavior needs to stop.

 

 

 

April 03, 2011

Bringing 2011 to the classroom

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The students in the 11th grade English class were given an assignment that would have been impossible to complete in February, 2006.  They were told to respond to a reading based on the work of Ernest Hemingway.  While the literature being studied was available well before 2006, the method of delivering the homework was not.  The students in this class had to send in the assignment using Twitter and as prescribed on that site, keep their responses to 140 characters.

Some positive responses

The teacher who made this assignment is very enthusiastic about the outcomes.  “Part of my job is to get the students engaged,” she related. “It’s easier to do that if I can link the homework to Twitter and Facebook. The hope is that when it’s time for the AP exam, what started as a novelty will translate into a real skill.”

Her students were equally positive.   One describe her writing as more efficient, declarative, even staccato. “It was a total breakthrough,” she said.  Some sentiments match precisely with the thoughts expressed in a recent Mel Riddile post—concise writing equals better writing.

Other teachers have embraced additional aspects of social networks for instruction using a powerful combination of Facebook and the Canterbury Tales to study Chaucer’s work.   One senior English student was so excited by such an assignment she said, “I had to write interests and status updates for the friar in the story — he was like a total frat guy.” She then added, “It’s the kind of assignment I found interesting because I could relate to it.”

Other Facebook groups have been formed to relay information, have discussions and encourage inter-active study. 

Making it relevant

I found that one of the greatest obstacles in teaching mathematics was the abstract nature of the curriculum.  It soon became clear that academic success increased significantly by making the subject more applicable to a student’s life experiences.  In my own classroom we would weave topics such as probability, parametric motions and sequences and series to events familiar to the students.  The mathematics of television shows like “CSI”, price selection in clothing, and calculating successful field goal attempts would be studied at length. 

The English teachers in this article are doing the same.  They are bringing 14th century literature to life using 21st century technology.  Not surprisingly, many of the students have embraced this new approach.

Not everyone is convinced

In sharp contrast to the enthusiasm of the teachers and students, many educational policy makers are not quite ready to endorse the use of Twitter and Facebook.  Many states, including Virginia, are concerned with one of the more highly publicized, negative aspects of social networks - sexual predators.   

Education officials in that state are primarily concerned with the possibilities that this approach will give potential offenders greater access to students.   In the past decade the state has averaged more than a dozen cases per year of inappropriate relationships between teachers and students.  According to Virginia Department of Education spokesman Charles Pyle, the “vast majority” of those cases included texting and other forms of digital communication.

Some people do not see a direct correlation.  “It’s not about the technology, it’s about how it’s used, about acceptable behaviors,” said Kathy L. Smith, chairwoman of the Fairfax County (Virginia) School Board. “Somebody who wants to relate in that way is going to find a way to do it.”

No one, of course, would take the potential of sexual misconduct lightly.  But the larger question is whether using these technologies in the classroom would contribute to any increase in such behavior.  The reality is that adolescents in huge numbers are already engaged in significant activity on these sites.  Demonstrating a positive and responsible utilization of these tools may send a message that could elevate their personal adventures on the web.  There would be no guarantees of such an outcome but the potential for increased academic success must also be considered.  

High school students live in their own unique world of social networking, video games, homecoming floats and YouTube.  The more connections that educators can make between that universe and education the more likely it would be that the message of the importance of academic success will be received.  Ignoring the social network will not make it disappear and will only serve to widen the cultural gap between teachers and students.

 

 

 

March 29, 2011

When Criticism of Teachers Becomes Offensive

By Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

I do not want to get into the politics of the situation.  If governors around the country feel compelled to battle unions, so be it.  I do not want to get into the specifics of balancing budgets.  I understand that states cannot print money so financial shortfalls mandate pain for everyone.   I do not want to talk about how much money other people should be paid.  That is an assessment employers should be making.  But when I am bombarded on a regular basis by a narrative blaming teacher avarice for much of the monetary ills of 2011, I have to speak out.

When stalking ineffective teachers is not enough

For the past few years, educational policy makers across the country have pointed to poor student achievement as a direct reflection of the inadequate instruction they are receiving.  Newspapers have publicly humiliated teachers by publishing their students’ test scores with the approval of the Secretary of Education and other school leaders.  Bill Gates has invested millions of his dollars to find better teacher evaluation techniques.  I, too, have endorsed the need to find ways to remove underperforming teachers from classrooms as quickly as possible.

But now, thanks to the budget wars in Wisconsin, what was previously a rational discussion between thoughtful adults has turned into something akin to an argument between children during recess.  The litany of complaints against teachers could be ignored as childish and silly if it were not so widespread and fraught with serious ramifications.  On national television, teaching has been described as a part-time job because they only work nine months of the year and teachers are home every day before 3 p.m.   Some talking heads have opined that teacher unions are capable of making demands that would be the envy of the Teamsters union.   One 24-hour cable news network vilified the Wisconsin teachers for causing $7.5 million in damages to the building they had occupied.  Two days later that figure was corrected to a still lamentable but significantly smaller amount of $350,000.   According to other pundits, the chaos wrought by educators is nearly biblical in nature.  Teacher pension plans are described as equivalent to corporate golden parachutes.  When it comes to teachers, simply having health insurance is considered an extravagance.   But possibly the most outrageous assertion of all is that teacher salaries are the primary state budget-busters for this fiscal year.    And to think, some teachers thought that assigning too much homework was the reason they were so often maligned.

A good time for some number crunching

Some of the “facts” being used to justify the attacks on teachers and their unions are inaccurate; others are either misrepresentations or worse.  A realistic discussion must begin with an analysis of the basics.  The salaries of teachers in Wisconsin are far from exorbitant.  Their average is approximately $51,000 per year.  That ranks 24th in the country and trails two nearby states - Minnesota and Michigan. 

The actual comparison to the private sector is an apples-to-oranges equation.  Trying to compare performance bonuses, stock options and buyout clauses to pensions is murky at best. Within this past week Borders Books as part of its bankruptcy agreement is requesting $8.3 million in bonuses for their employees.  The claim is that they are losing employees at a rate of five per week.  Incentive payments for the top executives would range from $4.7 million to $7.1 million each.  One of the company’s arguments is that many of these people have been with the company for less than a year.  Then there are retention bonuses to non-executives which average $37,000. Border’s attorney wrote, “The debtors have concluded that the critical employees are highly talented and that it would be difficult if not impossible to replace them given the debtor’s current circumstances.” When corporations fail, they use monetary incentives to retain their best personnel; when schools fail, the teaching staff is fired without regard to the level of talent.  And no one seems terribly concerned with the potential loss of outstanding teachers or the unlikelihood of finding equivalent replacements during the current fiscal crisis.   

Additionally, when comparing teachers to the private sector no one seems to be taking into account the educational level of a typical teaching staff.  Every teacher has at least a college diploma.  Normally about half have advanced degrees and many possess doctorates.  How does that compare to those other work forces? 

A mathematical reality check

It is time to talk about pensions.  I am receiving a very nice one.  It almost matches my salary when I retired.  This generous package is the result of paying 15% of my paycheck into three retirement plans—the state, the school district and Social Security.  Using the Wisconsin figures of $51,000 per year on average for my forty-year career I would have contributed $7500 per year for four decades.  That is a total of about $300,000.  Throw in the accrued interest and if I receive a very generous $60,000 in total retirement annually, one could argue that the first eight to ten years are on my own dime.  Could it be that teachers are not robbing the taxpayer?

A few other realities need to be discussed.  No one is going to become wealthy with an income of $51,000 a year.  The majority of the teachers I hired could not afford to live in the county where they taught.  The unmarried ones usually had roommates; those with children normally commuted more than thirty minutes to find affordable housing; some of my most talented teachers left the teaching profession for other, more lucrative careers.

Teaching is no more of a part time job than farming.  During the ten months classes were in session at my school the parking lot was full by 7:00 a.m. and the majority of those cars were still there at 4:00.  Evenings and weekends were often reserved for grading and lesson planning.  Summers were spent taking classes, refining classroom skills and networking with other teachers.  Some people had to find ways to augment their income by doing a variety of part time jobs.  Which leads to the question—how many bankers or lawyers must tutor or supervise recreation centers to help purchase a second car? 

The unkindest cut

Without doubt the most unfathomable part of this discussion is the manner in which the words “teachers” and “greedy” are used in the same sentence.  Teachers can be described in many ways but avarice or materialistic would hardly serve as a descriptor.  

There is, however, a context in which the word “greedy” can apply.  Over the years, I had the good fortune to work with more teachers than I can count who were absolutely convinced that their subject was the most important one in the building.  As a consequence they would grab for as much of their students’ time as they could to share with them their excitement about and knowledge of the curriculum.  To that end, they would engage in fierce battles with other teachers, coaches, parents and outside interests.  Some might describe that as greed; others refer to it as great teaching. 

These people do not deserve to be a political punching bag.

 

 

March 20, 2011

Grade Inflation by Intimidation

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The teacher’s lament was plaintive.  He had just been informed that the principal wanted to meet with him about an undisclosed topic.  “I know exactly what he wants to talk about.  It’s my grades—too many “F”s.   I am working harder than I ever have.  I have created a dozen different interventions.  But I can’t change my grading policies.  I know what my students need to be successful.  They are failing because they don’t know the required material.  I’m just giving them what they have earned.”  Another teacher had told him that she had recomputed her grades to avoid “the meeting”.  He then closed with the inspiration of this post.  “I’ll tell you what it is.  It’s grade inflation by intimidation.”

Not as simple as it looks

Virtually every day a new proposal is introduced to save public education in the United States.  Too many of these plans are more focused on reducing failing grades than on the creation of more successful students.  The mere act of lowering the number of “D” and “F” grades does not automatically improve academic performance.  To the contrary, an argument could be made that by giving inflated, inaccurate assessments students are being mislead as to their skill level and misplaced in future courses. 

The grades teachers assign are an important component in assessing their work but it is not a precise tool.  Like every other statistical measure it must be utilized by someone who understands all of the factors at play in any particular classroom.  The broad conclusion that an individual “gives too many poor grades” can be a dangerous oversimplification.

A long inflationary cycle

The presence of grade inflation is not a new phenomenon.  More than 25 years ago teacher evaluation meetings at my school always began with an examination of the “D/F rate."  An assistant principal would look at a printout giving the teacher’s percentage of students receiving grades of either “D” or “F”.  Unfortunately those raw numbers did not always tell the complete story.  For some students a grade of “D+” was a triumph over adversity and past history; for others a “C+” was a reflection of little or no effort.  But for the teachers the former would count as a negative statistic while the latter was of little or no concern.  Without understanding the complete context, individual grades and D/F rates mean little.  But the message, however misguided, was clear—better grades indicate better teaching.

This pressure was relentless.  During a discussion of the topic in a math department meeting one teacher stated the obvious.  “Listen, we are all math people here.  We have the capacity to construct our grading in whatever way they want.  Just tell us what percentages to have and we can make it happen.”  Whether she was serious or not, her contention was accurate. 

Over the years due to a variety of influences the inflation of grades has occurred.  In a typical suburban high school in 2011, a GPA of 3.0 which in theory translates into a “B” which is above average will rank a student in the middle of their class.  Though nearly all measures of achievement clearly indicate little or no improvement by today’s students, at least on paper their academic performance is clearly on the rise.

Parents join the fray

When the AP Biology teacher walked into the parent conference, she was confident that her position on the matter to be discussed was secure.  The student had missed the scheduled mid-term exam to go on a family ski trip.   Prior to the vacation he had presented a form for a prearranged absence.   The teacher had checked the block that indicated she did not approve.  In addition she had written on the paper what she had told the student in person—he would have to take the exam on his first day back at school.  This timing was appropriate since it was in keeping with the class policy she had established on the first day of school and until he took the exam none of his classmates could review their results.  

Though the student had accepted these stipulations, when he returned he informed the teacher that he was not prepared.  She insisted he take the test as per their agreement.  His score was low and resulted in his grade dropping from a “B-” to a “C” for the quarter.  

Some parents are more equal than others

The student’s father was a highly-regarded physician in the community.  During the preliminary discussions at the conference he appeared disinterested in the arguments being presented.  After about ten minutes he held up his hand and said, “Let me be clear.  I really don’t care about all of these details.  I just want to know what it is going to take to make this grade into a “B”.  I don’t care if it is a retest or just exclude him from the mid-term or whatever, let’s find the answer.”  The teacher refused to alter the grade and was asked to leave the meeting.  Later that day the principal informed her that the “C” had been changed to the desired “B”. 

An issue of fairness

Based on this change, the teacher was faced with an ethical dilemma.  Giving this student a “B” would lessen the value of the grades earned by the other students in the class.  Consequently, she decided to proportionally raise everyone’s grades.  Once again, while no additional learning had actually taken place, on paper every student in the course had improved their academic performance.  Not surprisingly, as the details of this episode spread throughout the staff, teachers began to have second thoughts when enforcing valid policies that might result in lower grades.

A time and a place

Many school districts have designed creative methods to give the appearance of reduced disciplinary referrals, absenteeism and dropout rates.  Too often grades are also just another statistic to be manipulated in order to give the appearance of improved success.  There are some teachers whose grading indicates either an inability to correctly assess student performance or ineffective instructional skills.  Such situations must be addressed directly and corrected immediately if education is to be successful. 

But the danger is when lockstep grade expectations are placed on an entire faculty or school district.  There should be cause for concern when a conversation with a teacher who has years of successful experience begins with “you are giving too many bad grades”.   Grades are meaningless if they are not a legitimate reflection of student learning.  The key to truly improving grades is to ensure that students are gaining mastery of the subject matter.  When knowledge acquisition is attained, D/F rates will decline.  And more importantly, they will indicate real academic progress.  

 

 

 

March 17, 2011

Money + Time May Not Equal Success

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Like Mel Riddile, I saw the recent “60 Minutes” segment featuring the TEP School (The Equity Project) in New York City.   The opening tease about a school offering teacher salaries of $125,000 drew my attention.  The segment itself was riveting.  The discussions of hiring, firing and tenure policies in the report were persuasive.  The passion of the teachers and the school’s founder was palpable.  The stories of 80 to 90 hour work weeks were a testament to dedication.  The scenes with the students interacting with their instructors were exhilarating.  The evaluation process with peer involvement and regular administrative visits was inspiring.  I turned to my wife, a retired high school teacher, and announced “I think these people are on to something.”  That enthusiasm was significantly diminished during the final two minutes of the segment. 

Despite the high pay, long hours, classroom enthusiasm and attention to detail, student academic scores fell in the school’s first year.  Of course, one year is hardly a fair trial period but an actual drop in such results is a valid point of concern as well as a reason for some reexamination.

A benign dictatorship

I recently heard in a discussion on NPR that a global dictator would be required to ensure that the world would productively address climate change.  The rationale is that with an all-powerful individual making the decisions, the necessary policy adjustments could be put into place without the intervention of special interests.  It is a parallel analogy to the account that a dictator was the only person who ever successfully made the Italian trains run on time.   Democracy can be so messy.

The TEP model is also a one-man operation.  Its founder and principal, Zeke Vanderhoek, hires and fires the teachers, observes their classes on a regular basis and makes all policy decisions.   Because of his complete control he has been able to creatively increase salaries, easily remove underperforming teachers, eradicate tenure and quickly implement program changes.  All of these factors are positive steps toward improving education.  Plus, as a result of his immense power, his teachers do not have to deal with the same type of bureaucracy other educators face in traditional schools.  If they need an answer or wish to make a suggestion, they need only walk down the hall.   

What has gone wrong?

Working 80 hours a week is impressive.  That amount of time is a clear reflection of commitment but not necessarily a formula for success.  As much as I would love to play in the Major Leagues, even if I spent 12 hours a day, seven days a week in the batting cage, I am not going to successfully hit a Roy Halladay fast ball.  Likewise, a teacher who works twice as many hours is not automatically twice as effective.  Every experienced educator has worked with people who arrive ten minutes before the first bell, leave shortly after the buses and are remarkably successful teachers.  On the other hand, some of the most unproductive educators I have encountered spent voluminous hours in the building.  While no one is quite sure what they were doing, there was no doubt as to its ineffectiveness.  A school’s success is measured by student performance not by the time cards or paychecks of the teachers.  Though it is still early in the process the overriding question remains:  Why is the immense sacrifice of time by the TEP staff not yielding better results?

A potential answer could be found in the administrative structure of the school.  There is no question to the commitment of Mr. Vanderhoek.  It is readily apparent that his primary desire is to create a positive learning environment for the students and teachers.  But he is not unique.  There are multitudes of educational leaders whose passion to find a winning educational formula would match his.  And the majority of those individuals understand that the best recipe for success requires multiple ingredients.  (Here is an additional perspective by an NYC parent.)

Good education needs cross pollination

Portions of the TEP model should be replicated throughout school systems in the country.  Similar effective hiring, firing and evaluation policies must be created to form the best teaching staffs possible.  Highly qualified principals have to clearly possess the institutional power to implement their vision of academic excellence.  But this path needs to include a diverse and significant amount of outside input.  Teacher opinions should be constantly sought.  Other programs should be observed and studied.  Stories of success and failure must be shared at every level both vertically and horizontally.   Strategies that have been proven to work need to be utilized and refined; those that do not should be discarded. 

The lessons of the TEP School’s first year are that relying on only one person’s interpretation of best practices can thwart maximizing potential outcomes.  And when teachers are working 90 hours a week and significant student progress is not occurring it is a clear warning that something is terribly wrong.

 

 

March 06, 2011

When it comes to classes, size does matter!

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Bill Gates is a marvelous advocate for education in America.  He has clearly demonstrated his commitment both in time and money.  His views as an extraordinarily successful businessman and an educational outsider are both provocative and productive.  In a recent op-ed in the Washington Post, Mr. Gates has outlined a series of constructive proposals for improving U. S. student performance despite the significant financial problems confronting so many school districts.

Some great ideas

One aspect of Mr. Gates analysis is the classroom:

“We know that of all the variables under a school's control, the single most decisive factor in student achievement is excellent teaching. It is astonishing what great teachers can do for their students. Yet compared with the countries that outperform us in education, we do very little to measure, develop and reward excellent teaching. We have been expecting teachers to be effective without giving them feedback and training.”

Most teachers would agree with these comments.  I have long argued that the majority of teacher evaluation programs currently in use need some serious improvement.  There must be a more comprehensive approach which includes professional evaluators, constant feedback and some student input. 

In addition, Mr. Gates is not happy with the use of seniority in teaching.

“The United States spends $50 billion a year on automatic salary increases based on teacher seniority. It's reasonable to suppose that teachers who have served longer are more effective, but the evidence says that's not true. After the first few years, seniority seems to have no effect on student achievement."

“Another standard feature of school budgets is a bump in pay for advanced degrees. Such raises have almost no impact on achievement, but every year they cost $15 billion that would help students more if spent in other ways.”

A solution that must be implemented carefully

Mr. Gates concludes with some thoughts about class size.

“Perhaps the most expensive assumption embedded in school budgets - and one of the most unchallenged - is the view that reducing class size is the best way to improve student achievement. This belief has driven school budget increases for more than 50 years. U.S. schools have almost twice as many teachers per student as they did in 1960, yet achievement is roughly the same."

“What should policymakers do? One approach is to get more students in front of top teachers by identifying the top 25 percent of teachers and asking them to take on four or five more students. Part of the savings could then be used to give the top teachers a raise. (In a 2008 survey funded by the Gates Foundation, 83 percent of teachers said they would be happy to teach more students for more pay.) The rest of the savings could go toward improving teacher support and evaluation systems, to help more teachers become great.”

It is important to note that Mr. Gates is referring to an increase in class size of about 15%.   When individuals less knowledgeable interpret enlargement of class size, things go awry.  Base on their current budget cuts,  the city of Detroit is anticipating classes in excess of 60 in the near future  – an increase of 100%.  Many classes in New York City are already at those levels.  Indiana Governor Mitch Daniels has postulated that, for excellent teachers, working with large classes is no more difficult than working with smaller ones.  He mentioned that he had attended college classes that contained hundreds of students.  Of course those classes were at Princeton and Georgetown Law School which more than likely bear little resemblance to an Algebra 1 class in Detroit or New York or anywhere else for that matter. 

Great teachers not super heroes

The primary flaw in these arguments is the belief that increasing the size of classes only requires additional furniture.  There is no question that an excellent teacher can give high quality instruction to classes of 35 or more while poor ones will struggle no matter how small their audience.  But the belief that student learning is unaffected by significantly larger numbers is misguided.  A successful teacher has a great many tasks in addition to delivering instruction.  Students, like teachers, benefit from consistent and meaningful feedback on their classroom performance.  Twice as many students mandates half as much feedback. Any teacher will tell you that grading papers is easily as time consuming as preparing lesson plans.  Evaluating 60 quizzes or tests per class would be daunting to say the least.  Due entirely to time constraints, comprehensive exams would have to be replaced by short answer or multiple choice ones.  Extended essays and research papers would disappear. Answering student questions and individualizing instructions, the strengths of the best educators, would have to be curtailed.  Science labs would become virtually impossible due to a shortage of equipment and safety concerns.  Group projects and presentations would be untenable.  Even the simple acts of taking attendance, posting grades and parent conferences could become overwhelming. At the very least, they would require far too much valuable time.  The quality of the educational experience for students in these significantly larger classes would suffer greatly.

In the proposal by Mr. Gates he mentions that the vast majority of teachers would gladly take on more students if their pay was increased.  Unfortunately, this survey was of all teachers not just excellent ones.  I suspect that if that question were only asked of the best educators there might be a different result.  But even if the top teachers did agree, one stumbling block would remain.  While tactics could be put in place to increase salaries, no one has found a method of adding more hours to the day. 

It is true that the success of any class rests squarely on the shoulders of the teacher and creating more great teachers is the key to any future improvement of our schools.  They need to be identified, rewarded and emulated.  Having them teach a few more students makes perfect sense on many levels.  But too much of any good thing can lead to bad outcomes resulting in further degradation of the educational process and outcomes in the United States.  Proceed with caution—class size does matter.

 

 

March 03, 2011

Twelve Years Later: Little Has Changed

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In 1999 I was asked by the Future Teachers of America club at my school to speak at a monthly meeting.  Recently, I looked at a copy of my remarks that day and realized that in the ensuing twelve years few of the good or bad aspects of education have changed.  Here is a transcript of those comments:

“It is a great pleasure for me to speak to this group today.  When I was a sophomore in high school I made the decision to become a mathematics teacher.   That opinion formed at age fifteen never changed.  When I was in college my goal was to graduate and obtain a teaching job in Northern Virginia.  By December of my senior year I was offered a position at JEB Stuart High School.  That was 32 years ago.

“Last year I had the opportunity to retire.  I declined that option choosing to continue my career because after more than three decades of teaching I still love this job.  And this afternoon I would like to explain why.

“Whenever I make a decision I try to list the pros and cons.  I can do the same about the profession of teaching.  The cons would go like this:

 - You will never get rich.  You will not be poor but the opportunity for great wealth will never be available.

 - If you do a good job as a teacher you will by necessity be working very hard.  Teaching is not an easy job and it is only getting harder.

 - You will constantly be under scrutiny.  Hundreds of eyes are watching your every move.  Any mistake will be quickly noted and remembered.  The spotlight is never off.

“As you can see, teaching like any job is not perfect.  But when one considers the pros the negatives seem to grow a whole lot smaller.

 - Every year, every day, every hour is a unique experience.  The word monotonous is never appropriate in teaching.  Creativity is rewarded; boring is a dirty word.  In addition you have the added bonus of starting your career anew every September.  Most professions do not have the luxury of having such a start and finish.

 - You make a difference.   As a teacher you will touch lives, enrich lives and change lives.  You can actually make the world a better place.  One of the most satisfying experiences an educator can have is to have a successful adult come back to tell you that you helped make them what they are today.  How many people by simply doing their job can positively affect the future of so many individuals?  And these stories refer to anyone whose life has been made better by your teaching not just the lawyers or doctors.  I am constantly surprised by the people who have come back to thank me.

 - You are a very important person.  Let me share two stories with you.  I received a phone call from a physician about his son who was a student of mine.  When I returned the call his nurse gave me the standard response.  ‘I’m sorry but the doctor is with a patient.  I will have to take a message and have him call you back.’  When I told her who I was the response was instantaneous, ‘One moment please’ and I was immediately put through to the doctor.  I had a similar experience when calling a high ranking individual at the Pentagon.  What was the reason for such amazing access?  Even for “important” people teachers are among the most significant individuals in the life of their child.

 - You get to stay young and energized.  Youth is contagious.  Working with young people like you keeps one young.

 - Finally, remember the old saying that it is better to give than to receive?  What a job.  In teaching every day is an opportunity to give; to give knowledge, to give inspiration, to give advice, to give hope.

“Future teachers, as you move forward keep the role of the teacher in mind.  It is a great job!”

Looking at this speech years later I realize there is little need to edit any of the content.

 

 

February 26, 2011

My Favorite TV Show About Education

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In an article in the Washington Post, Jay Mathews lamented that his loss of electricity and the internet due to a snowstorm had reduced him to writing a column about television shows that featured an educational theme.  After an extensive review of “Glee” he then solicited readers to give him “top five” lists of their favorites.   Since that same storm had also robbed me of my electricity and internet, I have decided to take some time to respond to his request.

A vast wasteland

TV shows about high schools are a pretty dreary lot.   I accept the reality that I may be the only person on the planet who does not adore “Glee”.  Perhaps my evaluation of that show is skewed by the fact that while I had many exhilarating days during my forty-year teaching career I cannot recall a single one that would have come close to paralleling an episode of that show.  The protagonists and antagonists in a real school are far more nuanced and complicated than the broad characters portrayed on that Fox musical/drama.  The same critique could apply to virtually every other attempt by television to bring the academic world to the screen.   An honest look at the classroom simply does not translate into “must see” TV.  That shortcoming, however, does not mean that education has not been given a boost by one long-running series.

A surprising choice

As I read the column by Mr. Mathews one show sprang to mind.  For more than a decade CSI has been a strong, if possibly unintentional, advocate for the educational community.  For many years this drama featuring the work of the crime scene investigators of Las Vegas was the most popular show on television.  More importantly, it promotes the use of brain power in lieu of muscle.  From the perspective of the classroom teacher it has been an oasis of intellectual thought in a desert of mindless violence and over simplification. 

In a testosterone-laden era where Jack Bauer of “24” would shoot first and apologize later while “Hawaii Five-O” among others provides at least one massive explosion between each commercial break, the featured characters on CSI painstakingly solve every crime one piece of evidence at a time.   There is no glamour in their endeavors.  Their work is presented as slow and tedious.  On many occasions their initial efforts to solve the case fail and they have to start over.  Multiple attempts are the rule not the exception.  For the classroom teacher these efforts compare favorably to the work required to solve a complex math problem, perform a complicated science lab, studying a play by William Shakespeare or determining the underlying causes of World War II.   Based on conversations I had with my students it was clear that at the height of its popularity CSI impressed upon adolescents the power of logical thinking and diligence.  This outcome is no small feat and is a testament to the power of the media.

Life imitating fiction

In an effort to build on this message I actually used an episode of CSI as a portion of a lesson on parametric motion problems.  The premise of the show was that a gunshot randomly fired into the air was the cause of a homicide rather than from a suspect a few feet in front of the victim.  Using procedures similar to those utilized by the investigators portrayed on the show, the class demonstrated that the entry angle of the bullet was consistent with the downward trajectory of one fired virtually straight up and the depth of the wound equated to a distance of several city blocks.   By the time this class was completed there were more than a few converts to the power of math. 

I truly believe this level of success could not have been achieved without the influence of this show.  CSI  represents the educational process at it best.

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

Not the Best Remediation Plan

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Many school districts have decided to have remediation sessions during the school day. This approach adversely impacts the vast majority of students and needs to be replaced.

“There is no limit to what you learn about schools if you listen to teachers.”   When I saw this opening sentence to a recent article by Jay Mathews in the Washington Post I was pleased to see that he and I were in agreement on a valuable but underutilized source of educational information.  Those pleasant thoughts quickly faded into the background, however, as I continued to read.   Mr. Mathews’ teacher-based information was concerning a district-wide plan for high school “recess” and one school’s implementation.  I soon found myself muttering “What in the world are they thinking?”

In theory the initiative is simple.  In an effort to decrease failures on end-of-course barrier exams in May, the school day is interrupted twice a week for 45 minutes to allow students to do independent work.  Unfortunately the actual results appear to be missing their intended target.  According to one teacher in the building “…students get 90 free minutes a week, which they can use to find dates for Saturday night or check basketball scores if they want…(too many are) socializing, surfing the Internet or - I am not kidding - watching TV in the cafeteria, all during the school day when parents assume their children are in class.”

The principal of the school has a different take saying “most students do homework, work on group projects or enrich their studies. It helps teachers to be creative…even if some students just look for imaginative ways to goof off.”

Even if the truth lies somewhere in between these two views, the overall plan would seem to be counterproductive and not the best approach to solving the proposed problem.  On average only 10% of the student body at this school fail the exams in question.   In a free-form activity period a significant portion of this group does not utilize the time effectively.  Based on administrative data these sessions have reduced the number of “D” and “F” grades by about one-third.  That number would translate into a benefit for a little less than four percent of the student body.  Meanwhile 90 minutes of dedicated class time has been lost each week for the other nine out of ten students.

Far too precious to waste

For months both Mel Riddile and I have written about the importance of providing students and teachers adequate time.  On numerous occasions the discussion has focused on the need to expand the school day, week and year.  And yet this district has decided to reduce class time in an attempt to assist a very small and in many cases reluctant portion of the student community. 

The teacher in the article has calculated that the missing 90 minutes each week translates into a loss of ten days of school.  While removing the equivalent of two weeks of instructional time will have severe adverse effects on many students in actuality the outcomes are even worse.   An extensive unsupervised break in the middle of a school day will destroy momentum and focus in the typical classroom.  Ask any teacher what happens after a fire alarm, pep rally or school assembly.  What they will tell you is that it takes a significant amount of time to get many of their students back on task.   Such hidden costs are inevitable after a 45-minute “recess”.

A better approach for all

For nearly a decade my former school had a very different method for remediating students in the four core subject areas.  We developed the After School Academic Program (ASAP).   It was a plan that was voluntary for teachers and mandatory for students.  A measure of the success of ASAP was the fact that nearly 90% of all eligible teachers participated and many in non-core subjects requested the opportunity to be included.  Parents would call guidance counselors to request that their children be part of the program.  Perhaps the ultimate positive statement was made by those students who requested to remain in ASAP even after their grades had improved sufficiently to allow them to depart. 

The plan was not complicated.  Teachers would target failing students who would benefit from an additional thirty to forty-five minutes of after school instruction each week.  Individuals who were receiving poor grades for attendance or discipline issues would be excluded since this program would not address their specific needs.  A list of students was compiled and an administrator would assign each student to an afternoon session that would begin within fifteen minutes of the end of the day.

Late buses were provided to give transportation home if needed and all extra-curricular activities could not begin until ASAP concluded.   The consequences for not attending—administrative detention (no teacher involvement)—were consistent, enforced and effective.  The program was conducted within teacher contract time. 

Any similar approach would be vastly superior to the one described in Mr. Mathews’ article.  All students and teachers would benefit from the return of those missing 90 minutes.  The students who need extra attention from the staff would be the recipients of an additional period of focused instructional time.  The school day would be molded to better fit the needs of the entire student body. 

 

February 16, 2011

More Athlete Than Student

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

College athletes serve as role models for many high school students.  Recent trends in NCAA eligibility and university attitudes raise concerns about the educational behaviors being modeled.

In his State of the Union Address, President Obama received a standing ovation when he said there should be more prestige in winning the science fair than the super bowl.   Currently in this country that is clearly not the case.  His sentiment is particularly relevant for high school educators in light of recent trends in athletics at universities.   College athletes can be powerful role models for many high school students.  In the past when these collegians demonstrated on a regular basis that sports could be a path to a college degree such adulation was a positive force.   Unfortunately, the current environment on many college campuses is not sending the same message and has a potentially negative impact on education.

A reasonable solution

College students on athletic scholarships are often placed into difficult situations.  Nearly twelve months of the year, coaches demand inordinate amounts of their time.  During the season they can be away from campus for days or even weeks and unable to attend classes.   For the most talented there are constant distractions from the media and the student body.  Finally, despite their fame and exposure, these are young men and women who are still maturing and learning about themselves and their goals in life. 

For decades universities have addressed some of these obstacles by allowing student athletes five academic years to complete their four years of athletic eligibility.  The plan is simple.  These individuals could reduce the academic load by about 20% and take five years to complete the requirements for graduation.  Most would be “redshirted” their freshmen year giving them time to hone their academic skills and adjust to college life while practicing but not playing with their teams.   Based on all of the available data, that seems to have been a fair and viable solution.

A turn in the wrong direction

“Fair and viable” have been replaced with calculated and hypocritical.  A confluence of events during the past decade has made a mockery of the concept of the student/ athlete.  A rule by the National Basketball Association requiring high school athletes to wait until one year after twelfth grade  before entering the league has created a new phenomenon—“one and done”.   The National Football League dispensed with its rule that players could not enter the league until their collegiate classes would have graduated.  This change had predictable results. Large numbers of football players began leaving their campuses after three years and far short of meeting graduation requirements.   Adding to the negative environment are the current eligibility rules of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) which are less than rigorous.  To be eligible a student/athlete must be enrolled in 12 hours of class each semester.  However, they need only pass six hours (2 classes) to be eligible to play the next semester.   Long-term in order to maintain eligibility an athlete must pass 18 hours in an academic year which includes the fall, spring and summer sessions.  Abuses of the system are legendary.  Hall of Fame coach Bobby Knight told ESPN’s Mike and Mike in the Morning “College sports have become a cesspool…it is inexcusable that a player can attend no classes in the spring semester and still be eligible to play in the NCAA tournament.  It’s disgusting.”

For these athletes it is also a cruel game of “bait and switch.”  With visions of millions of dollars and unlimited fame beckoning how many people would choose meals in the school dining hall and term papers?  Unfortunately, the percentage of athletes who drop out of college and successfully become professionals is extremely low.  For the majority the ultimate outcome is the loss of their scholarship, eligibility and best opportunity for a productive future.

What can high school educators do?

Realistically, high school educational leaders have little input into this situation.  Their voices are quickly drowned out by the money and publicity of big-time college sports.  One potential action would be to drawn attention to the great examples that still exist in the sports world.  Michael Jordan and Shaquille O’Neal went back to school to earn their degrees after beginning their NBA careers.  Myron Rolle of Florida State postponed entering the NFL for a year to be a Rhodes Scholar.  These stories need to be made a point of emphasis for students.  Equally important, potential college athletes must be given an accurate and realistic analysis of the abuses and pitfalls they may encounter.

Regardless of the lack of potential influence, high school educators must also take every opportunity to remind universities that the current trends do not reflect well on them as institutions of higher learning and they do not serve the best interests of students in public education.  Being silent gives a bad practice a free pass and will only result in more abuses. 

 

 

February 09, 2011

From a Teacher's Perspective: Test, Test, and then Test Some More

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

There are few lightning rods in the educational landscape of 2011 that rival the debate on the role of testing in the evaluation of student, teacher and school performance.  However, another perspective on this topic was addressed in a recent Mel Riddile post which discussed research indicating that frequent testing had a positive impact on learning.

According to Dr. Riddile, “A recent study summarized in Science magazine and reported in a New York Times article titled To Really Learn, Quit Studying and Take a Test may be a key to unlocking some keys to the teaching and learning process.”  This discussion does not concern the end-of-course barrier exams that are the focal point of most educational conversations.  The research revolves around the use of testing within a teacher’s daily lesson planning.  The study found “practicing retrieval produces greater gains in meaningful learning than elaborate studying.”  As Dr. Riddile notes, “In other words, the simple act of taking a test may improve learning better than any other studying technique including note taking and concept mapping.”

Perhaps the most compelling conclusion noted revolved around the retention of information.  “The Times article went on to say, The research, published online Thursday in the journal Science, found that students who read a passage, then took a test asking them to recall what they had read, retained about 50 percent more of the information a week later than students who used two other methods. One of those methods — repeatedly studying the material — is familiar to legions of students who cram before exams. The other — having students draw detailed diagrams documenting what they are learning — is prized by many teachers because it forces students to make connections among facts.”

The view from the classroom

For forty years I taught high school mathematics.  For the last thirty-eight I employed a teaching technique that paralleled the views expressed in those studies.  Whether the subject was General Math, Algebra 1, Algebra 2 or Pre-calculus I created a classroom strategy that was clearly focused on the concept of frequent and consistent testing.   It was a plan that was simple and direct. 

The centerpiece of the plan

Every class period included a quiz.  It always contained relatively simple questions that could be completed in ten to fifteen minutes.  Questions would be graded on a “right or wrong” basis with little partial credit involved.  It would be the math equivalent of a short-answer, fill-in-the-blanks question.  As the previously noted research found, the regular testing of information led to a number of extremely important outcomes.  Not only did the students retain the material better, they were also clearly aware of their academic status in the class.   A daily evaluation of one’s performance means no one is surprised by their ultimate success or failure.  The teacher also benefits from having a barometer of student learning in every class period.   A quiz that results in a significant number of poor grades requires more work on the topic.  One that indicates overall comprehension allows an educator to move forward with confidence.  Since it is critical that these papers be returned the next class meeting, they must be easy to grade.  The best utilization of time for the teacher is to be able to grade one set of papers while the next class is taking their quiz. 

A systematic approach

My overall classroom strategy was to introduce every topic in three consecutive classes.  The daily quiz was a key component of that plan.  This approach was used regardless of the level of the math or whether the school utilized a block or non-block schedule.  On day 1 a topic would be presented to the students.  An explanation of the concept would be followed by examples and then homework would be assigned to give the students practice.  Day 2 would begin with a review of the homework.  After that review was completed and all questions were answered, a quiz would be given.  Designed to cover this one concept, it was based on questions similar to those found on the homework.  On day 3 the quiz would be returned and reviewed.  

This philosophy was explained in detail to the students on the first day of school.  A typical class would be divided into four segments.  Part one was returning the quiz from the previous session and discussing any questions.  The next segment was reviewing the homework assignment.  Often a worksheet would follow to ensure understanding.  At the conclusion of that conversation the class was given a quiz.  The fourth and final element of the period was devoted to the next topic which would be then practiced in a homework assignment. The next class would be structured in the same manner.   By following this schedule every topic was discussed in three consecutive classes.

It sounds so boring

Obviously, such a highly-structured approach could be a formula for boredom.  Though the basic plan never changed, the challenge for the teacher was to create variety within the segments.  On some occasions I would have my “A” students write the quiz solutions on the board.  An “A” student was anyone who received a grade of “A” on that particular quiz.  Students quickly perceived this opportunity as an “honor” and since all students at one time or another would have a perfect paper I would take care throughout the year to have as many different students as possible receive this recognition.  It was stunning to watch otherwise sophisticated 18-year-olds become giddy when they had a chance to demonstrate their math prowess.  On other occasions, I would personally focus on any problem that was missed by a significant number of students. 

The review of the homework was also approached in different ways.  Volunteers would be solicited on some occasions; other times students were assigned problems.  A third option would have me do the work.  The practice worksheets could be presented as individual work, group projects, contests, or puzzles.  The outcome was always the same—practice—but the methods would vary from day to day. 

The introduction of the new topic would also be open to a variety of educational strategies.  Lecture, group discovery, question-answer and any other method available would be employed on different occasions.

Students love structure

People are most comfortable when they have a familiar routine.  When students feel comfortable in a class they become more confident.  By the end of the first week of school, my students understood the process and knew what to expect each day.  There were no surprises.   At the end of every year I would give my students the opportunity to complete an anonymous evaluation of the course.  When asked for the aspect that contributed the most to their success, the daily quiz was selected more often than all of the other options combined. 

The sincerest form of flattery

Over the course of my career a number of teachers adopted my “daily quiz” approach to teaching.  These individuals taught in courses all across the curriculum.  Many reported not only improved learning but also better communication in terms of student performance.  My wife, an associate Biology professor at a junior college, has successfully used the same strategy with her students. 

Clearly from my perspective those research studies are truly on to something.

 

 

 

February 02, 2011

Education and Vince Lombardi

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

I have always believed that great coaching and great teaching are interchangeable commodities.   This conviction was fortified when I read the story of a professor of Russian at Indiana University.  After watching basketball practice led by Bobby Knight in the school’s field house he turned to a colleague and said, “I just witnessed the finest teaching on this campus.” 

The life of another marvelous teacher/coach, Vince Lombardi, has been chronicled in an    HBO sports documentary “Lombardi”.  This riveting film provides important insights into a powerful battle plan for success in both academics and athletics.  Lombardi’s talents as a coach were clearly established by his record.  He inherited a team in Green Bay that had only one victory the previous season and had not had a winning record in more than a decade.  His initial season reversed that trend with seven wins and only five losses.  In the next eight he won five world championships.  One recurring theme throughout the discussion of his remarkable success on the football field was that Lombardi’s greatest strength was as a teacher.  His former players spoke with reverence of how this man had taught them to be both better players and better people. 

In the beginning

His skills as an educator and coach began at the high school level.  Lombardi began his career at a small Catholic school with an enrollment of 300.  The 26-year old taught Latin, Chemistry and Physics.   One of his former students recalled, “He was driven.  He was determined that every one of us would learn.  For the slower students he showed great patience. He took whatever time was necessary to make sure they would understand.  He demanded that we do our best.”  (Lombardi’s fiery personality on the field was also present in the classroom.  The same student related in vivid detail an incident that had occurred more than 60 years ago.  He recounted the story of how the teacher/coach threw an eraser at a girl who was talking in the back of the room.  He added that discipline was no longer a problem after that event.)

A similarly aggressive approach was taken on the football field.  Though the school was significantly smaller than the others in its conference, Lombardi insisted that his team could be better than their opponents.  “Every one of the other teams seemed to be at least a head taller than all of us,” related a former player.  “But somehow he convinced us that it didn’t matter.  He made us believe we could do anything.”  Playing against schools with enrollments ten times as large, his teams won six championships in eight years.  At one point they won 32 games in a row.

As I watched this story unfold it was quickly apparent how appropriate the methods utilized by Lombardi in his coaching would be in creating academic success.  His words were equally powerful on the field or in the classroom.

 “I can learn anything if I try.”

 Despite his great success in football, perhaps Lombardi’s most remarkable achievement occurred with the school’s basketball team.  Though he had never played the game, when there was a coaching vacancy, he accepted the challenge.  Armed with a book he had secured from the library on how to coach basketball, he began a second coaching adventure.  Combining his educational skills, motivational tools, and a daily rereading of the various chapters he found most appropriate, he was soon the leader of another championship team.  His lack of experience or knowledge of the sport was no match for his talents as a teacher.  This episode demonstrates how important it is to effectively convey information as an educator.  All teachers need to be equipped with the ability to communicate their subject matter and a vision of what their students need to know in order to succeed.  

 “You cannot coach them what they have not been taught.”

Every great teacher or coach understands that without a solid grounding in the fundamentals improvement cannot be attained.  Lombardi realized that he could not expect his players to excel until they understood the basics of everything he was trying to achieve.  It was reminiscent of another great coach and teacher UCLA’s John Wooden.  Wooden began the first practice of every season with a detailed lecture on the correct way to tie one’s shoelaces.  Wooden knew this speech was a source of amusement for his players many of whom had heard it for three or four years.  But he also knew that a player who had blisters on his feet was of little value. 

The same philosophy is required in education. Learning good study skills are just as important to academic success as the three-point stance in football or properly tying your sneakers.  Without a strong foundation in Algebra 1, reading, the scientific method, the first year of a language, or grammar, all subsequent courses will suffer. 

“Always seek perfection.  You will never attain it, but if you try you may pass excellence along the way.”

No detail is too small or unimportant.  Lombardi’s favorite play was his “power sweep.”  John Madden recalled a coaching seminar he attended that featured a lecture by Lombardi on the play.  “I went in there cocky thinking I knew everything there was to know about football,” reflected Madden who was a young assistant at the time, “and he spent eight hours talking about this one play.  He talked for four hours, took a break and came back and talked four more.”  Madden shook his head.  “I realized then that I actually knew nothing about football.”

Lombardi, an undersized offensive lineman at Fordham University who was immortalized as one of the “seven blocks of granite”, understood that he was an imperfect man both as a person and as an athlete.  What he also realized was that the sincere pursuit of perfection would result in continual improvement and ultimately success.  Consequently a winning season was not his goal as a coach.  A championship was always his ultimate objective.  As his teams worked toward achieving that aim, victories would follow.  The same strategy needs to be employed in teaching.   When expectations are low, minimal success will result.  Only when educators have the highest of expectations for their students combined with rigor to match will academic success be maximized. 

 “Winning is everything.  Anything else is losing.”

In later life Lombardi regretted making this comment.  He clarified that what he really meant was that “if someone gives any endeavor every fiber of their being, they can consider themselves a winner.”   If the similar demands were placed on our educators and students would not the results in our schools be the same as the Packers?  Should we ask anything less?

The formula is always the same

Vince Lombardi was not the first coach to win multiple championships nor would he be the last.  He did not invent a strategy that guaranteed victory.  What he did do was build a clear vision of what factors were the keys to success.    The plan was remarkable in its simplicity.  He only concerned himself with those aspects he could control.  He could not make his players inherently better athletes.  Instead, he stressed that every player was drilled on the fundamentals, knew his responsibilities, gave his maximal effort at every opportunity and understood that what was best for the team was what was best for him as well.  Lombardi would not allow for compromise on these beliefs or tolerate shortcuts to make the path less difficult.  He sought perfection and found excellence at almost every turn. 

Is this a plan that would work equally well for education?  Vince Lombardi’s record of success should make the answer to that question obvious.

 

 

 

January 31, 2011

Perpetuating the Drift

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

High schools in the United States must effectively deal with two simultaneous challenges.  In addition to preparing a portion of their population to have the tools required to succeed immediately in the work force after graduation they must also equip the remainder of the student body to thrive on a college campus. The latter responsibility is critical if this country is to be competitive in the global economy. Currently only 30% of Americans possess a college degree - a number that must improve. Strategies need to be designed to ensure that more students succeed in progressing through the kindergarten to college continuum.  But there are some troubling reports emerging concerning the quality of the education at many universities.   

A very low bar

According to an article by Mary Beth Marklein in the USA Today, “Nearly half of the nation's undergraduates show almost no gains in learning in their first two years of college, in large part because colleges don't make academics a priority.”  The report was based on the book by New York University professor Richard Arum Academically Adrift: Limited Learning on College Campuses which studied transcripts from more than 3,000 full-time traditional-age students on 29 campuses nationwide.  In addition the researchers used the results from the Collegiate Learning Assessment, a standardized test that gauges students' critical thinking, analytic reasoning and writing skills.  The numbers are discouraging—after two years of college, 45% of the students demonstrated no significant gains in learning.  After four years, more than one third (36%) still showed little improvement.

Many reasons - few which are good

The report attributed the lack of academic progress to a number of factors:

-  Instructors tend to be more focused on their own faculty research than teaching younger students.

- Students were more involved in their social lives than their academic success.

- Students spent 50% less time studying compared with students a few decades ago.

- Half of the students in the survey said they never took a class in a typical semester where they wrote more than 20 pages; 32% never took a course in a typical semester where they read more than 40 pages per week.

Professor Arum, the lead author of the book, found the results of great concern. “These are really…shocking, disturbing numbers.”  One number that might be even more appalling was 3.2—the average GPA of the students in the study.  Arum then stated the obvious “Students are able to navigate through the system quite well with little effort.”

An unfortunate helping hand

One of those navigational skills employs the ability to purchase rather than learn.  I recently performed a Google search on the topic “Research Paper”.  The original intent was to find out information for someone who was seeking honors credit in a college class.  Much to my surprise four of the top five options were websites that offered “from scratch” essays ranging from term papers to dissertations.  These sites offered 100% guaranteed satisfaction, free delivery and charged on average less than $8 per page.  The turnaround time was the main cost consideration.  The student need only send in the required topic, format, citation requirements and length.  The proliferation of companies offering these services adds to Professor Arum’s arguments.

While such “services” are certainly not the main cause of the lack of learning on college campuses they do speak to the larger problem.  Too many lines are being blurred in the pursuit of a degree.  What accountability do colleges have in demonstrating that they are effectively teaching their students?  High schools are constantly under pressure to monitor the intellectual and moral development of their students.  Are universities responsible for scrutinizing undergraduates in the same manner?  Is success in college due to actual student performance or high parental tuition payments? 

Is this a concern for high school educators?

I have postulated that the decline in public education can at least partially be attributed to an attitude in our society that is more concerned about eliminating failure than it is in creating success.  These statistics give credence to the belief that this attitude has continued into higher education.

The poor academic performance of so many college students raises many questions in reference to their experiences in high school.  Is the ability to achieve good grades with little knowledge acquisition unique to the university or is it being cultivated in earlier years?  Is the lack of rigor and high expectations a carryover from the high school or is it found only at the university level?   Has grade inflation made all performances suspect?  

While the problems established in this research may apply exclusively to the students in college, they should be of concern to everyone in education.  Finding the root causes could reveal some weaknesses that need to be addressed. 

 

 

 

January 27, 2011

It Takes A Village To Thwart Educational Improvement

by Stuart Singer, The Master Teacher

The latest Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) results have been announced.  In this test, which included 15-year old students in 34 countries, the United States ranked 14thin reading, 17th in science and 25th in math.  Secretary of Education Arne Duncan announced, “The results are extraordinarily challenging to us and we have to deal with the brutal truth. We have to get much more serious about investing in education.” He continued, “This is an absolute wake up call for America." 

Predictable outcomes will ensue.  Our students’ academic problems will be cast as the direct result of the failure of educators with special attention given to teachers and principals.   Fingers will be pointed, jobs will be lost, money will be spent and research studies will be launched.  New names will be given to strategies that have failed in the past.  And in 2012 when the next PISA tests are given the results will be remarkably similar.

A culture of denial

These rash, thoughtless responses are not the exclusive domain of the Department of Education. The majority of the blame rests squarely on a society that consistently seeks fast, easy fixes rather than tough, permanent solutions.  As a culture we strive mightily to reduce the perception of failure but have little interest in creating genuine success.

The most recent brouhaha in Congress over the tax code is an illustration of the preference for expediency rather than a difficult resolution.  The debate was clearly drawn—the Democrats wanted to extend unemployment benefits and the Republicans said no because it would add to the deficit.  The GOP sought tax relief for the rich.  They were told no because it would add to the deficit.  The solution spoke volumes—pass both.  

The option to choose the easy “yes” over the more challenging “no” permeates nearly every societal endeavor.  We wring our hands about rising childhood obesity but when common sense is sought on the ubiquity of fat and sugar laden school bake sales, cries of “nanny state” proliferate.  Instead of undertaking the challenging task of explaining the complexity behind the use of the “n-word” by Mark Twain, movements are afoot to replace the offensive reference with “slave” thus making the book far more palatable to those with no interest in the actual intent of the author.

The sports world is equally guilty of favoring quantity over quality.  In 1950 the NCAA had eight bowl games after the completion of the college football season.  These events were designed to recognize the very best college teams in the nation.  Only sixteen squads were considered good enough to participate.  Being part of this select group was special for both the players and their schools.  In 1970 there were 11 games and by 1980 the number had risen to 15.   The combined lure of more money and an opportunity to artificially make more programs look good created an explosion of meaningless games.  By 2000 there were 25 and this year the count is at 35.  More than half of all NCAA teams now participate in a bowl.  The stated requirement for entry is six victories in a twelve-game season.   Apparently, this is our new, twenty-first century’s definition of “athletic excellence”?

Obviously, our educational system is not exempt from these trends.  My former school district now adds a 1.0 (in a 4.0 grading system) for all advanced courses and a 0.5 for ones labeled honors.  And there are plenty of these courses to go around.  One high school teacher complained that only sixteen of the science classes in her entire building were not called honors.  But despite the windfall of bonus points, the requirements for the honor roll are unchanged.  A GPA of 3.0 is quickly becoming the new “average” score and a 4.5 (out of 4) rarely merits valedictorian consideration. Is it any surprise that students living in this cultural environment have bought into the concept that hard work and discipline are unnecessary when time after time, the system brings success to them without any effort on their part? 

Improvement requires tough choices

Creating an educational system that is commensurate with our world view of the United States will not be accomplished with empty rhetoric, sporadic firings, or excessive handwringing.  It will only be accomplished when this country is willing to stop looking for shortcuts and quick fixes and turns instead to fundamental changes that will result in true reform.  The school year needs to be lengthened as does the school day.  Summer vacations should disappear along with social promotions.  The teaching profession needs to be recognized as important and populated with people worthy of that stature.  Their input should be the foundation of future educational policy.  Administrators should be chosen for their vision and leadership abilities and then allowed and encouraged to use both.

 

 

January 14, 2011

AP: Reinventing the Educational Wheel?

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Recently I was asked for my thoughts concerning the revisions being incorporated into the AP program.  In the next few years several of these classes are going to undergo extensive changes.  According to Christopher Drew in the New York Times “…many of the (AP) courses, particularly in the sciences and history, have also been criticized for overwhelming students with facts to memorize and then rushing through important topics.”  Mr. Drew continues, “A.P. teachers have long complained that lingering for an extra 10 or 15 minutes on a topic can be a zero-sum game, squeezing out something else that needs to be covered for the exam. PowerPoint lectures are the rule. The homework wears down many students.”  The prime focus of the changes will be the tests administered at the conclusion of the classes.  The plan is to reduce the volume of material to be covered on the exams and to create a guide as to what parts of the curriculum will and will not be included. 

Currently the two subjects being given the most significant facelift are United States History and Biology.  Since I have taught neither I will leave the evaluation of these alterations to those with more expertise in the curricula.  But as someone who taught math in the International Baccalaureate (IB) program for more than a decade and oversaw a department that participated in both programs for 26 years, I would like to comment on a few points concerning this overhaul.

The highest form of flattery

In general the changes that are being made appear to be designed to require more creative thinking by the students and allow teachers increased flexibility.  While I applaud these adaptations as positive steps, I also note that many of these new strategies have been employed by the IB program for years. There is, however, an IB tenet that is not being emulated.  One of the greatest strengths of the IB program has been the commitment to providing adequate class time for certain college-level courses that contain extensive and dense subject matter.  At my former school, when the change was made to become IB, the classes in Biology, Physics, and Calculus were taught over a two-year period.  This extended time allowed the teachers to present a course that was reflective of a college curriculum.  The new AP plan addresses this issue by reducing the material to be covered but does not extend class time.   While that approach may improve test scores, it will do little to ensure adequate coverage of the curriculum.  If the goal is to offer a college-level course taught with the rigor and expectations of an actual university class, it must be understood that a typical gifted high school student may need additional time in the more academically challenging areas. 

A personal complaint

There was one other troubling aspect of this article.  One public high school AP Biology teacher expressed concern about the addition of math concepts to the course.  According to the article this educator was worried that the new math requirements will discourage students from enrolling in the class.  I find this attitude very disturbing.  If the goal of an advanced program is to create academically well-rounded students, should the inclusion of basic statistical math be a reason for such concerns?  Is it unreasonable to expect a "college-level" science student to be able to use and understand such principles?  It is troubling to say the least that educators at this level may be incorporating their students’ potential aversion to math as part of the enrollment strategy. 

 

 

January 10, 2011

Talk to the Teachers

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In a recent article in the “Washington Post”, Jay Mathews lamented his inability to obtain accurate information concerning the number of discipline referrals that were being issued in various school districts.  He discovered that for public relations purposes many systems refused to divulge such data.  He asked Mel Riddile for advice on how to obtain the information.  The response was simple—“Ask the teachers. They are the ones who can tell you what the discipline is like in a school.”

It seems so simple and yet…

Obtaining accurate information does not have to be complicated.   To find out what it is like to be a baggage handler, ask a person who handles baggage not a passenger on the plane.  When seeking a good recipe for chili, query an individual who has successfully cooked the dish not the one who has tasted it.  If the goal is to understand how to be a successful high school principal, ask Mel Riddile whose resume clearly demonstrates he had effectively led a high school for more than a decade.  And to gauge the educational environment at a school, talk to the teachers.

But while this approach may appear to be both prudent and logical it is not always the method utilized in making educational decisions. Too many of the people who make critical choices concerning schools are using the same stonewalling tactics that frustrated Mr. Mathews.

Why not go to the source?

Why then, if accurate, firsthand information comes from the source, are teachers often the last group consulted?  One cannot help but hypothesize that a truthful, honest reaction may not be the desired one.  Solving problems can be difficult and time consuming.

Early in his tenure as a principal Mel began using monthly department chair meetings as a forum for gathering information.  The responses that he received may have created additional work for his staff but they helped to mold more effective educational philosophies in the building.    For example, the head of the science department once informed him that her department could not maximize student performance until attendance improved, facilities were updated (the laboratories had not been renovated since the school opened 37 years earlier) and the students could read at or above grade level.  To varying degrees the other chairs agreed with her assessment.  Plans were soon implemented that in time would directly address the three issues.

A geometry teacher lamented to me that she could not get her weak students to come after school for the thirty minutes of extra help that could make the difference between passing and failing.  Not surprisingly she had discovered that the lure of a better grade was not sufficient motivation to outweigh the other more attractive options available to students at the conclusion of a day. In many schools such concerns are directed back at the teacher with the implication that new strategies are needed to better motivate their students.  But this query became the focal point of a wide-ranging conversation that was dominated by a group of classroom teachers—the department chairs.  The result was a school-wide remediation program involving students, teachers and administrators in a coordinated and effective plan that that resulted in significant student improvement.

A different kind of leadership model

Mutually emboldened by these successes Mel and the staff began a collaborative effort to reconstruct many of the other existing policies within the school.  The ordering of faculty supplies was an excellent example of this approach.  For decades every teacher had been given a specific amount of money to spend in the spring on classroom needs for the upcoming school year.  The negative ramifications of this system were legendary.  Faced with a one-time only opportunity to order, teachers were determined to spend all of their allotted money and then hoard materials in the fear that they would run out.  The workroom grumbling was rampant throughout the year.  With strong teacher input, a new method was designed based on the tenets of trust and necessity.  Throughout the year teachers could order what they needed when they needed it.  The mechanism was to complete a purchase order and submit it to their department chair, who would then consolidate items when appropriate and pass it on to the finance officer.   The results were astounding.  The school spent less money overall; teachers openly shared supplies; and staff morale soared.  Instead of being doled out an “allowance” like an adolescent, teachers were treated like professionals and responded in a similar manner.   

The same collaborative model was used in a variety of other situations.  The in-service week prior to the beginning of the year had always been an emotional tug-of-war between the teaching and administrative staffs.  A survey was conducted which indicated that many of the teachers had to spend significant amounts of personal time on weekends and evenings to prepare for the first day of classes.  With this data in hand and a list of the district’s expectations for the week, a committee of teachers was convened that developed a plan that met the needs of all involved. 

The formula is straightforward

Teachers are the only staff members in the building that are in the front-lines of educating students day in and day out. Collecting their input is essential to truly resolving educational problems in a building.  It is an approach that may take a few more minutes at the outset, but the solutions generated are guaranteed to improve both teacher and administrator morale.  Why?  Only when problems are correctly identified by the people who are experiencing them, can they be eliminated.  Collaborative problem solving between administrators and teachers makes sense because it works.

 

January 05, 2011

It's All About the Little Things: Part 2

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Nearly a year ago I wrote about the importance of little things in education.  These adjustments were minor, no-cost changes that could improve the academic environment of a school.  The discussion at that time focused on utilizing classrooms to minimize teacher movement, avoiding surprise disruptions in the daily schedule, balancing the size of the grading periods and limiting the number of teacher preparations. Recently, I have come to realize there may be a need to update the list. 

These colors do run

Throughout a school year, there are days that will be lost to special events.  One such occasion occurred at my former school the year after I retired.  Because Veterans Day was not a district holiday, an event was designed for parents to visit the building and have the opportunity to meet with teachers on a first-come, first served basis.  It was an overwhelming success. For more than three hours the entire staff assembled in the gymnasium and parents had the unique opportunity to have an in-depth discussion of the progress of their children.  The only problem with the program was its negative impact on classes. The school’s normal block schedule had alternating “red” (periods 1-3-5-7) and “blue” (2-4-5-6) days. (Fifth period was a daily, embedded lunch class)  Unfortunately, the regular red-blue-red schedule was kept in place and as a result the blue, parent’s day was an instructional loss.  Now facing what was in essence two consecutive red days the teachers had to make a difficult decision.  They could either do little on the second red day or have their blue day students fall behind. 

The need for such decisions could have been avoided.  The previous year when the November 11 date for this event was already established, a non-color day should have been planned that would include the parental meetings, lunch and a creative use of the remaining two hours.  November 10 would stay red, November 12 goes blue and everything remains orderly.  The fact that this was not the case the first year is understandable.  Adapting to new circumstances takes time.  What is not acceptable is to continue to fail to make the necessary corrections resulting in the same loss of class time year after year.

Someone needs to be paying attention

Every year there are a number of events such as this parent’s day, PSAT testing and special assemblies that severely impact class schedules.  Smaller activities including fire drills, class meetings, pep rallies and honor roll parties need to be considered as well.  The obvious solution is to anticipate and prepare for such educational disruptions. But in the fragmented world of the administrative staff where the job descriptions are multiple, diverse and often unexpected, dealing with these problems can be difficult.  At my school the solution was to have a staff member oversee all such concerns.  For more than a decade, fixing these educational potholes was a part of my workday.   Each spring I would look at the upcoming school calendar and find ways to lessen these conflicts.  During the school year, I would be asked to evaluate the timing of the smaller events.  Being a classroom teacher gave me the perspective to recognize potential trouble spots.  Then working with the administrative team, a viable solution would be created.             

One example of such planning was the “Multi-Cultural Awareness Assembly,” which was designed to celebrate the diversity of our student body.  The problem was that our auditorium could only seat half of the school and the program was lengthy.  Whatever day it was scheduled was going to be devoid of academics.  Consequently, we decided to present it on the last day before winter break.  Coming just before a long vacation, the loss of the teaching day was muted and more parents were able to attend.  Also, the faculty was advised of the plan well in advance and was given both a clear explanation of why these decisions had been made and an opportunity to give their own input. 

Similar cooperation was used to minimize the problems caused by mandatory fire drills.  The principal agreed to schedule these events in a manner to avoid an unbalanced impact on classes.  The school security officer and I would look at the monthly school calendar to choose the best dates and time.  For example, if a pep rally was going to shorten an afternoon blue day period, any drill that occurred during that time frame would be held in the morning of a red day.  Similar care was taken with Honor Roll parties, class meetings and other worthy but time-consuming events.  The effectiveness of any of these activities was never lessened.  The only item diminished was the negative impact on the overall educational process.

Not perfection, just a little bit better

Teachers are a prickly lot.  They do not like surprises, are angered by disruptions, and absolutely loath surprise disruptions.  The best believe time with their students is sacred.  There are, however, a number of very important activities within a school year that are not focused on the curriculum and will reduce class time.  The task is to find a way to blend all aspects of a school in a manner that maximizes the success of each individual endeavor while minimizing the negative impact on the whole. With a significant amount of advanced planning, cooperation and focus, approaches can be taken which will meet this challenge. 

 

 

December 14, 2010

A Principal Gamble

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Recently the Washington Post ran an article featuring a high school sponsored poker club.  The article appeared to support the idea that poker clubs were a legitimate way to help students learn mathematical concepts. Although using the structure of poker to create a lesson in probability is a valid and effective technique; creating a club that is dedicated to playing poker and then claiming that it is academically suitable demonstrates extremely poor judgment on the part of the adults involved.     

Teaching the wrong things

When asked about the group, the principal of the school gave his support to the concept.  He told the Post:   

“We know the kids could play outside of school, but when they're here, we have the opportunity to show them how to play responsibly and to show them how the game relates to their education.”

While the rules of poker are based in large part on the laws of probability, teaching students how to play the game has far more to do with gambling than mathematics.  It was clear that the “math first” message was becoming obscured when posters advertising the club featuring pictures of poker playing dogs smoking cigarettes began to appear in the building.  The principal ordered them torn down.   This gesture eliminated the pictures but not the inherent problem.  

A very good teaching tool

When I taught probability to my pre-calculus students I regularly used poker hands as a portion of my lessons.  The standard deck of playing cards with its 13 different values, four suits and two colors presents unlimited possibilities for constructing problems and illustrations.  One of the classroom activities consisted of dividing the students into small groups to determine the probability of seven specific five-card poker hands.  After mathematically computing their answers, the results would be compared and the method for computing the correct probabilities was demonstrated.  The concluding activity was to rank the value of the hands correlated to the diminishing probability of their occurrence.  It was then determined that this student-created listing was exactly the same as the actual rules of the game.Instead of pulling out the poker chips after this worksheet was completed, the next step was to expand the understanding of the probability involved.  For example, it had been previously determined that the likelihood of having five cards and no matches was 50.7%; the chance that there would be one match was 42.3%.  It was now time to turn the process upside down.  If a person was given fourteen cards what were the chances of no matches?  The answer, of course, is zero since there are only thirteen different values. The follow up problem was how many cards must be dealt in order for it to be more likely to have a pair than to have no matches?”  (The answer is seven.  Variations of this question were given on the chapter test.)

While there were lengthy conversations about playing cards in my classes no deck was ever in the room.   We did not talk about any strategies for playing these games and most certainly would not encourage anyone to do so. The major point of emphasis was the purity of the mathematics involved. Because of their precision, these numbers have withstood the test of time in a game that has centuries of history. 

Sending the wrong message

Poker clubs designed with the alleged intent of teaching mathematics are found at colleges around the country.  The idea began at Harvard Law School.  There are, however, vast differences between the reasoning abilities of graduate students and those of high school students.  The high school math teacher who hosts the aforementioned club in his classroom speaks to the age difference, “The older kids realize that it's about odds and probability," he says, "the younger ones just want to win.”

High stakes gambling on poker has been glamorized on television and on the Internet.  Having teenagers play this game of chance and giving them any indication that they are becoming mathematically equipped to control outcomes is not only incorrect but potentially dangerous. 

Should educators be concerned about youth gambling?

The following are some conclusions from a study of 1000 randomly selected adolescents 13-17 years old by the Oregon Gambling Addiction Treatment Foundation.   (Carlson & Moore, 1998)

  • Seventy-five percent of teens in the study reported having gambled.
  • One in ten teens was an at-risk gambler.
  • Rates of problem gambling among youth were 2 to 4 times higher than the rates for adult gambling.
  • Youth can hide gambling problems well.  There are no outward, physical signs.

The article in the Washington Post quoted one seventeen-year-old who had a large pile of chips in front of him as saying, “I don't know whether math class is helping me with poker, or whether poker is helping me with math.”  A very good question that I am not sure the adults at his school can answer.   

 

 

December 08, 2010

Building a Cohesive Faculty

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Previously, Mel Riddile has asked whether there is a schism within high school faculties as a result of the continual emphasis on standardized testing.   He quotes a teacher who believes there is such a problem—the core teachers feel they are receiving an unfair level of scrutiny while the non-core believe they are being ignored. 

A perfect storm of discontent  

There is little doubt that the public spotlight is squarely on a school’s standardized test scores and the teachers whose students produce them.  Schools are accredited, ranked, and publically evaluated based on the results of a few tests in a limited number of subjects.  Virtually every conversation concerning teacher evaluation begins, and too often ends, with a desire to use student test scores as a major component. With the misguided encouragement of educational leaders some newspapers have ranked teachers based on their students’ results. Virtually every discussion of merit pay includes student scores as a primary consideration.

It is not surprising that this fixation on certain numbers has split teaching staffs into two separate camps.  The pressure on those who are responsible for tested classes is immense and often oppressive.  As it ratchets up during the year, these teachers become increasingly resentful of their colleagues who do not have to deal with similar issues.  Intensifying these sentiments is the irony that so much attention is being given to a group that represents less than one third of a typical high school staff.

These ingredients result in the great disconnect within the teaching community.  If test results are a must in evaluation and merit pay, what does that say about those who do not produce such scores?  Many teachers are forced to ask some tough questions.  Do policymakers mistakenly believe that all educators produce such scores?   Or worse, do they feel that creating an evaluation for those teachers is not a critical concern?  Likewise, should they be excluded from merit pay consideration?  Regardless of the reasons, the message they hear is clear—if you do not create standardized test data within your classroom, you are relegated to a lesser status.

This educational caste system gets worse.  It turns out that not all standardized tests scores are equal.  NCLB focuses on only the results of math and English exams.  The exclusion of science and social studies from this mandate places the teachers of those subjects in a difficult position. While they have the same curriculum pressures as math and English colleagues, their work is clearly not considered as important. The state of Virginia has affirmed this stance.  While a score of 400 on the end-of-course exams is required for a “pass”, the state established a special policy for students in the two non-NCLB curricula—if a student takes the exam twice and scores at least 375 on one of the attempts, they are eligible for a “locally verified credit”.  The teacher and school are still charged with a failing score but a student who has mastered less than 35% of the material is declared successful. 

No cures but some ways to help

While it is impossible for any school to totally alter the educational culture, there are steps that can be taken to lessen the chasm between core and non-core teachers.  As Dr. Riddile noted in his post, the implementation of a literacy program at his school was woven into the entire curriculum.  This approach was the result of both necessity and design.  In order to be successful, this initiative needed to be incorporated into all subjects rather than implemented by the English department alone.  By asking every discipline to embed literacy into all of their classroom activities, staff members had an equal stake in a critically important program.  Every meeting, email or memo in regards to this program was appropriate for the entire staff.

The school took a number of additional steps to mitigate this problem.  The goal of each of these concepts was simple—demonstrate to all teachers that every class was important.  These included:

The end of year testing schedule did not negatively impact non-tested classes. Many schools adopted testing schedules that would involve massive disruptions to all classes for an extended period of time.  Considering that more than two thirds of the classes in our building did not have end-of-course exams such an approach was deemed to be unacceptable.  Our test schedule was designed to ensure that every class would meet during the entire testing window.  The length of the periods would be altered to allow appropriate time for the exams but no class was lost.  Also since testing was done within the period the subject was taught, no students were pulled from other rooms to test. 

Discussions of SOL (state assessment) issues were limited to staff members who were directly affected.  At department chair meetings, the core department chairs would meet as a group after the conclusion of the topics pertaining to all subjects.  Likewise, faculty meetings were focused on topics of general interest.

Another possible solution

Authentic success in almost any endeavor is the result of an outstanding team effort.  Improvement in standardized test score is no exception.  Why not acknowledge this achievement as a school-wide effort?  Instead of awarding merit pay to individual teachers whose students exceed certain standards, a practice that can cause divisions within a staff, reward the entire school when the student body attains prescribed benchmarks.  Either give a bonus to all staff members or make the award in the form of extra funding for the school and its programs.   While such an approach would not end all friction among teachers, it would certainly be a good starting point.

 

 

November 27, 2010

When Top-Down Leadership Hits Rock Bottom: A Cautionary Tale

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Imagine a principal and a high school with strong academic credentials. Together over the past few years they have demonstrated significant improvement in state mandated standardized tests.  The motives of the principal have never been in question. Teachers in the school feel that the principal “really cares about kids and has a great big heart for them.” How does a school like the one described above end up in “The Washington Post”, not because it has a team that is competing for a state championship, a teacher nominated for a national award or a student body raising record amounts for charity, but due to grading policy changes?   The principal’s odyssey began with an October announcement that he had banned the use of the letter “F” on first quarter report cards.  Within days it continued with a memo that announced another new initiative at the school—penalty free retests for students who had been caught cheating.   The media nightmare hopefully ended when an email was sent to the community stating that all of the programs had been cancelled. All of these policy changes were carried out in the full glare of the media.  There was even an editorial that referred to the new grading policy as a “gimmick”.  The most glaring problem, however, was not the specific proposals but rather a faulty vision of school leadership.    

 A failure to communicate

The main culprit in this episode was a fundamental lack of communication between the principal and his staff.  One person, regardless of his position, cannot make decisions as precedent shattering as allowing unlimited incompletes and retests for cheaters without significant input from a wide variety of individuals.  Any hope of an effective implementation is lost when such changes are announced with no advance notice or discussion.  Using email weeks into the school year raises more questions about the style of a leader when the conversation should be on the substance.

There is far more at stake for this principal than merely the rollback of his initiatives.  Successful leadership is predicated on vision, communication and the respect of your constituency.  In the world of sports, most coaches who are fired are indicted with the statement “they lost the locker room”.  Politicians are voted out of office when public confidence erodes in their ability to lead.  The principal in question here is in a similar position.  By failing to effectively communicate with his faculty and community he is placing their loyalty and support in jeopardy.  

A critical requirement

For principals to avoid this situation they must bring their faculties into conversations in the planning stages.  The desire to limit the number of students receiving a grade of “F” is not only noble; it is a shared pursuit by both the administrative and teaching staffs.  Though a solution may be elusive, an effective timetable to address this problem would be easy to construct.  A diverse committee of teachers, administrators and parents could have been convened in March.  Lively and informative discussions would ensue for two months.  In May a proposal would be presented to the faculty.  After encouraging discussion and further input another committee would finalize the wording over the summer.  A formal plan would be sent to all staff members several weeks prior to the opening of school with a notation that it would be the focal point of a faculty meeting during the in-service week. 

This plan will not work unless the principal is committed to ensuring that all of these conversations are open, honest and ongoing.  Everyone who is contributing ideas must believe that their opinions are being given substantial consideration.  This path is not about “safety in numbers” or “seeking cover”.   The key element is that involving the views of the people directly affected by a decision is always beneficial.  Ultimately the teachers will be the individuals who will be on the front lines using any such new proposed policies.  Roadblocks will develop unless the parents understand and support the changes.  

A formula for success…and support

Such an approach is neither simple nor easy.   No leader is completely comfortable when relinquishing significant control. But making that strategic decision will produce more accurate information and a smoother implementation. It will also enhance staff morale and the image of the school in the community.  Clearly this approach is vastly superior to having the arguments, accusations, and finger-pointing playing out in the Washington Post.   

 

 

November 22, 2010

Less Failure Does Not Equal More Success

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Winston Churchill may have defined it best.  “Success,” according to the former British Prime Minister, “is the ability to go from one failure to another with no loss of enthusiasm.”  As his country’s leader in the midst of a world-wide conflict, it is clear that he understood the critical importance of realistic appraisals.  Unfortunately, the prevailing philosophy in the upper echelons of the educational hierarchy does not share that view.  In schools throughout the country there are escalating efforts to avoid giving failing grades to under-performing students.  The problem with these approaches is that most are more focused on eliminating the appearance of the letter “F” on report cards than on finding approaches to improve actual student performance.  Such grading is not a zero sum game.  Barring teachers from giving valid feedback to failing students does not automatically result in a proportional gain in student knowledge acquisition.  To the contrary there is growing evidence that such manipulations are having the opposite effect.  Jay Mathews in the Washington Post explained how Montgomery County (MD) has found yet another method to avoid giving students an accurate assessment of their poor classroom performance. 

Framing the argument

Long considered one of the elite school systems in the country, Montgomery County Public Schools has legitimate reason to be concerned about the performance of their high school students.  According to Mathews, “The SAT and Advanced Placement results, put out so proudly by the Montgomery County school system, suggest that it is among the best districts in the country, but the county has seen no significant increase in math or reading achievement for 17-year-olds in 30 years.”

Dan Stephens, a math teacher in the district for twenty years, has a relatively simple explanation for the cause of that stagnation.  He believes that too many of his students are convinced that regardless of what they do in the classroom, they will still graduate. One of the primary reasons for this attitude according to Stephens is a final exam written and mandated by the county.  The tests are given in every core subject and are allowed to constitute as much as 25% of a student’s final grade.  The problem revolves around a decision that MCPS like many other groups had made concerning the percentage value of a failing grade.   No matter how poorly students may perform on these tests the lowest allowable score is 50%.  "The majority of my pre-calculus students”, says Stephens, “have never passed one of these exams in either Algebra 1, geometry or Algebra 2, all pre-calculus prerequisites. Nevertheless, they proceeded to the next level. . . . Students are well aware that failure, even pathetic failure, will not prevent them from going on to the next level. Most of my students have failed multiple final exams in other subjects as well, but they still earned credit for those classes.”

Even the most ardent supporters of the “50% conversion rule” have to accept the reality of this potential negative outcome.  However, regardless of any damage to student motivation, a growing number of schools are gravitating toward this approach as the best avenue to student success.

The problem is in the numbers

The main impetus for arbitrarily raising poor grades is the misguided belief that low failing scores can be overly punitive.  At first glance this assumption can appear to have validity.  Using a typical grading scale of 90-100 as A, 80-89 for B, 70-79 C, 60-69 D and below 60 as an F, it would appear that a score of 22% would unfairly skew the overall average.  Unquestionably a 22% would have considerably more negative impact than a 50%.  The follow-up argument makes some superficial sense.  If the other four grades have a ten-point range, why should the “F” have one of sixty?  Does that give a low “F” too much impact? 

Even if one accepts this premise there is still a nagging issue of fairness. One student works diligently to prepare for a test and earns a 58%.  Another who does little or nothing receives a well deserved grade of 22%.  After that grade is changed to 50%, is this a fair outcome for the dedicated student?  But this argument is usually trumped when someone trots out the traditional closing equation—three 100s (A) and one zero (F) average out to a 75 (C).  While this argument often ends the discussion it is not mathematically persuasive. 

It is all in the paradigm

 To understand the flaw in the “50% solution” it is necessary to re-evaluate how the grading scale is interpreted.  When assessing a student’s score on an assignment there are two potential outcomes.  A result of 60-100 is passing while one from 0-59 is failing.  When comparing these two potential options the disparity in size has diminished considerably.  The real difference is that in our traditional grading system we have designated four distinct grades for success and only one for failure.  To make the two categories parallel different levels of failure would have to be introduced—G for 40-49, H 30-39, etc.   While such a change would be of little actual value it does bring into perspective the overriding problem with ignoring poor grades.

What happens if passing scores were handled in a manner similar to failing ones?  Any grade below 90 (ten points below the highest possible score) would be converted to 90.  Thus a 92% would be unchanged but scores of 82%, 76% or 65% would be recast as 90.  The argument in favor of this fictitious approach would be “It is not fair to saddle a student with a 62%—that would make it almost impossible to earn an A.”  Clearly such a plan would be both unfair and unacceptable.  No one would argue that a student who receives a grade of 65% should be given equal status to one who worked to earn an 87%.  And yet we are implementing programs that are using precisely the same philosophy in the failure area of the grading scale. 

Unfortunately these arguments will have little impact on educational decision-makers.  They will continue with various plans such as requiring the use of a 0-4 scale for averaging grades (A=4, C=2, F=0) and the “50% conversion”.  The reason these policies will continue is because they are designed to cosmetically make student performance appear to be better.  Such superficial solutions will only result in thirty more years of negligible improvement.

 

 

 

November 18, 2010

An Educational Shell Game

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Little children do it all the time.  When playing “hide and go seek” they cover their eyes with their hands and firmly believe they have become invisible.  When my grandchildren do this I find it adorable.  When a school does the educational equivalent in order to make failing grades disappear I am not amused.  But just such a plan is being implemented at a large suburban high school (2,000 students) in the Washington D.C. area.  According to Donna St. George in the Washington Post:

“The dreaded F has been all but banished from the grade books (at this school). The report cards that arrived home late last week showed few failing grades but instead marks of "I" for incomplete, indicating that students still owe their teachers essential work. They will get Fs only if they fail to complete assignments and learn the content in the months to come.”

The plan, which was announced in a letter sent to the parents in October of the current school year, places all of the pressure for implementation squarely on the classroom teacher.  Ms. St. George continues:

“Now, the thinking goes, learning will trump grading. The emphasis is on what students know. Teachers, working as a team, will be on duty more afternoons and Saturdays. They will be mentors, too. If students fail to finish work to clear up "incompletes," they may have to attend a last-chance summer session.”

By some measures the program is already a huge success.  At the end of the first grading period there were virtually no failures at the school.  On the other hand there were 600 scores of “I”. One sophomore English teacher reported more than half of her students were in such a status and added, "I don't believe it's an extra chance. It's an out. The root problem is motivation. The root problem is not that we're not teaching them."

Bring on the talking heads

One of the most interesting aspects of this discussion is the clarity of the battle lines.  In the article the primary sources of opposition came from students, teachers and parents.  In fact, not a single member of any of those groups offered up a supporting voice.  The advocates were the school’s principal, the district’s superintendent for instruction and a series of outside advisors whose credentials are listed as “grading experts”. Perhaps the most intriguing and disturbing endorsement came from the district instructional leader.  He said “If we really want students to know and do the work, why would we give them an F and move on? . . . I think the students who are struggling should not be penalized for not learning at the same rate as their peers.”  The first part of his statement is an insult to teachers.  Educators do not issue failing grades to students and then simply “move on”.  When asked which of their students receive the most time and energy any teacher will respond “the weakest”.  The second part of his comment is both misguided and ironic.  The issue being addressed is missed assignments not a lack of time.  His concern with time is particularly baffling since this individual is part of the establishment that was adamantly opposed to the double block classes that were implemented at my former school.

Let me count the ways

I would like to present my concerns with this policy in the form of a list of the most flagrant flaws.

This policy demonstrates a lack of understanding of adolescents.   A large number of students will do the right thing. Unfortunately these are not the individuals who are the focus of this discussion.  For far too many teenagers an announcement at the beginning of the year that late work will be accepted with no deadlines or grade repercussions is an open invitation for very bad decision making.  By nature human beings are procrastinators (check out the post office on April 15th); for many high school students such behavior is an art form.  What these adolescents need for success is structure and rules not vague requirements and inappropriate rewards. 

This policy will place teachers under enormous pressure.    Successful students will also present uncomfortable decisions for teachers.  One component of the policy is that if students “master” material a teacher has the “discretion” to assign a “NM” (no mark) for missing quizzes or assignments.  Due to this administrative directive students can now lobby teachers to disregard missing work without penalty.

This policy will cost schools good teachers.   A plan that enables students to submit unlimited amounts of late work at any time during the school year is a formula for turning a teacher’s job into a bureaucratic nightmare.  In this brave new educational world our best and brightest will no longer be able to set firm deadlines on required work.  They will be denied the ability to give inferior work appropriate grades.  Instead of using time to lesson plan and work with all students, they will be mentoring intractable students after school, Saturdays and in the summer.  Would it surprise anyone if they departed for other opportunities that would better utilize their talents?

This policy is unfair.  While I do not know all of the intricacies of the plan it would appear that students who do all of their work at a 58% level (setting 60% as passing) will receive an “F” while those who do little or nothing will be given an “I”.  Likewise, those who do reasonably good work but because of one or two missed assignments have an aggregate grade of “C” will have that mark on their report card while students who would fail because of the same missed work will have the “I”. 

This policy will ultimately hurt student performance.   Information learned in the first quarter of the school year is the foundation for what will be taught in the second.  This sequence continues throughout the course.  Classes move forward every day.  It is disingenuous to imply that by giving a grade of “I” that all that needs to be done to remain on track to succeed is to complete a few missing assignments.  While those issues are being retroactively addressed, students will fall further and further behind.   

This policy ignores that quarter grades are only guidelines. The only grades that appear on a transcript are the ones given at the conclusion of a course.  Consequently an “F” on a report card is designed to serve as a warning to students and parents that if the current level of performance continues there is a strong possibility of failing the course.   A grade of “I” can convey a very different and inaccurate message. There are a few other questions that spring to mind.  What is the plan for senior semester grades if they have grades of “I”?  How is second semester athletic eligibility determined?  How does an “I” work in calculating GPA or the Honor Roll?  But these are minor points when dealing with a school-wide “head in the sand” approach to failing students. 

Students fail when required work is done either poorly or not at all.  The best solution is to demand that all such assignments are done well and in a timely manner.  Downgrading the importance of such efforts by extending or deleting deadlines may ultimately create an artificial reduction in the number of failures but it will not create more learning.     

 

 

 

November 13, 2010

Does Math Really Pay? A Broader Perspective

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

When I read Mel Riddile’s discussion of the value of a math education my immediate response was to cheer.  For years I told my students and their parents that obtaining a degree in math was the pathway to financial success.  The Wall Street Journal chart provided in the post plainly showed that the starting salaries of math-related careers were among the highest. The paper’s analysis of the data was clear—"(the) starting pay of certain liberal arts majors generally clocks in well below that of graduates in engineering fields." Just as I began to run a victory lap around my computer, my telephone rang.

A difference of opinion

The call was from a friend who could not believe what she had just read.  The conversation began “Stu, I read the post on “Math Pays” and I thought the math/economics person in you would realize…”  From the tone of her voice I knew immediately that I was in trouble.  This individual is not only very intelligent; she also has a strong math background though her area of expertise is in liberal arts.  I must report (with no sense of pride) that I interrupted the caller to relate that I had not written the article in question.  Yes, I admit it—in a moment of panic I threw my subject under the educational bus. 

As she continued I found that her thoughts were both interesting and informative.  “…you should realize that pay differences may also be due to scarcity – as more engineers are produced wages will decline.  Also, snapshots are not trends.  Additionally, these seem like four-year degree first jobs – does this exclude graduate degree wages?”

She finished with a compelling closing.  “Wages are supposed to be the equivalent of societal value.  I’d argue that the free market undervalues jobs that are in the commons and overvalues jobs in the private sector.  Example:  no matter how logical a scientific or mathematical position may be, without political will and knowledge of the system little will get done.  Just consider issues such as global climate change and infrastructure. Knowledge of how a community functions is necessary for positive progress, yet nowhere on the chart is there anything to do with civics/political science.”

Finding some common ground

When she paused to catch her breath I quickly mentioned that I had previously written a post defending the teaching of math but with the use of social rather than financial arguments. This article brought us closer to a consensus.  Her response after reading it was “Something that really bothers me is the use of undergrad education as a high-level trade school.  We should be educating all students in the sciences, social sciences, history, math, literature. Do you know that for most Americans the last history class they take is 11th grade U.S. History?   The idea that someone in engineering school can go through four years of college and only be educated in engineering is absurd.  The idea that a student majoring in Theater can’t interpret simple statistics or identify mode, mean, median of attendance data is nonsensical.  The knowledge to understand equilibrium should not be limited to science majors.  The trend of higher education seems to be to create cogs in the economic machine at the expense of participants in a healthy society.”

The more perspectives the better

Is it possible that I have been convinced to abandon a belief I have been espousing for decades?   No, I will continue to argue vehemently that the study of math is critical for everyone. However, I do find the input of someone from outside the field extremely persuasive.  Voices representing every academic endeavor need to be heard and heeded.  If we actually listen we will soon realize that the best education is a well-rounded one. 

Perhaps my caller’s final statement presented the essential overriding thought: “My feeling is that no subject holds a monopoly on thinking skills or usefulness.”  Let me just say, “Amen”.

 

 

November 09, 2010

Defining A Good Teacher

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In any conversation about education, the views of Bill Gates should be given serious consideration.  Unlike many of the other high profile people engaged in this ongoing discussion, his thoughts are not influenced by any professional involvement.  Gates does not have a job description to fulfill as does Secretary of Education Arne Duncan.  He does not have to speak for teachers like Randi Weingarten.  He is not a politician, has no profit motive, or even a former career in education to protect.  What he does have is a sincere interest, a powerful commitment and the necessary resources to make competent judgments on the subject.  Consequently when I saw an article about him in a recent issue of Parade Magazine I decided it was a must read.  One of the most interesting aspects of this discussion was his opinion of the qualities of a good teacher.    

Simple but compelling

When asked why there are so many bad teachers and not enough great ones in American public schools Gates replied:

“Very little is invested in understanding great teaching. We've never had a meaningful evaluation system that identifies the dimensions of great teachers so we can transfer the skills to others. The Gates Foundation has learned that two questions can predict how much kids learn: ‘Does your teacher use class time well?’ and, ‘When you're confused, does your teacher help you get straightened out’?”

I found the two questions posed by the Gates Foundation very intriguing.  In my experience with teacher evaluations, the process was exclusively top down – in other words, from the perspective of the teachers and administrators. There would be an evaluator who solicits information from the teacher such as classroom goals and objectives.  This person then attends classes to observe what activities or actions actually do occur.  The evaluation concludes with a discussion of the relevant information with the teacher. 

The Foundation questions, on the other hand, were from the viewpoint of the classroom consumer—the student.  And based on their research the responses were strong indicators of the level of student learning.  Since this outcome is the ultimate goal of education it would seem that some use of this resource would be appropriate.  While student input cannot replace the evaluation process, it could bring into the procedure a group of individuals who have a unique perspective on the work of the teacher. Though the two questions mentioned by Gates are very simple, they have proven to be a strong indicator of student learning.  Expanding on those inquiries might provide a method to define the basic ingredients of successful teaching.  Below I have incorporated them into a ten-part student questionnaire. 

  1. Does your teacher use class time well?  (Gates)
  2. When you are confused, does your teacher help you get straightened out?  (Gates)
  3. Do you believe that your teacher wants you to succeed?
  4. Do you think the teacher is fair and consistent?
  5. Does your teacher have a broad knowledge of the subject?
  6. Does your teacher sincerely care about the subject?
  7. Do you believe your teacher enjoys teaching?
  8. Do you feel that your teacher will spend extra time to ensure that you learn?
  9. Do you look forward to going to this class?
  10. Do you listen to what is being said by the teacher during class?

My question for you is this—what should be added to or subtracted from this list?

 

 

November 07, 2010

8th Grade Algebra: Back to the Future

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The problem with driving around in circles is that while you put a great deal of mileage on the odometer, you end up right back where you started.  For many of the math students in Montgomery County, MD, that now seems to be the case.  After years of striving to increase the percentage of students taking Algebra 1 prior to high school, the educational leaders in that district are having some serious second thoughts. This rethinking was on full display in an article by Michael Birnbaum in the Washington Post:

“Montgomery County long has pushed its students to take ever-more-challenging math at ever-younger ages. Now educators will back off in the hope that more time and depth with the basics will yield payoffs in high school and beyond, school officials said Thursday.”

Frieda Lacey, Deputy Superintendent was even more specific. “Some students were placed in classes, and perhaps they weren't as prepared as they should have been.”  Ms. Lacey added that the push by the county for math acceleration had been an “overreaction”.

Most of these changes are the result of the work by a panel of parents, educators and researchers who studied the math program in the county.  Birnbaum writes, “The report said that efforts to increase access to high-level classes ‘effectively removed sorting and selecting practices based on assumptions about ability,’ meaning that too many students were being accelerated routinely.”

If only they had listened

Teachers and parents initiated this new perspective--opposing rushing students into Algebra 1.  According to Birnbaum, “The change comes as high school teachers were increasingly saying that even their advanced students were arriving in class unprepared. Parents wondered why their children needed to take advanced classes that often required outside tutoring. School officials said more than half of fifth-graders are taking sixth-grade math or higher.”

There is actually a simple explanation as to why schools find themselves with this dilemma.  The main advocates for accelerating math were district educational leaders with scant if any input from teachers.  In 2005, I sat in a district K-12 math department chair meeting and sighed as I heard the system’s math coordinator proudly tout in a power point “The District’s goal is to have 100% of our students take Algebra 1 by the eighth grade.” Based on my lunch conversations with my colleagues that day I can report that the teachers sitting in that room did not share this enthusiasm for the plan.  Of course no one had ever asked for their thoughts on the proposal.

If someone had solicited that advice they would have heard exactly the same comments that are now being spoken five years later in Montgomery County.  For years school districts throughout the country have had an overly simplistic solution for lagging math performance—place younger and younger students into courses entitled Algebra 1.   The advantage of this approach when compared with the revised path now being considered by MCPS, which includes putting more rigor into elementary and middle school math and more careful recommendations, is that it is far less complicated and nuanced. 

It is much easier to implement an “every student in our district will be enrolled in Algebra 1 before high school” policy and makes for a much catchier sound bite. It is important to note that the concept of advancing students in math is not the flaw in this plan.  There are, of course, a significant number of students who should be taking more difficult classes earlier.  Preventing them from accelerating their math studies would be wrong.  But for those who are not appropriately prepared either in terms of background or maturity, the primary outcome of this “sink or swim” approach is academic drowning.  Unfortunately, this experience leaves most of these individuals with a negative attitude toward math and in some cases school in general which will limit their success in future courses. 

In addition classes with many students who are not academically prepared results in an inferior course for everyone.  For many years our feeder middle school placed the top 50% of the eighth grade into “honors” Algebra 1.  The bottom half would take the class in the ninth grade.   Despite what was a huge disparity in mathematical talent, the scores of the two groups on identical Algebra 1 Standards of Learning (SOL) exams were statistically the same (472 vs. 469).  Not surprisingly just as was found in Montgomery County, many of these “honors” students struggled in subsequent honors-level math classes. 

Some things cannot be undone

As a mathematician I use data to reinforce many of my educational arguments.  While these statistics can be accurate, powerful and informative they do come with one very large caveat.  Those data points are not just test scores or grades.  Each one represents a student whose future can be predicated on the quality of the education they receive.  The tragedy is that every time one of those bits of information is utilized to demonstrate a tactical mistake in instruction, a child’s future is in peril. While bad policies can be studied, reevaluated over time and eventually revoked, for those whose education has been compromised by such misguided beliefs there is no do-over available. 

School leaders who design their programs to enhance their power point presentations have their priorities terribly misaligned.  Policy makers must remember that, in education, faster is not always better; fancier is rarely more effective; and any policy that demands the inclusion of everyone is almost certainly doomed to failure.  Breathing and eating are required for 100% of students.  After those two, the “must do” list is very limited.  

I applaud the changes that are being made in Montgomery County.  I wish more school districts would put their math programs under such scrutiny.  Unfortunately much of the pain that is being felt there and other places could have been lessened if teachers had been brought into the conversation earlier.  While the information that is received from the front lines may not always be what the people in charge want to hear, it is often the most accurate.  Too many poor educational decisions have been made without the direct participation and influence of teachers.  The victims of such missteps are the students. They deserve better.

 

 

 

November 04, 2010

Simply the Best: Assistant Principal

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Over the course of my forty-year teaching career, which included twenty-six years as a department chair,  and ten as Curriculum Coordinator, I worked with a significant number of school administrators and district leaders. This is the third in a series highlighting those individuals who in my opinion were the most effective in their particular roles.  The goal of these analyses is to illuminate those qualities that make professionals in these critical positions successful and maximize their positive influence in a school.

I had the good fortune to work with a number of extremely talented assistant principals.  Many moved on in their careers to become successful principals at either middle or high schools.  A few rose to the superintendent level in other districts.  I also interacted with many individuals who were lacking in either the skills or the experiences required to be productive.  Though they made my vocational life more difficult at the time, the shortcomings of these individuals allowed me to better understand and appreciate the strengths of the effective APs.

Due to the large number of excellent administrators I encountered, I have the wonderful dilemma of trying to parse out which one was the best.  As an indication of my good fortune, I have found that to be an impossible task.  Consequently, with apologies to many other worthy candidates, I believe that two individuals, David Smith and Cordell Gill best embodied the personal talents and skills necessary to be outstanding assistant principals and have a positive impact on both the math department and the school.

What attributes made them the most effective assistant principals?

The role of an Assistant Principal is very different from that of the Director of Guidance or Instructional Coordinator.  Both of those positions have a very specific focus, the students and master schedule for the former and a single curriculum for the latter.  In contrast Assistant Principals must be multi-taskers.  They must provide discipline, supervise multiple curriculums, evaluate teachers, and contribute to school policy, in addition to miscellaneous jobs ranging from hall duty to planning graduation.  Consequently their success cannot be explained with a list of specific personal qualities that produced effectiveness as was done for the previous “bests”.  For this position excellence is found in the mindset they took to their role.

In both casual and formal situations, Dave and Cordell never envisioned their position as one with an elevated status—neither perceived himself as owning a seat at “the head of the table” in a room full of teachers.  Their vision of the job of an Assistant Principal was not to give orders or make unilateral decisions.  Rather they saw their basic role as assisting teachers to perform more effectively. They listened.  To that end they solicited the needs and concerns of teachers and department chairs then worked in a collaborative manner to find solutions.  They realized that teachers were not interchangeable parts.  Each one possessed unique strengths and weaknesses that needed to be either nurtured or mitigated. 

Unfortunately this approach is not always the norm.  One of the most corrosive relationships that can be created in a school is a “we vs. they” mentality between the teaching and administrative staffs.  I once heard an AP tell a teacher who questioned one of his decisions concerning a student, “I find it hard to believe that a teacher would not simply follow the directive of an administrator.”  Another explained to a department chair, “Your role is to implement the policies of the administration”.  Such attitudes, which occur far too often, are one of the primary sources of low teacher morale. 

In a perfect educational world every department would be supervised by someone who is qualified to teach in that area.  While that situation can make an AP even more effective, in most cases it is not the reality.  Both Dave and Cordell had a narrow view of their role in determining curriculum policy.  They reserved such decisions for those who were certified in the subject area.   They understood that their area of expertise was in creating the best possible educational climate in the building, not in determining what topics were to be taught in each individual room or which teacher should be teaching a specific class.  They offered their services in a reactive manner—as someone who was a willing listener who would give suggestions and advice when solicited or necessary.   

To attain educational success there must be strong classroom management. Dave and Cordell understood that certain students could “highjack” the education of others.  When dealing with such individuals they sent a powerful and consistent message—such conduct will not be tolerated.  Both worked in a positive manner with all the involved parties.  They were always “pro-teacher” when working with the students.  When informing teachers of the outcomes they would become “pro-student” explaining in detail any circumstances that may not have been previously revealed.             

Like every great Assistant Principal I worked with I viewed these two men as my allies never as adversaries.  They handled every situation in a professional and even-handed manner. They approached all personal interactions whether with students or teachers with an open mind.  Most importantly they saw themselves as a person working behind the scenes to make the school better.

 

 

October 28, 2010

Researching the right course

By Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The articles tell two totally different stories but ultimately coalesce around one basic conclusion.  The first was in the Washington Post by Jay Mathews entitled “Curiosity is banned at Westfield High”.  Mr. Mathews chronicled the “Expectations of Integrity” adopted by three AP World History teachers at Westfield HS in Fairfax County, Virginia.  This manifesto on research included:

"You are only allowed to use your OWN knowledge, your OWN class notes, class handouts, your OWN class homework, or The Earth and Its Peoples textbook to complete assignments and assessments UNLESS specifically informed otherwise by your instructor.''

Other than some overly dramatic capitalization the rules seemed reasonable enough.  However Mr. Mathews also noted:

“Students could not use anything they found on the Internet. They were not permitted even to discuss their assignments with friends, classmates, neighbors, parents, relatives or siblings.

Mr. Mathews then asked:

“What about complete strangers? The teachers had thought of that. ‘You may not discuss/mention/chat/hand signal/smoke signal/Facebook/IM/text/email to a complete stranger ANY answers/ideas/questions/thoughts/opinions/hints/instructions.’ The words were playful, but the teachers were serious. Any violations, they said, would mean a zero on the assignment and an honor code referral.”

I had two immediate reactions to these revelations.  First, I was very interested in learning what compelling experiences had led these teachers to such drastic rules.  Unfortunately they opted not to explain them.  Secondly, and more importantly, this extreme approach to educational research revealed a profound problem with utilizing information available in today’s world.

Ironically, the presumed argument made by these teachers– that use of the Internet or collaboration is inferior to class notes and textbooks - was substantiated a few days later in the discovery of some troubling facts presented in a book being used by fourth-graders in Virginia.  This state-approved text contained a portion stating that thousands of slaves fought for the Confederacy.  According to the Washington Post, this assertion which has been discounted by the vast majority of scholars on the subject was the result of some shoddy research.

“The author, Joy Masoff, who is not a trained historian but has written several books, said she found the information about black Confederate soldiers primarily through Internet research, which turned up work by members of the Sons of Confederate Veterans.”

Another issue concerning a misidentified breed of bear brought further questions about the accuracy of Ms. Masoff investigative skills.  

The critical component that ties these stories together is the revelation of a significant educational problem that needs to be addressed—preparing our students to perform accurate and meaningful research in the twenty-first century.

A serious problem requires a serious response

If a published author of school materials has difficulty navigating the information highway, how can we expect better from our students?  Banning all use of the Internet, arguably the most powerful research tool ever created, is certainly not the answer.  Nor will one-hour presentations by school librarians create Internet savvy students in 2010.  What is needed is a serious commitment of time and energy to ensure that we create the skills necessary to harness the immense power of the technology that is now available.

When I was in middle school every student was required to take a twelve-week course in typing.  I hated every minute of the class.  By week three I had grown to despise typing “the quick gray fox jumped over the lazy brown dog”.  But despite all of my fourteen-year-old anger the ultimate result of that course was that I had acquired a skill that would prove to be a critical asset throughout my life.

Today there is a compelling need to have a similar approach to research.  All students in the early portion of their secondary education should be enrolled in a class designed to teach them to both effectively utilize the information available and to discriminate between what is valid and what is not. 

What would such a class look like?

Though I am not a research expert, I could envision a course that was taught within the following parameters.  It would be conducted in a computer lab giving all students access to the Internet.  The first few weeks would focus on the fundamentals—learning to use the various tools available for research.  After those skills are mastered, students would undertake projects in a variety of disciplines.  For two weeks they could accumulate materials on a topic based in social studies.  The next project would be dedicated to scientific research.  One of the primary responsibilities of the teacher would be to demonstrate the unique approaches that are required for the two different subject areas.  These projects would be reviewed, graded and discussed for their strengths and weaknesses.  There would then be additional assignments exploring everything from literature to foreign language to math to artistic interpretation.  The possible subjects are unlimited and would require a constantly changing set of research skills.  Participants should be given the opportunity to work alone, in groups and with experts who have been contacted in the course of their investigations. 

A boatload of good outcomes

Such a serious commitment to the study of research—a graded class with a fulltime teacher—will reinforce for the students the importance of being able to judge the quality and accuracy of information.   In addition for an eighth or ninth grader the in-depth study of all of those different subjects will be a great introduction to the high school curriculum.  Meanwhile high school teachers could be given intense in-service sessions designed to strengthen their own research abilities.  Armed with this knowledge, when these educators make assignments that necessitate research in their high school courses, they would be able to reinforce the skills their students have previously acquired. 

 

 

October 26, 2010

Yes Professor, Math Is Necessary

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

I have to admit I am not sure where to begin.  Like most math teachers, I have spent a good deal of my adult life defending the relevance of my subject to students, parents and other educators.  I have observed the popular culture ridicule math in advertising; television shows and political speeches. How many times have you heard someone say, “Well of course I can’t do that, I was never very good at math.”  But I never fathomed that I would have to defend the study of the subject to a college math professor. 

It actually took me three readings of a recent Washington Post op-ed to get a handle on what the author was trying to say.  The first reading left me confused—is this perhaps a “Modest Proposal” for math? After the second reading, I became slack-jawed in stunned disbelief.  On the third run through I reached critical mass—these were clearly the most amazing assortment of negative statements ever attributed to a mathematician   The object of this extended reading session was the op-ed in the Washington Post by University of Illinois at Chicago Math Professor G.V. Ramanathan. His primary position was to question whether there was any value for studying mathematics.  The argument begins by comparing the process of learning math to superficial improvements to one’s appearance.   

“…the marketing of math has become similar to the marketing of creams to whiten teeth, gels to grow hair and regimens to build a beautiful body.”

Professor Ramanathan adds:

“A lot of effort and money has been spent to make mathematics seem essential to everybody's daily life. There are even calculus textbooks showing how to calculate -- I am not making this up and in fact I taught from such a book -- the rate at which the fluid level in a martini glass will go down, assuming, of course, that one sips differentiably (sic). Elementary math books have to be stuffed with such contrived applications; otherwise they won't be published.”

Technically, I do agree with this particular point. The use of fluid level in a martini glass does seem a bit contrived.  But what is the harm in trying to make an abstract discipline like mathematics more relevant to students using at least a million other, more appropriate, examples to illustrate the importance of the subject.  Professor Ramanathan continues his questionable argument with the following:

“Unlike literature, history, politics and music, math has little relevance to everyday life.  ...Most adults have no contact with math at work, nor do they curl up with an algebra book for relaxation.”

These statements cry out for a response.

Ignorance is not really bliss

I have not read anything by Shakespeare in decades.  I did, however, learn much about human nature through the study of his work.  These are lessons I still use in my life.  I cannot recite the Constitution, The Bill of Rights, or the Declaration of Independence.  Would I be a better citizen if I had never studied them?  I cannot recall ever using the principles of photosynthesis in my daily conversations.  But I do believe I am enhanced by possessing an understanding of the interrelationship between myself and the plant world.  Is math so much different than these subjects?

What is the value of a well-informed decision?

Professor Ramanathan’s primary contention is that there is little use for math for most people. 

“How much math do you really need in everyday life? Ask yourself that -- and also the next 10 people you meet, say, your plumber, your lawyer, your grocer, your mechanic, your physician or even a math teacher.”

I beg to differ.  First of all, every one of those occupations mentioned are constantly using math whether it is to correlate measurements, determine the proper equipment, adjust dosage, or establish prices.  More importantly mathematics is one of the most powerful tools anyone can wield when attempting to understand and interpret information.  I could go on for fifteen or more pages condemning all of the professor’s contentions.  I could bludgeon his arguments using numerous illustrations of his folly.  But in lieu of all that verbiage, I will summarize my arguments using one example of the power of mathematics as a tool for understanding the world.

A few weeks ago Brian Williams on the NBC Nightly News reported on a recent study of breast cancer and the use of hormone replacement in women.  The numbers were ominous.  After extensive research it was determined that a woman’s chances of having breast cancer would increase by 25% if she was on hormone therapy.  A 25% increase in just about anything is huge.  If your mortgage goes up by that much, foreclosure will soon follow.  Similar growth in dropout rates, unemployment, violent crime, tuition, or auto accidents would be an automatic cause for alarm.  But is an increase of 25% in the potential for a woman contracting breast cancer cause for the same degree of apprehension?  Let’s do the math.

With a little research it was determined that the number of women in the general population who develop breast cancer is 0.4%.  That number increases to 0.5% for those who use hormone replacement which is an increase of 25%.  (Divide the increase of 0.1 by 0.4.) Four-tenths of a percent translates into four women out of every 1000.  Five-tenths of a percent means that the number stricken with the disease will grow to five.  Consequently, as the direct result of hormone replacement, the increased chance of having breast cancer is one in a thousand.  Does this interpretation of the information make the correct decision obvious or easier?  Absolutely not, but it does give an enhanced perspective to the reality of the situation.   

This analysis did not take an understanding of calculus, differential equations or advanced statistics.  It simply took a solid grounding in basic mathematics.  The same process could be used to evaluate airline tickets (free baggage vs. fees), home loans, or a thousand other life decisions. 

So please, Professor Ramanathan explain to me one more time why math literacy should not be a major goal of education.

 

 

 

October 23, 2010

What I Meant To Say About Tenure and Evaluation

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

After reading the comments on my post concerning tenure and evaluation, I realized that it was possible that what I was thinking about those topics was not reflected in what I was actually writing.  My first thought was to use the Charles Barkley defense.  When questioned about a controversial quote in his autobiography, the Hall of Fame basketball player said, “Obviously I was misquoted.”  But when my wife sided with the detractors, I decided to take a second look at what I had written.  My revisit convinced me that I needed to do some serious restating of my positions

What I did not mean

Unfortunately if someone chose to read my words rather than my mind, the following conclusions were highly probable:            

  1. After three years teachers cannot improve at their craft
  2. Therefore, there is little reason to work on improving one’s skills
  3. Consequently, there is no value in having evaluations after year three

Try, try again—Topic 1

My semantic nightmare began as the result of an ill-fated attempt to differentiate between “evaluation” and “professional growth”.  I believe that for many people evaluation is a red-flag word.  These people view it as an administrative referendum on the success or failure of a teacher rather than an opportunity to improve a teacher’s skills.  With that perception in mind I tried to separate these two outcomes.  To achieve that split I contend that during the first three years of a career teachers should be subjected to an extensive and comprehensive evaluation.  During this process a decision should be made as to whether these individuals have the skills necessary to become an effective educator.  After that level of ability is quantified, the focus should then be placed on professional growth—continually working to become a better teacher.  I have often written that this method would be remarkably similar to evaluation—classroom observations by professional evaluators, videotaping, visiting other classes, frequent professional development opportunities. During my forty years as a high school math teacher I spent a great deal of time working with new teachers.  One of my main points of emphasis was that my approach was constantly evolving.  I would point out that every year whether it was my fifth, twenty-fifth or thirty-fifth, I would make notes to myself about changes I would incorporate the following year.  I strongly encouraged them to do the same.  Let me be clear—in order to be an effective teacher, one must be constantly evaluating and reevaluating their work.  New technologies, policies and educational theories must be studied and when appropriate incorporated into the classroom.

Topic 2

My second writing fiasco was my comment that teachers do not improve after three years.  This massive misstatement was the result of inadvertently grouping weak and strong teachers together.  The intended focus of this statement was on the removal of weak teachers.  I should have clearly stated that, if after three years of extensive evaluations, a person is found to lack the necessary talents to succeed as a teacher, the likelihood of the any significant improvement is remote.  This belief is based on observations of poor teachers, who for a variety of reasons were able to continue their careers despite obvious shortcomings.  Allowing these educators to remain year after year in the hope that they would suddenly become competent had a highly negative impact on the students they taught.  Consequently, I remain firmly convinced a more efficient and expedient method for removing these teachers must be implemented. 

 

 

October 16, 2010

What's all the fuss about teacher tenure?

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

At your next social gathering, bring up the currently hot topic of teacher tenure and you most assuredly will elicit many diverse opinions and emotions.  Some people are adamant that it creates and retains bad teachers.  Others are equally vociferous that without it good teachers are robbed of due process and are at risk of being fired on a principal’s whimsy.  One viewpoint will espouse that lifetime employment destroys motivation; the response will be that job security allows experimentation and innovation.

There is no question that many high-profile educators are firmly convinced that tenure is an absolute necessity.  In a recent post Tom Whitby, an invited participant at the MSNBC “Education Nation” forum, wrote about the critical need for tenure in all schools.  Mr. Whitby was particularly upset by the comments of a young educator who received a great deal of attention when  she stated that she did not feel a need for tenure because she was confident that her classroom performance would ensure her of continued employment.  Clearly, Mr. Whitby disagreed. 

“The sound of fingernails on the blackboard for that statement ripped into me. What she was asking for is what Tenure IS. It is a guarantee of due process. It guarantees that the only thing you can be fired for is that which you are responsible for in your teaching duties. What you CAN be fired for under the Tenure law is: Misconduct, Incompetence, Insubordination, Physical or Mental Disability, Neglect of Duty, or a Lack of Teaching Certificate. Additionally, it cannot be a blind accusation, it must be documented. It is also presented at a hearing with all parties under oath. This guarantees fairness in firing people. Why would any teacher say they don’t need that? If the world were as this young teacher assumes it is, having all teachers judged on the merits of their teaching, it would be a wonderful world. History shows us that it has not always been so.”

A difference of opinion 

While I strongly agree with Mr. Whitby that teachers must be protected against unjustified dismissals, I am not convinced that tenure is the best approach.  The ultimate goal of education must be to produce successful students.   Every day that a weak teacher is in the classroom has the potential of inflicting significant damage to student progress.   Any program that slows the termination process will have a potentially negative impact on academic success.  Thus, based on my own professional observations and after reading about the “rubber rooms” in New York City, I believe there are better methods than tenure to produce a high quality teaching staff.  What is needed is an efficient and effective plan to make good teachers more productive and reduce the number of weak ones.  Here is a four-step approach to building a teaching staff that will give superior results to one that depends primarily on tenure.

A comprehensive hiring process.     The act of selecting the correct candidates is one of the most important functions of a school.   The math of the situation is simple.  Hiring a higher percentage of excellent teachers dramatically lessens the need to find methods to remove poor ones. The job interview should include a sample teaching presentation by the applicant, multiple references, an on-site writing sample, and an extended question and answer period.  Great care should be taken throughout the reference process.  It should be the professional responsibility of all parties to be as honest and candid as possible when discussing the previous work of a candidate.  Far too many times when contacting references faulty or misleading information has lead to inappropriate hires.  The interviewing panel should include the department chair, assistant principal and a teacher from the subject area.  A follow up interview should have classroom observations by the candidate and time interacting with potential colleagues.  This approach will take a great deal of time.  But every minute spent finding the right individual can save hours of suffering with the wrong one.

Have rigorous evaluations during a teacher’s first three years.  The time to determine the potential of an educator is early in their career.  After three years it is highly unlikely that one will improve appreciatively.  But to be able to accurately determine a person’s potential requires a complex process.  Five or more observations by professional evaluators should occur each year.  Several of the sessions should be done by individuals who are certified in the subject area.  Videotapes of classes should be taken and reviewed by both the evaluators and teachers.   If at any point during this period a teacher is determined to be lacking the skills to be successful there should be a clearly established policy for termination.  Again, while such an evaluation system will be time consuming and expensive, dealing with the results of poor teaching will be far more costly and detrimental to students.

Create a continuing system of collaborative “teacher growth”.  After the initial evaluation period, the teaching staff should engage in an ongoing effort to improve each other’s skills.  This program would include a consistent interchange of ideas from colleagues who will observe each other’s classes, share ideas and suggestions, and when appropriate, carefully analyze student test results.  These groupings should include both teachers within a department and those from other subject areas.  It must be clearly understood that this is not an evaluation process but rather an opportunity to improve and refine teaching practices. 

Reduce the influence of the principal in the dismissal process.   I strongly agree with Mr. Whitby’s concern with a potentially capricious decision by a principal to fire a teacher.  (An example of this type of abuse of power will be presented in a follow up to this post)  I endorse two initiatives to eliminate the potential of such an occurrence. Requests for teacher terminations would be the responsibility of a committee rather than the exclusive domain of the principal.  In addition to the principal this committee could include the director of guidance, an assistant principal and the district coordinator of the particular curriculum.   In addition, greater care must be taken in the selection process of principals to ensure that individuals who would perform in an unprofessional manner would be excluded.  A process very similar to the one suggested for teachers should be adopted for administrative hiring.  Once again, the extra time and energy required for such a plan would be ultimately less costly than the damage caused by the wrong person being in this position. 

 

 

October 11, 2010

One for all, and all for one: No Thanks!

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Education has clearly become a white-hot topic.  Recently, NBC dedicated much of an entire week’s programming to the subject.  And one of the most popular items for discussion was the issue of tenure for teachers.  Heated words both pro and con were thrown back and forth. One of the participants, Tom Whitby, stated his adamant belief that if tenure were removed from our schools it would be potentially disastrous.  Although I disagree with many of the arguments he used to support tenure – a topic I will deal with at a later date – my more immediate sense of discomfort was with the overall tone of his piece.

A Chilling Moment

What I found troubling was Mr. Whitby’s displeasure with teachers who express their unhappiness with the current state of education.  He described one comment from the audience in the following manner:

“There was one striking comment however, from one young educator that sent chills down my spine, only to have them go up my spine by the applause that followed her statement. As an educator of 40 years, I was truly in awed (sic) and upset. Her statement was that she did not need Tenure. She only wanted to be evaluated on her teaching and she was confident she would have a Job the next year. She saw no need for Tenure (down the spine). TEACHERS then applauded (back up the spine).”

These remarks would indicate that no teacher should question the value of tenure nor should other educators demonstrate their support.  However, it was Mr. Whitby’s subsequent statements that I found most unsettling.

“The ugliness of this reform movement is in the name calling of teachers by teachers: Public school teachers against Charter school teachers; Young teachers against experienced teachers; Non-Tenured Teachers against Tenured teachers.”

Such statements are both misguided and unfair.  Teachers are not some monolithic group that agrees on every aspect of their profession and are somehow injured if they dare express any difference of opinion.  On the contrary, who better to discuss the proper approach to educational reform (including the role of tenure) than the people most directly impacted by such changes?  More importantly, the concept of teacher versus teacher is not nearly as destructive as Mr. Whitby believes.  The reality is that this confrontation, in a slightly altered form, plays out on a regular basis in schools all over the country.  Indeed, teachers have a highly vested interest in the professional abilities of their colleagues.  This concern is firmly grounded in the fact that, other than the students, no individuals in a school are as adversely affected by ineffectual teachers than the remainder of the staff.

An infection that spreads throughout a building

A poor teacher will disrupt not only their own classes, but all subsequent classes in courses that are taught sequentially.  The worst case scenario for students is to pass a course with poor understanding of the required material.  These students are then doomed to struggle with all successive classes in that sequence.  When this happens due to poor teaching, it is truly tragic. As these students move through the curriculum, they are destined to struggle just to keep up with the other students in the class. The progress of the class as a whole will suffer and competent teachers will face a difficult decision. Should they teach the topics again, resulting in a significant loss of valuable class time or allow some students to be deficient through no fault of their own?  Regardless of the choice, the progress of the class will suffer.

A poor teacher creates classroom management problems for everyone. One of the most common characteristics of an unproductive classroom is weak discipline. Unfortunately this problem can be contagious.  Adolescents do not automatically differentiate between one teacher’s standards and another.  It becomes a far more difficult task for teachers to enforce their own behavioral expectations when similar expectations are being ignored in other locations.  How many times has a teacher heard some form of “But Mr. X allows us to do that”?  Again, more critical class time is spent on problems that should not occur. 

A poor teacher results in students losing time in other classes.  Most administrators will tell you that suspensions are more frequently the result of misbehavior in a weak teacher’s room than in a strong one.  But a suspension results in students missing all classes not just the one where the infraction occurred.  In addition numerous conferences are often the product of such conduct which will also cause more time out of classes.

A poor teacher can affect other class activities. One year a young science teacher had a room adjacent to one of the weakest math teachers in the building.  He once told me that not a day went by without at least one administrator coming to that teacher’s classroom.  He added it was never surprising to find that teacher’s students in the hallways. Whether they were wandering because they had opted to skip the class or had been excused from the room without proper justification, they spent the majority of the time that they should have been learning math, disrupting other classes.

A poor teacher can wreak havoc with the grading system. Consistent grading throughout a building is critical.  Grades influence student class placements as well as the expectations of both the teachers and students.  Any disruption to this process is counterproductive.  The typical ineffectual teacher will assign erratic grades.  Sometimes in an attempt to gain cooperation undeserved high marks are given; conversely, poor grades are often the result of weak instruction or worse, punitive.  Regardless of the direction, other teachers will suffer. 

A needed dialogue

Teachers depend upon the good work of other teachers. They not only have the right but the responsibility to question educational policies, plans for reform and each other.  Teachers need to have a united front on one crucial issue—formulating ways to ensure student success.  Being appalled that teachers do not always reflect a united front on how to reach that goal is foolish and wrongheaded.

 

 

 

October 05, 2010

Totally Missing the Point

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In a recent article in the Washington Post, Nick Anderson reported on a study that indicated merit pay for teachers did not result in better student test scores.  One of the conclusions presented by Mr. Anderson was:

“Offering teachers incentives of up to $15,000 to improve student test scores produced no discernible difference in academic performance, according to a study released Tuesday, a result likely to reshape the debate about merit pay programs sprouting in D.C. schools and many others nationwide.”

These results, the first major study of the link between bonuses and improving student test scores, brought reactions ranging from disbelief to disillusionment. According to Vanderbilt Education Professor Matthew Springer who led the study "Pay reform is often thought to be a magic bullet. That doesn't appear to be the case here. We need to develop more thoughtful and comprehensive ways of thinking about compensation. But at the same time, we're not even sure whether incentive pay is an effective strategy for improving the system itself.”

As someone who was awarded multiple merit pay bonuses over the course of my career I can answer Dr. Springer’s concern—money will not provide an immediate boost to student test scores.

It may buy happiness but not better teaching

Let me be very clear about my position on merit pay—I think it is a critical and essential part of any successful educational program.  What I do not accept is the belief that such extra funds will make a teacher better.  The amount of effort and skill excellent teachers bring to their classroom is never predicated on the amount of money in their paychecks.  Teachers are a unique breed.  For the best of them merit pay is good; recognition by their colleagues as “skillful” is better; but a “thank you” correspondence from a former student is priceless.  For great educators no student is viewed in terms of dollar signs.  Every student is an individual with a name and a story.   Success is measured by making a difference in a life, not in a bank account.

Confessions of a merit pay teacher

When my district created a program for teachers to earn merit pay I immediately applied for it.  As I saw it, there was virtually no downside.  I was more than willing to fill out the necessary paperwork.  Without hesitation I compiled the required list of “goals and objectives”.  The majority of the time the required “itinerary” of the day’s lesson was dutifully posted even if it was often not completely accurate and had certainly never been a part of my previous classroom procedures.  And when it was time for a pre-arranged observation I always suggested a topic I knew would actively engage my students.  Yes, the lure of several thousand dollars would inspire me to add a few pieces of window dressing to my teaching.  But here is what did not change—the lesson that was observed during my second period Algebra 2 class was taught with exactly the same intensity, content and techniques in the unobserved fourth period Algebra 2 class an hour later.  That lesson was the same the year before there was merit pay and would continue to be unchanged in the future.  Why?  Because like every professional teacher I did not possess skills, techniques or special tricks that I was holding back until there was more money on the table.  The sad fact is that the people who think extra pay will make the best teachers perform better simply do not understand or appreciate the qualities that define those teachers.

Not today but definitely tomorrow

While I do not believe extra money equates into better teaching, I do believe it will result in a better teaching staff.  One of the greatest frustrations in education is the system which determines pay exclusively by years of service and educational level.  The lack of any component that measures the actual performance of the individual is one of the biggest morale killers in the profession.  An effective merit pay system based on the intelligent use of student test scores among other factors is an excellent method of eliminating this problem. To build the best staff possible these are the educators who need to be retained by school districts.  There is little doubt that a teacher who is recognized both with status and money is far more likely to stay in the profession.  Likewise, those who are not given such rewards are more likely to depart.  Over time, these two dynamics—retaining the best, removing the worst— will result in vastly improved teaching staffs.  Given enough time, those positive changes will ultimately bring the improvement to education envisioned by the supporters of merit pay.  And of course, the primary beneficiaries of these changes will be the students. 

 

 

September 29, 2010

Data, data, and more data

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

"It is a capital mistake to theorize before you have all the data. It biases the judgment." – Sir Arthur Conan Doyle

It has been argued that teachers should not be responsible for exam results if they have minimal or no input into the process.  When teachers lack opportunities for input into standardized testing procedures, frustration often results. But administrators and teachers do not always see eye to eye on this topic.   This fact was reinforced in a correspondence I received from a regular reader of this blog.   

“Last spring our SOL scores were dismal.  After a few days of remediation by teachers who volunteered to help failing students, the retest scores improved. But because the scores were deemed ‘good enough,’ there was no follow up by the administration.  They never looked at the reasons for the failures in the first place.   Were the failing students from specific teachers; were they from a specific subgroup, gender, etc.?     

I don’t understand why we aren’t studying the results?  Why aren’t we using the teachers who were successful to work with the (other) teachers? Won’t this problem occur again this year?  I know there are poor teachers, but many good teachers have their hands tied when the administration does not want to listen to creative ideas that could improve our scores.”

Understanding the teacher’s view

This is only one of many examples where the administrative and teaching staffs do not share a mutual vision of accountability. Why might that be the case?  Long before there were standardized tests, good teachers wanted to help students learn.  It is the main reason why most teachers enter the profession.  Of course, teachers want to have high test scores which will make them look good on their evaluations.  But the importance of these scores pales in comparison to   the greatest driving force for all excellent educators.   Any classroom failure is a highly personal experience for a teacher.  Each one has a name, a face, and a story.  Clearly these individuals are far more than mere statistics and will cause teachers to spend endless hours of self-examination as to what they could have done better. 

However, there is a strong sense that in many schools there is a disconnect between this view and the one of the administrative team.  Issues that are critical to teachers may be considered simply as a set of boxes to be checked off on yet another official form.  The mindset seems to be that if the results are good enough, we need not examine any issues that may be lurking just below the surface.  Why waste time fixing something that, based on a superficial inspection, is not totally broken?   

Focusing on the individual

Total school pass rates on barrier exams do not give a complete or an accurate appraisal of what is actually occurring within a student body.  An overall pass rate of 80% may satisfy some arbitrary requirement created at a meeting involving people who have never stood in front of a classroom.  But it does not explain why one of every five students did not succeed.  It does not put faces to those 20%, nor does it discuss their now imperiled futures.  It does not identify at-risk student populations, define educational problems, or find potential solutions. However, as described by my reader, it may empower some people to believe that a task has been accomplished and it is time to move on. The failure to explore all data to find important answers is a disservice to both students and teachers.

 

 

September 22, 2010

Simply the Best: District Leader

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Over the course of my forty-year teaching career, which included twenty-six years as a department chair and ten as Curriculum Coordinator, I worked with a significant number of school administrators and district leaders.  This is the second in a series highlighting those individuals who in my opinion were the most effective in their particular roles.  The goal of these analyses is to illuminate those qualities that make professionals in these critical positions successful and maximize their positive influence in a school.

The job of a district-level instructional coordinator is extremely challenging.  It is a role that must weave together the requirements, goals and needs of remarkably disparate groups.  The rules and regulations of the state and district school boards must be implemented and the goals of the system’s leadership team must be accomplished while assisting two dozen different high schools establish programs that serve very different student bodies.  Moreover, all of these tasks must be performed from a position that possesses little actual authority.  But Tom Nuttal, District Coordinator of Math Instruction, overcame all of these obstacles to become a significant contributor to the success of math education throughout the system. 

What attributes made him the most effective district supervisor?

Tom believed that all of his responsibilities were equally important.  The previously defined job description becomes infinitely easier if the component of meeting the needs of each individual school is ignored.  Creating programs that only satisfy state and local educational leadership is relatively simple when compared with creating plans that work in a wide-ranging set of circumstances.  Tom understood and appreciated the reality that every school is unique. He believed that a “one size fits all” approach where every math program is the same could make for wonderfully simplified, impressive power point presentations, but lack the necessary complexity and flexibility to address the educational challenges inherent in a diverse school system.  The less affluent schools were at particular risk in such situations.  Tom strongly encouraged the creation and implementation of a variety of methods to improve student success.  He did far more than simply talk about such innovation.  He helped put into practice a unique approach to Algebra 1 at my school which was predicated on the fact that we had the largest ELL population in the system.  When our program began to demonstrate significant progress he looked for ways to utilize some of its fundamental principles to help other schools.  This attitude was in stark contrast to many others in similar positions who preferred simplistic answers for complex issues.  Tom did not feel that student success should be borne entirely by the teachers, but that sometimes the district’s program may need to be altered to enable those teachers to be effective.

Tom took a pro-active approach to educational change.  Anticipating state standardized end-of-course exams years before their implementation, he created a district Algebra 1 exam to be administered to every student at the conclusion of the course.  This testing helped teachers and administrators prepare for the eventual creation of barrier state exams.  It also served as an excellent measure of student achievement throughout each building and the system.  As is so often the case, the reception for this “extra burden” at the end of the year was less than enthusiastic but Tom was adamant and as a result many students and teachers benefitted years later.  He also realized that technology was going to become a large part of the educational scene.  While others waited for funding to purchase computers, he found creative methods to utilize existing monies to ensure that math teachers were at the forefront in terms of hardware and training.  When it was obvious that graphing calculators were going to revolutionize math education, Tom acquired funding to train large numbers of teachers in the effective use of these devices.

Tom was not averse to challenging the educational leaders in the district.  When the concept of “block” scheduling was being favorably discussed by the system’s policymakers, Tom recognized that such a program could be detrimental for many math students.  He spent countless hours mobilizing discussions that would reveal some of the negative aspects of this type of schedule.  Likewise, when the district was discussing a new set of grading and reporting regulations that would result in diminishing teachers’ control of their classroom grading policies he used many of his department chair meetings to explain the potential repercussions.  His results were mixed.  Block scheduling became a reality but the grassroots resistance to the new grading system resulted in a rollback of these potentially misguided policies.  Win or lose, his first loyalty was always to the success of the students and the integrity of the curriculum.

Tom was a pragmatist. Whether he agreed or disagreed with a district initiative he worked hard to make the implementation as smooth as possible.  My favorite Tom Nuttal story revolved around the block scheduling debate.  He fought the good fight but when it became obvious the new plan was inevitable he swallowed his bruised pride and announced that every district workshop in the future would be ninety minutes in length—replicating a typical “block” thus giving teachers a preview of what their educational future would look like.

Tom treated teachers as professionals.  Every year he would apply for and receive federal grants that would enable him to take large numbers of district math teachers to national math meetings.  These exposures gave educators throughout the system an enlightened view of math education from a national perspective.  In addition such trips to large conventions gave teachers an opportunity to network with each other much as professionals in other occupations do on a regular basis.

 

 

September 20, 2010

Student Absence Myth Busters

Ask any educational reformer for a list of the most critical problems in our schools today and the topic of student attendance will inevitably be found near the top.  The logic is simple—if you are not there, you are not going to learn.  But based on a recent Education Week article by Hedy Chang the solutions to this long-term problem may be far more complicated than many would expect.  Ms. Chang presents five significant myths about student attendance that should give everyone in education pause.   Here are the misconceptions that she believes are inhibiting some real solutions to the problem.

Students don’t start missing a lot of school until middle or high school.

National research has determined that 10% of all kindergarten and first-graders miss at least a month of school each year.  In some places, such as New York City, the number of students is twice as high.  Obviously the vast majority of these absences are excused—children at this age are unlikely to be staying home without some parental supervision.  According to Ms. Chang the ramifications are potentially immense:  “…the bad attendance habits that lead to skipping school can become entrenched in the early years.”

Absences in the early grades don’t really affect academics.

Not surprisingly studies show that chronically absent kindergarten students do not perform as well in the first grade as those who were consistently present.  It is not unusual to have these deficiencies continue throughout elementary school.  Perhaps one of the most compelling arguments was found in Chicago where the attendance of ninth-graders proved to be a better predictor of drop outs than eighth-grade test scores.

Most schools already know how many students are chronically absent.

Ms. Chang laments that most school data concerning absences only revolve around the total school attendance patterns and “unexcused” absences.  Consequently many individuals who are missing large portions of class time remain under the educational radar.  As she points out “an elementary school of 400 students can have 95 percent of its students showing up every day and yet still have 60 children missing 18 days—or 10 percent of the school year.”

There’s not much that schools can do to improve attendance; it’s up to the parents.

While certainly the traditional path of parental involvement and truant officers needs to be taken, there are often unique concerns that an individual school can incorporate into their programs.  Ms. Chang relates that many causes of chronic absenteeism can be mitigated.  She speaks of Muslim students missing classes during Ramadan for fear of sitting in the cafeteria during these days of fasting.  Other schools had problems resulting from parents who were shift workers and were not awake when their children should have been leaving for school.  Another group that missed too many days was those in homeless shelters.  In each of these cases the affected schools found solutions. One brought in a Muslim counselor and a separate room for these students during the lunch period.  For parents who slept during the day, a school opened the building early to allow parents to drop off their children after work and before going to bed.  

The Federal government has no role in reducing chronic absenteeism.

Test scores may be important but one of the major reasons for poor test scores is bad attendance.  Ms. Chang believes that the federal government should be requiring statistics on chronic absenteeism as well as truancy and test scores.  School improvement can be measured by improved attendance.

The Bottom Line

Successful teaching cannot begin until students are regularly attending class.  Every day that is missed is a lost opportunity regardless of whether the absence is excused or not.  Consequently strategies need to be created to maximize student presence. At my former school the administrative team recognized the importance of this problem and employed a number of techniques to reduce “excused” absences.  When many Muslim students were leaving early on Fridays for prayer, the principal met with officials from the mosque and arranged for a parent volunteer to come to the building during lunch to hold the sessions in the school.  For students who were chronically absent, an automated callout system was used to make 6:00 a.m. wake-up calls to these specific homes.  But as Ms. Chang has written, too many times such innovations are being implemented too late in the process.  These kinds of interventions need to occur at the very beginning of a student’s education.

For every elementary school the overriding need is to acknowledge that all absences -excused or unexcused - are detrimental. They have both short- and long-term negative consequences.  A culture establishing excellent attendance must be created in the earliest grades.  To that end, careful and consistent attention must be given to the analysis of the attendance record of each individual student not just school-wide data.  Every reason given for missing school should be examined and methods devised to prevent them from becoming chronic. If such an approach is started in the primary years, the continuation of such policies at the high school level will become far more effective.

Supportive Leadership

More than anything else, including higher pay (45%), 40,000 teachers surveyed reported that they want supportive leadership (68%). The question is, what is supportive leadership? Customer satisfaction is an important indicator of quality service, corporations put a lot of time, effort, and money into surveys that ask their customers “How did we do?” So, why not ask teachers who have worked with school leaders about their views on supportive leadership?

In Simply the Best, The Teacher Leader does just that. A 40-year classroom veteran and teacher-leader should be a good judge of supportive leadership. In his profile of Barbara Douds, The Teacher Leader identifies a number of Barbara’s key leadership qualities including:

“A listener, a learner, and active participant” – “She would talk with each chair, listen to their concerns and goals, and acquired the information necessary to be fluent in the most pressing issues of that subject area.  She would then work with the chairs to formulate the best approaches for the guidance staff to assist in implementing their programs.” Teachers want collaboration. They want to share. They want a partnership. Teachers don’t want leaders who ‘simply follow dictates or who ask no question, seek no answers and most of all give no advice.’

Trust and Respect – The Teacher Leader points to one of Michael Fullan’s Six Secrets of Change, “transparency” of data, as a key element in gaining the trust of the staff. Everyone had the same numbers and they knew that the numbers were correct. In addition, he points to Barbara being “viewed by all as fair and honest” as keys to her ability to earn trust and respect.

No surprises! – Supportive leadership (collaboration) is not asking teachers what they want and then doing what is convenient—Administration By Convenience (ABCs). In a true partnership, each party consults the other when making key decisions.

Her attention to detail and “her work ethic was contagious.”

Emotionally supportive – No matter what occurred, “her demeanor was always calm and her mood was always even.” Students need a low-threat classroom to learn. Teachers must know that, no matter what, it is never personal.

September 16, 2010

Simply the Best: Director of Guidance

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Over the course of my forty-year teaching career, which included twenty-six years as a department chair and ten as Curriculum Coordinator, I worked with a significant number of school administrators and district leaders.  This post is the first in a series highlighting those individuals, who in my opinion were the most effective in their particular roles.  The goal of these analysis is to illuminate those qualities that make professions in these critical positions successful and maximize their positive influence in a school.

I have always viewed the position of Guidance Director as the second most important person in a building ranking only below the Principal.  A school with an ineffective leader of guidance will quickly become mired in a myriad of problems which will handicap everyone—students, teachers, administrators and parents—in impede the potential of the school.

As a teacher I interacted with nearly a dozen different directors and in my role as a department chair I had direct contact with seven.  While many were very successful, Barbara Douds was clearly the best.  I had a strong personal relationship with Barbara, but it was the skill set and the expectations that she brought to her position that made her excel. 

Why was she the best Director of Guidance?

She was a quick and willing learner.  In many ways her approach to her job made her virtually an assistant department chair for every subject.  She would talk with each chair, listen to their concerns and goals, and acquired the information necessary to be fluent in the most pressing issues of that subject area.  She would then work with the chairs to formulate the best approaches for the guidance staff to assist in implementing their programs.  Because of this deep involvement in the fundamentals of each curriculum when questions or conflicts arose she was capable of giving meaningful advice.  Too many guidance directors view their jobs as “data entry”.   They see their role as to simply follow the dictates of the staff and administration especially when creating the master schedule.  They ask no questions, seek no answers and most of all give no advice.  To have someone in the role of guidance director who is a valued consultant is a profound strength for a school.

She had everyone’s trust and respect.   Both in her actions and in her words, it was clear that there was no favoritism in the decisions made in the guidance office.  The guiding principle in every choice was what was best for the students.  When given an answer of “no” to a request every staff member knew that determination was based upon careful reflection, a full knowledge of all relevant facts and an unbiased appraisal of priorities.  The greatest measure of this respect was during the formation of the master schedule.  Based on the projections made by the director of guidance, department chairs were allocated a certain number of sections.   Within those numbers the chair could distribute the classes as they chose.  While on many occasions I might be disappointed in the number of sections I would never question the fairness or equity of them.  Such transparency is critical to the morale and cohesiveness of a building.

She accepted every responsibility that was inherent in such a critical job. There were no August surprises.  I never returned to school to discover that the number of students enrolled in a subject had risen or fallen by a significant number.  Long before that would occur I would have received a phone call to inform me of the change and a discussion would ensue to determine the appropriate course of action.  Having a guidance director who monitored such fluctuations ensured that all such adjustments were done in an orderly fashion and would be based on sound educational reasoning.  On many occasions, I unfortunately had experienced just the opposite situation.  Two weeks prior to the beginning of school massive shifts had occurred in enrollment and changes had to be made across every subject area.  These last minute changes had a negative effect on both student and teaching schedules, creating negative impacts that could have been avoided but that could last a long time. 

She had an amazing work ethic.  For weeks at a time it appeared that she never left the building.  The length of every task she undertook was measured by completion never by time.  If evening hours, weekends and lunch periods were needed to refine the master schedule, consult with students, meet with parents or staff, she would be found on the job.  Her work ethic was contagious.  The counselors’ office lights were on long before the start of the school day and were not turned off until well after the final bell.  They viewed their role as people who helped both students and teachers resolve issues.  Unlike many buildings where tensions develop between teachers and counselors, due to the efforts of the director both groups had a mutual respect and trust.  Such a relationship results in the ability to consolidate efforts that will profoundly benefit the students.

She had the perfect temperament.  Though her job was never easy, her demeanor was always calm and her mood was always even.  When I entered her office I never worried about whether she was having a good day or very bad one.  Regardless of any prior events, I always knew her response would be professional.

The Bottom Line

The best directors of guidance are directly engaged in all areas of the curriculum, are viewed by all as fair and honest, and are an invaluable resource for information and advice.

Next:  The Best District Instructional Leader

 

 

September 13, 2010

Time for Real Reform in Education

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In a recent op-ed article in the Washington Post, Robert J. Samuelson documented the failure of educational reform for the past four decades.  He presents a compelling collection of data that clearly demonstrates that much of the innovation done in this country has been totally ineffectual.  Some of this information included:

The highly reliable National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP) testing scores shows an educational system that is flat-lining.  In 1971, the first year of this testing, the average reading scores (range 0-500) for seventeen-year-olds was 285.  Thirty-seven years later that number was 286.  In the same two years math scores moved from 304 to 306.   A few quick calculator keystrokes reveal that in nearly four decades reading and math scores for our students have improved by a grand total of 0.3% and 0.6% respectively. 

Mr. Samuelson then reveals some surprising statistics.  During that same time period the percentage of teachers has increased by almost 800% when compared to the additional number of students (61% more teachers; 8% more students).  Not surprisingly student-teacher ratios have plummeted.  In 1955 this comparison stood at 27 to 1; in 2007 each teacher on average had fifteen students.  Even the image of the underpaid teacher is a tough sell—in 2008 the average teacher earned $53,230.  While this wage hardly translates into great wealth it is equally far removed from poverty.  Finally, the number of students in preschool has seen a nearly five-fold increase from 11% to 53%. 

Mr. Samuelson closes his argument by stating that the ultimate reason for the lack of improvement is a dearth of student motivation.  Too many adolescents do little work in high school and a significant number need remedial work in both reading and math when entering either a community college or a four-year institution.  And as illustrated by his data, teacher pay, student-teacher ratios, and mandatory standardized tests have scant impact on this shortcoming.  But the writer saves his harshest criticism for those in charge of reform:

“Against these realities, school ‘reform’ rhetoric is blissfully evasive. It is often an exercise in extravagant expectations. Even if George W. Bush's No Child Left Behind program had been phenomenally successful (it wasn't), many thousands of children would have been left behind. Now (Secretary of Education Arne) Duncan routinely urges ‘a great teacher’ in every classroom. That would be about 3.7 million "great" teachers -- a feat akin to having every college football team composed of all-Americans. With this sort of intellectual rigor, what school ‘reform’ promises is more disillusion.”

Changes that make a difference

Mel Riddile and I have written at length about our concerns with the current structure of public education in the United States and potential adjustments that could improve the system.  As Mr. Samuelson has aptly demonstrated throwing meaningless platitudes and feel-good non-solutions has not made any discernable difference.  Significant improvement demands equally significant change.  If there is to be any major advancement, here are four places to start:

Lengthen the school year.  Learning must become a year-long activity.  How many other important, sequential endeavors take a break of thirteen weeks after thirty-nine weeks of work?  Will paying teachers for 240 days instead of 190 cost more money?  Absolutely, but the educational gains both in student performance and the retention and development of the staff will be more than worth it.  How many extra dollars are spent every year due to failure?

Expand the school week.  Use Saturdays for remediation and extra contact time.  Lengthen the school day to eight or more hours.  Remove distractions—athletic programs should become community activities.  Get educational institutions out of the sports business.  The academic standards currently in place to participate could be maintained but far too much educational time is given to these events.  I loved being a long-time football and tennis coach but if we are really serious about improving our students’ academic achievement we must narrow our focus.

Remove poor teachers.  The newest fad for removing weak educators is to fire the entire staff of a school.  While this may give the appearance of progress, it merely serves to rob districts of their competent teachers as well as their worst.  And most of all it does not make anyone better.    Schools with great teachers succeed.  But acquiring the best teachers is only part of the solution.  Other than the recent mass firings, when was the last time you knew a teacher who was terminated for ineptitude?  And how long did it take the system to remove that individual from the classroom?  In my forty years of teaching I saw two teachers removed for ineffectiveness.  And in each case it took more than five years of diligent work to make these changes occur.  What is needed is an evaluation system that improves good teachers and dismisses poor ones in an expedient manner. Great teachers make great schools; bad teachers give unmotivated students credibility. 

Increase the role of teachers as leaders.  Creating school policy should include a significant input from the entire staff.  While the roles of department chairs should be strengthened, all staff members should be given an opportunity to have an integral involvement in all components of the school.  Collaborative evaluations including other teachers should become common place.  A building’s philosophy should bubble up from every part of the culture not trickle down exclusively from the administrative wing.

 

 

September 10, 2010

Are Principals Necessary?

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

This somewhat shocking question was asked in a recent story in The Christian Science Monitor.  Their article tells of a growing number of school districts located in cities including Detroit, Denver, Minneapolis and Boston where schools are being created without principals.  In this new format teachers are making the decisions on everything from curriculum coverage to cafeteria schedules.  While each city has a different program it appears they are being formed in response to a common problem—teachers believe that they are being held more and more accountable for student achievement while having little or no control over how their schools address the issues that impact classroom success.  According to the article teacher response to this scrutiny is basically, “Fine. Hold us accountable. But let us do it our way."  The writer, Stacy Teicher Khadaroo continues:

“While each teacher-led school is unique, the shared decision-making is what defines them. The teachers' participation tends to create a culture quite different from that in a traditional principal-led school: Teachers can't hide behind the classroom door or complain about policies, because they have to come up with solutions.”

While I applaud any approach in which teacher input is both solicited and implemented I am concerned about the wisdom of removing administrative teams designed to make decisions that are neither appropriate nor productive for teachers to make.  Time is a scarce commodity for teachers.  And using it to address such issues as school-wide student discipline, truancy, transportation, lunches, building cleanliness or budgets appears antithetical to the stated goals of these innovative, teacher-led institutions.  What I continue to fervently support, however, are schools where the teaching staff is deeply involved in the decisions that most affect them and their students.

Control or Cooperation

Mel Riddile has written on numerous occasions that for a school to succeed, principals need to be willing to trade some of their control for the cooperation of their staff. Based on my experiences as a department chair for twenty-six years and as a teacher for forty, I agree wholeheartedly.  I worked for a decade in a situation where it was clear that the opinions of teachers were considered and utilized; the department chairs had wide-ranging influence on the curriculum, hiring and the master schedule; and major policy issues were discussed at every level before implementation.  I have also worked in an environment where critical decisions were made behind closed doors and announced without discussion.  Department chairs were specifically told that their major responsibility was simply to carry out the policies of the administrative team.  I feel that the assertion by Ms. Khadaroo—if you want a school where the teachers are willing to be held accountable they must be an integral component in the overall process—is accurate. 

A Successful School with a Principal

Rather than getting rid of the principal, why not attempt to blend both worlds with certain specific arrangements which would ensure teachers accepting accountability and a hierarchy of leadership that would make the school function appropriately?  Here would be my picks for five areas of teacher influence:

Create a strong mid-management presence.  Give department chairs significant authority in the areas of hiring, scheduling, assigning rooms and generating academic policies.  The input of this group should be solicited and utilized on a regular basis.

Choose department chairs in a professional manner.  Schools should have clear and consistent criteria for selecting individuals to be department chairs.  In too many cases these selections are made based purely on seniority, favoritism or, worst case scenario, by whoever is willing to volunteer.  If the job is to be taken seriously, the appointment process must be equally serious.

Create teacher leaders throughout the building.  On every hall in any school there are teachers who have great ideas which could significantly improve academic success.  These views could have a profound effect both in the classrooms and throughout the curriculum.  Administrative leaders should encourage department chairs to solicit input from their members on all academic topics and should also approach teachers directly to request their thoughts and place them in leadership positions on influential committees.

Put classroom teachers into the evaluation process.  During my forty years of teaching math I was never evaluated by an administrator who had taught the subject.  Input from a fellow math teacher would have been welcomed and would have provided a unique viewpoint as would the thoughts of someone from a different department.  Evaluations need to be a collaborative process that includes individuals from the classroom.  Placing teachers into this process would provide an opportunity to make a significant impact on the improvement of both the teachers being observed and the ones making the observations.

Give teachers a voice in administrator evaluations.  In this new “flat-school” approach to education, teachers should have both informal and formal input in the assessment of the administrative staff.  Assistant principals should meet on a regular basis with teachers to have open and honest conversations about the positive and negative impact of their work.  In such a forum comments like “I like the way you handle student discipline for classroom misbehavior but your punishments for being late to classes appear to be inconsistent”, “If you would drop into our classes on an informal but somewhat regular basis I think it would send an excellent message to the students” or “I feel like you are not supportive enough of the teachers when working with your students” could result in constructive outcomes and interesting conversations.  On a more formal basis, teacher participation should be solicited and incorporated into the performance evaluation of all members of the administrative team.  Both of these avenues for frank and sincere dialogue between these two parts of the academic team could provide a significant improvement in morale and a greater sense of teamwork. 

Save the principals!

Principals and administrators should, in an ideal world, facilitate the job of the teachers.  If educating all children at the highest academic levels is our goal, then teachers need all of the help they can get.  They do not need more work or an enhanced job description.  If administrators are allowed to do their job of creating a positive learning environment then teachers can spend more of their time educating, inspiring, and enlightening their students

September 07, 2010

Way Too Many Misconceptions

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

As everyone knows by now, the Los Angeles United School District decided to publish a list ranking all of the system’s  6,000 elementary school teachers based on students’ standardized test results.  One of the most prominent proponents of the proposal was Secretary of Education Arne Duncan who said that the decision was an excellent way to recognize the best educators in the district.  I and many other people who have made a career of standing in front of students in a classroom found these remarks both troubling and inaccurate.   I find Secretary Duncan’s latest argument in favor of the practice very predictable.  According to Mr. Duncan, “In other fields, we talk about success constantly, with statistics and other measures to demonstrate it…Why, in education, are we scared to talk about what success looks like? What is there to hide?" Duncan added, "Every state and district should be collecting and sharing information about teacher effectiveness with teachers and - in the context of other important measures - with parents."  Unfortunately in an attempt to connect all of the dots to justify this decision Mr. Duncan has used some very suspect reasoning.

Misconception Number 1

The Secretary’s first mistake is to equate the LAUSD rankings to the use of statistics in other professions.  A quick look at the use of data in the most number-consumed vocation, major league baseball, shows the weakness of Mr. Duncan’s argument.  Every day on the nation’s sports pages one can find a listing of the best batting averages, home runs, victories, strikeouts, etc.  However, a baseball fan with even a minimum knowledge of the game understands the complexity of such numbers. They are aware that the player with the highest batting average or the pitcher with the most victories is not automatically the best in their league.  There are a significant number of other factors that must be considered when evaluating MLB data.  What is the quality of the player’s teammates?  For how many years has this athlete performed at this level?  Is this season an anomaly or is it the continuation of years of excellence?  What additional talents does the player bring to his team?  The actual value of a Derek Jeter cannot be measured with a few numbers.  In fact, sometimes such figures are completely upside down.  Several years ago there was a pitcher who lost twenty games in a single season. This number represented the most defeats by a wide margin. Using this singular measure this player would be viewed as the worst pitcher in the league.  But anyone with a basic knowledge of the game knew that was not necessarily the case.  At the time, a strong argument was made that in order to lose that many times, a team actually had to have a great deal of confidence in the talent of the individual. Only a pitcher who was adjudged to be competitive would be allowed to continue to play enough games to reach that level.  Thus a highly negative number, after all is said and done, proves positive.  That statistical disconnect presents a question to be asked of Secretary Duncan.  Would the average L.A. parent understand enough of the subtleties of teaching and testing to make equally educated judgments?  Can a single number next to a name give that kind of perspective?  And of equal importance do the tests measuring student performance have the same validity as the extremely precise numbers used to evaluate a baseball player?

Misconception Number 2

The marriage of the media and teacher evaluations that Mr. Duncan envisions may not end in wedded bliss.  Unlike the Education Secretary, the media is not enamored with good news stories.   Bold headlines are reserved for disasters not celebrations.  This approach was demonstrated in the original article about the release of the teacher rankings by the LA Times.  In a related link to the story was a picture of a teacher in front of a room full of students.   The caption read:  “Over seven years, John Smith's fifth-graders have started out slightly ahead of those just down the hall but by year's end have been far behind.”  While showing the more successful fifth-grade teacher would have been in line with Mr. Duncan’s stated desire to celebrate great teaching, this approach was a demonstration of traditional journalistic instincts.  Consequently, the story becomes a negative for Mr. Smith and his students or teachers and education in general.

Misconception Number 3

Mr. Duncan does not appear to understand the subjective nature of many measurement tools in education.  He may approve of the “one number tells all” LAUSD approach to rank teachers but would he approve of similar methods directed toward students?  Would he endorse evaluating a student’s overall performance with a simple look at the numbers in the grade book?  Or would he prefer a more nuanced approach that takes into consideration whether the student was in an ELL class and had a deficit in English?  Should a long-term absence for illness be factored into the mix?  Does the student have a learning disability or an unstable home life?  If a student transfers from another school with a weak background should some extra time be considered?  Evaluations of students and teachers require different tools but there are parallels.  The data being considered in both cases requires a high degree of sophistication.

Improving education is complicated.

The need to create an evaluation process that identifies the strengths and weaknesses of teachers is critical. Finding a tool that will improve a successful educator’s performance and expedites the removal of an under-performing one is an essential goal.  Creating precise tests to determine student mastery should be a priority.  But the Secretary of Education and other leaders must understand that using public exposure through the media, although easily accomplished, is not the best avenue toward achieving these objectives. 

 

 

September 02, 2010

Truth or Dare

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

As the 2010 political season heats up, the nation’s unemployment rate has become a key issue.    The discussion typically revolves around how the future of elected officials will be ultimately determined by the public’s assessment of the jobs situation in the country.  Arguments abound as to the causes.  Some say that the crisis is the result of the downturn in the economy, while others blame poorly implemented government interventions.  Outsourcing and greed are also worked into the conversation.  I would like to offer a contrarian view.  The United States does not have an unemployment problem.  The United States has an education problem.

Some stunning numbers

Recent Bureau of Labor Statistics data illuminate some of the root causes of the current dilemma.  The overall jobless rate of 9.5% does not reveal the true story – at least not in its entirety.  Individuals without a high school diploma are more than three times as likely (13.8%) to be unemployed as people who have a college degree (4.5%). And having a high school diploma provides scant assistance (10.1%).   The economy is not merely shedding jobs; it is sending a clear message as to the economic future of our least educated. 

Far worse than it looks

While those numbers may not be surprising for some people, there are other facts that are legitimate reason for alarm.  By virtually every measure the United States is quickly becoming a world leader in high school dropouts.  A  news report on CBS related that our country which once boasted the highest graduation rate in the world now ranks 18th among industrialized nations.  If the downward trajectory continues the results would be calamitous.  This country may soon be facing an economic decline, which has little to do with derivatives and everything to do with diplomas.

Connecting the dots

The most terrifying aspect of all of these numbers is the fact that few people are really talking about them.  You cannot walk ten feet in this country without a discussion breaking out about the Mosque at ground zero, the oil spill in the Gulf or the future of Bret Favre.  And although there is also conversation about job loss, it fails to address the root cause.  If the unemployment numbers drop from 9.5% to say 8.5% the pundits will declare victory and move on to the next problem.   Even though the numbers that really matter are a high school dropout rate of more than 30% and rising, and a world rank of 18th and falling.

The world of 2010 has become a much less forgiving place for those individuals who have not completed high school.  If history is any guide, the general economy will eventually recover and the country will move on to yet another political crisis.  But the truth is until we, as a nation, find a way to ensure a good education for every citizen, the tragedy of unemployable individuals will never disappear. 

 

 

August 30, 2010

One Path to Accountability

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In a recent post, Mel Riddile discussed the difficulties inherent in using test scores to evaluate schools and teachers based on results from exams that are meaningless for the students. He referred to the student practice called “Christmas-treeing.”  This occurs when students draw decorative designs on answer sheets to tests that have no impact on their own academic success.  Several years ago I saw first-hand the difference student accountability can make in achievement.  In the first year the English Standards of Learning (SOL) tests in Virginia became mandatory for graduation, the pass rate in the state rose more than twenty points from the low seventies to the nineties. In previous years the annual increases in scores had been in the low single digits. What follows is an account of how my former school successfully dealt with the problem of student indifference on standardized tests.

For the first few years of SOL testing the scores did not count for the students but the overall results for each school were published throughout the state.  This set of circumstances led to a spate of bogus answer sheets resulting in a great deal of teacher frustration.  Even after the tests became a component of graduation the problem did not completely disappear.  Because many students needed only to pass four of the nine non-English exams, many test takers continued to be unmotivated.  Our district did little to lessen the problem by issuing an announcement that refused to allow any grade ramifications for the results.  But we did discover one caveat in the document—an area or district director could approve an incentive proposal.  With that exception in mind we submitted the following plan:  

“In order to motivate our students on the SOL exams, teachers would like to use the SOL testing results as a portion of a student’s final exam grade.  We strongly believe this provision will serve as a stimulus for our students to perform at their highest level on these extremely critical tests. 

“Our program would be as follows:

“Teachers will be allowed to count a student’s SOL test as a maximum of 50% of the final exam grade.  (The final exam cannot count for more than the district-approved 20% of a student’s final grade.)  Teachers have the option of counting the SOL exam as less than 50% based upon their professional philosophy.  However there should be a consistent policy for each course.  (All Algebra 1 classes would have the SOL test count in the same manner. They would not, however, have to have a policy identical to other courses such as Biology, Chemistry, etc.)

“A conversion table would be used to give a percentage score for each SOL test. 

“Rationale:

“This approach to the SOL incentive will give student performance greater validity. It would encourage students who do not believe they can score 500 to work as hard as possible since virtually every SOL point matters in the calculation of their grades.

The conversion scale*:

 

SOL Test Score

Final Exam Score

Below 339

44%

339-348

47%

349-358

50%

359-368

53%

369-378

56%

379-388

59%

389-399

62%

400-410

65%

411-420

68%

421-430

71%

431-440

74%

441-450

77%

451-460

80%

461-470

83%

471-480

86%

481-490

89%

491-500

92%

501-525

95%

526-550

98%

551-600

100%

                                               

*The SOL exam is scored on a scale of 200-600

400-499 is passing and above 500 pass advanced

While this plan was approved by the area director it was not without controversy.  Some administrators and other teachers found this solution to be less of an incentive and more of a punishment because students who barely passed the SOL received grades equivalent to “D” and “C-“.  One administrator posed the following question: “What if I had a student who worked really hard and rarely missed class and had a B+ average and he gets a 402 on his SOL exam and is given a D for half of his final?  Is that fair?”  Other teachers countered with the question, “How can a student earn a grade like that in a course and answer only half of the questions correctly on a multiple-choice test?”   Still others felt that the incentives should be only positive.  Their plan was to give a set amount of bonus exam points for passing (400 - 499) and two additional ones for passing advanced (500-600) but no points for failure.  The argument with this plan was two-fold.   Considering a score of 400 and 499 of equal value did not seem either fair or particularly inspiring. Also, placing no penalty for scoring below 400 could be viewed by certain students as a reason not to give a maximum effort. 

Finally, the initial plan was approved and remained in place for a number of years at the school.  Most teachers felt that it worked extremely well both in terms of motivating students to perform at their highest level and as a fair and accurate assessment of what they actually learned in the class.  While the percentages used to partially calculate their final exam scores did not have an overwhelming impact on the year-long grade, they had enough of an effect to warrant student attention.  And the adjusted values directly reflected each individual’s actual results on the SOL exam.

 

August 27, 2010

Way Too Much Mis-Information

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In a recent post I decried the decision by the Los Angeles United School District to publicly release a list ranking 6,000 elementary school teachers based on their students’ standardized test scores.  My main argument against this practice was the havoc it would cause in terms of teacher cooperation, staff morale and administrative anxiety.   My assumption at the time I posted this blog was that at least the standardized tests that the teacher evaluations were based on were valid – maybe not perfect, but valid.  However, recent disclosures about the validity of the New York Regents exams has caused me to question the suitability of using end-of-course test scores in any effort to evaluate teachers. 

The Gold Standard No More

During the implementation of the Virginia Standards of Learning (SOL) exams, teachers were instructed to use the Regents exams of New York as a model for what the state was trying to accomplish with their standardized tests.  Sample Regents or Regents-like exam questions were disseminated to assist teachers in preparing their students for the SOLs.  Virginia clearly wanted to develop a set of exams to demonstrate mastery of a subject in a manner similar to the New York exams. 

Flash forward to 2010.  A recent article in the Albany Times Union reveals that passing the Regents exams has little relevance to a student’s educational accomplishments.  As reported by Times Union education reporter Scott Waldman:

“A quarter of New York’s college students in two- and four-year schools need extra academic help, according to the Education Department. And though nearly three-quarters of students have passed the core Regents exams for the last three school years, just a third of them scored over 85, the bar set by SUNY schools.”

To complete the downgrading of a once proud educational innovation, Waldman adds that the Regents are now “so hard to fail they have become meaningless.” 

The teachers preparing students to take test understand that the rigor has been so reduced that it is now virtually irrelevant.  In order to graduate a student must score at least 65 on five Regents exams.  According to a social studies teacher in Queens a student can miss 15 of 50 multiple choice questions on one of the exams and still earn a raw score of 90. 

Tip of the Iceberg

How many of the tests being used by states to monitor student progress are being created poorly and graded ineffectually?  I have already shown through a statistical analysis that due to the construction of the test (multiple-choice with no penalty for guessing) and a low passing score (50%), an individual can pass the Virginia Algebra 1 SOL exam by answering slightly less than 40% of the questions correctly. These standards should not equate passing with demonstrating mastery of a subject.  Moreover, making the Regents, SOLs and any other barrier exams so easy that they become extremely difficult to fail should cast serious doubt about their reliability as a component of teacher evaluations.  If the Obama Administration, the LAUSD and others want to tie teacher performance to student test scores there needs to be a significant commitment to creating tests that accurately determine a student’s actual comprehension of the curriculum and a teacher’s ability to implement a program that delivers that knowledge.  That commitment will include the funding to write and grade tests that are not exclusively multiple-choice and the courage to establish standards that will reveal more accurately the success or failure of a school system.

 

 

August 24, 2010

Way Too Much Information

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The Los Angeles Times with the cooperation of the leadership of the Los Angeles United School District (LAUSD) is publishing standardized test results listing more than 6,000 elementary school teachers in terms of their classroom effectiveness. The ranking of these educators by a “value added” analysis of their students’ scores on standardized exams is enthusiastically applauded by Education Secretary Arne Duncan who says, "In education, we've been scared to talk about success."  Duncan’s stance was that the public disclosure of the results would allow school systems to identify teachers who are doing things right.  "We can't do enough to recognize them, reward them, but — most importantly — to learn from them," he said.   Secretary Duncan is not alone in praising this effort.   Bonnie Reiss, California’s Secretary of Education has announced that the state will encourage districts to follow the lead of LAUSD.  

Standardized Tests Scores and Teachers

I, myself, have written on a number of occasions of my conditional support for the use of standardized tests scores in evaluating teacher and school performance.  My critical qualifier though has always been that the people doing the interpreting must have a clear understanding of what the information actually means.  There needs to be a high level of sophistication when reviewing a complicated set of data.  When that level of competence is attained then teachers should be held responsible for their students’ test scores. To that end, I applaud the introduction of “value added” data which measure scores in a longitudinal manner rather than in simple raw numbers.  This is a significant first step in creating meaningful measuring tools.   

But how can we expect the general public without any context to accurately assess the meaning of the numbers being released?  It is unlikely that a primer explaining in detail exactly what is being conveyed will accompany the listing. What is far more likely is that the community will look for the number next to a name and rate the teacher exclusively on the position of that number in the ranking. There is truth in the old adage that a little knowledge can be a dangerous thing.

Bad, Worse and Worst Outcomes

Competition does not necessarily make everything better.  That approach may work in some vocations but not in the world of education.   To the contrary the competitive nature of publically ranking teachers will impair schools causing decreased professional collaboration, lowered morale and administrative nightmares.

The most successful educational staffs are the ones who share their best techniques and strategies with each other.   When teachers are pitted against one another as will be the case when their “scores” are posted in public, cooperation within a building will take a significant hit.   When was the last time the pitching coach for the Red Sox sent an email to a Yankee hurler with a helpful suggestion?  Unfortunately, it is also highly unlikely that the teacher ranked 43rd is going to be giving tips to the one sitting at 54th.   

Staff morale will also be negatively impacted. Duncan’s claim that the primary outcome of this exercise will be to “celebrate our best teachers” is laughable. If that were the goal, to celebrate teachers, then the correct approach would be to list only the top 10% of the teachers instead of all of them. Does the secretary think the readers are not going to move quickly to their child’s teacher’s rank?  Rest assured morale will plummet as individuals keep one eye on the “standings” and one on their classrooms. As parents and students demand placement in what are now perceived as the best teachers’ classrooms, an emotional price will be paid.

And how are administrative staffs going to handle the repercussions from the release of this value added analysis?  How does one tell someone that their child must stay in the classroom of the 14th rated teacher when their neighbor’s child is across the hall in number 8?  Can class sizes remain in balance under this predictable onslaught?  And will some of these rankings become self-fulfilling prophecies if certain teachers have classes primarily populated with the children of the most activist parents while others are overloaded with the families least involved in the process? When a principal has a teacher who is ranked 5421st on his staff, what should be his response to the inevitable parent concerns?

Bottom Line

Publishing these numbers in this manner is not only mean-spirited it is destined to be tragically ineffective if the goal is to improve the teaching profession. What is needed is a better evaluation process which has the ability to help struggling teachers and terminate unproductive ones.    Instead of simply printing lists, continue to refine the “value added” measure of student test results as a part of the larger process of analyzing the totality of a teacher’s performance.  Then create a procedure that will quickly identify and remove weak members.  The end point of this more effective, albeit more difficult, approach would be a staff populated by uniformly capable educators.  Only then should we feel free to talk about and celebrate success.

 

 

 

Time, Time, and Time Again

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

How many times have you heard Mel Riddile or I say that “given adequate time and assistance, every child can learn?”  Too many times to count, I am sure.  Why?  Mel Riddile sincerely believes that the key to success in education is maximizing contact time between teachers and students.  He even once bought t-shirts for his entire faculty with the statement “It’s about Time” emblazoned on the pockets.  And now there is more concrete evidence of the accuracy of these convictions.  A recent Washington Post editorial has shown that there is a clear link between student success and the use of increased class time and the KIPP program.  According to the paper:

“A NEW REPORT documents again that middle school students in the Knowledge is Power Program (KIPP) outperform their counterparts in traditional public schools -- and debunks some of the arguments often used to discount KIPP's success. One reason KIPP students learn more is that they are in school more.”

It is critical to note that the mere extension of time is not by itself a guarantee of improved student achievement.  What KIPP is doing and what others should emulate is that they are using their time in a far more efficient manner.  Some of their innovations would not be possible in the public sector due to the cost involved.  Their school day is from 7:30 a.m. until 5:00 p.m., which is at least two hours more than most systems.  Many KIPP schools have Saturday sessions.  In today’s economic climate, the funds needed to have similar programs in public education are, unfortunately, not available.  (That situation will be the focus of a future blog.)  But the one KIPP innovation that deserves to be emulated is their approach to the summer.  Instead of having the vast amount of down time associated with the majority of public schools, the KIPP centers have placed several weeks of mandatory instruction right in the middle of the traditional break.

Inertia can be unproductive

American schools continue to cling to an agrarian calendar that was far more appropriate when our children actually planted the crops in the spring, tended to them in the summer and assisted in the fall harvest.  While most institutions have moved beyond the 19th century, education, at least in structuring its calendar, is hanging onto the good old days.  And the public seems content with the status quo.  We have replaced working in the fields with trips to the beach, part time jobs, camps, and amusement parks.  In the state of Virginia there is a practice commonly known as “The Kings Dominion Rule” which says that public schools cannot open until after Labor Day in order to ensure both the availability of a young work force and the possibility for families to visit the various state theme parks through the first weekend in September.  Combining this statute with a fluke in the calendar and in the summer of 2009 most students in the Commonwealth had twelve weeks without school.  Throw in standardized testing for the last few weeks of school and students are out of contact with direct instruction for more than 25% of the year.  Is it any wonder that the first month of most school years is spent on review?

Finding Solutions

The difference in contact time between typical public education and KIPP is immense.  The Post estimates it at about 600 more hours per year.  While it would be unrealistic to try to narrow that gap at this time, currently many districts are headed in the wrong direction and actually exacerbating the problem.  To save money, calendars are being cut, classes are being enlarged and programs are being cancelled.  In many districts, remediation is being built into the day either through expanded lunch periods or separate periods, thus further reducing actual class time. 

There are, however, steps that can be taken to better utilize the time currently available.  These would not cost additional funds but would require courageous and determined leadership to break some long-held habits. 

Create a 12-month school year.  Put down the hoe and pick up a book.  Or rather, leave the beach and head for the classroom.  Create four ten-week grading periods.  Place breaks of two weeks in the fall and spring, three weeks in winter and five weeks in the summer.  Intervention sessions can be incorporated in the shorter breaks as well as teacher workdays.  Most summer schools have been truncated to less than five weeks so they can still be available if needed.

Schools should consider the 4x4 plan.  Instead of having six or seven classes, offer students four classes in each of the ten-week sessions.  These classes would meet in a full block every day thus completing a semester of work each session.  This change would allow students to enroll in eight courses in a calendar year.  The blocks would be slightly shorter than other schedules but by meeting every day review would be significantly reduced and ultimately create more class time for original work.

Every minute of the school day should be used for learning.  If the day begins at 7:20 and ends at 2:05 every minute should be utilized to educate.  Pep rallies, class and club meetings, and remediation will be held after school.  If they are important enough to disrupt teaching, they should be important enough to stay after to attend.  Creating a culture that believes that school activities can be consummated after the last class expands the day for everyone. 

 

 

August 19, 2010

A Good Idea, But Not the Best Answer

Middle schools in the Silicon Valley have a math problem.  In an area densely populated with engineers, only 30% of the students have been able to master Algebra 1 by the end of the 8th grade.  The general consensus is that the blame for this situation rests squarely on the backs of the math teachers.  In an effort to improve the situation the Krause Center for Innovation (KFI) of Foothill College, a local community college, has created a very unique solution.  The school’s faculty has begun to implement the FAME (Faculty Academy for Mathematics Excellence) program for middle school math teachers in the area.  Professors from the school work with math faculty in the middle schools using a model from Korea where the use of real world problems is a focal point of the instruction.  The emphasis is on reviewing the material in Pre-algebra and Algebra 1.  The goal is to improve the math skills of these educators and help them better prepare their students for success in Algebra 1.

A plan that will help but…

There is little question that some form of intervention was necessary in these schools.  According to an article in the Los Angeles Crier, the reasons for these shortcomings are quite apparent.

“The Silicon Valley continues to experience a shortage of engineers from its own backyard, because most students are not prepared for advanced math,” according to Rebecca Salner, spokeswoman for the Silicon Valley Community Foundation, which funds FAME. “In fact, 70 percent of its students fail to master Algebra I by the end of eighth grade,” she said.

“Many students get bored with math,” said KCI Executive Director Gay Krause, a former middle school principal.

“A lot of teachers in the middle-school level had limited math training, one course training,” said FAME Program Director Joe Chee. They know how to do the math problems but don’t have conceptual understanding to explain why the answer is wrong and to diagnose (the problem) when students aren’t getting it.  Most teachers concentrate on procedure instead of showing students how to apply the underlying concepts,” Chee said. “Teachers present students with a simple problem and show them how to solve it, leaving students to replicate the solution in answering similar questions without full comprehension of the fundamental theories.”

All of these observations make it quite obvious that the status quo is not working in these schools and there is little doubt that the work of FAME will improve what is clearly a bad situation

Is this really the best solution?

As well intended and even successful as the FAME program may be there is, however, an 800-pound gorilla in the classroom that no one seems to want to acknowledge.  Is it really all that surprising that teachers equipped with only a single process course addressing the nuances of teaching Algebra 1 were unable to prepare their students to acquire mastery of a critical gateway math course?  This lack of success is no more surprising than if someone attempted to teach high school Spanish after completing a Berlitz course.

The fundamental flaw in this set of circumstances is that teachers with such limited math skills should have never been placed into these classrooms.  A school district that allows someone to teach Algebra 1 with a single “add-on” class may be fortunate to have even 30% of the students succeed.  Of course, the definition of “mastery” has not been clearly stated so even that number may be inflated.  Success in middle school Algebra 1 is a tricky proposition under the best of circumstances.  Hiring educators without a strong knowledge of the curriculum is a formula for disaster.  A program like FAME could be a positive addition to any school system regardless of the level of its success and in a variety of subject areas.  But it should be utilized as an accessory teaching tool rather than the primary component.

A Better Approach

Placing teachers with insufficient credentials in charge of crucial math classes that occur at a pivotal point in a student’s education is a dangerous policy.  The potential for damage is too great to allow for on-the-job training in an Algebra 1 classroom.  Preparing teachers to be competent must occur before they enter the classroom, not after it has been determined they are unqualified.  Relying on an intervention program like FAME rather than rigorous academic teacher preparation means that improvements will be obtained only after students have been academically impaired. 

August 16, 2010

Vision +Tenacity = More Time

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The solution was a blending of one of those highly beneficial “little things” with the proven advantages of increased time and student success.  Mel Riddile in his role as a high school principal was determined to provide his teachers and students more time to prepare for the state of Virginia’s Standards of Learning (SOL) exams that were required for graduation.  It is a story that deserves to be told because it demonstrates the difficulties that can be encountered when trying to implement new ideas in education.  It is a vivid illustration that making such changes requires courageous and determined leadership.

An Arcane System

For decades Virginia has had the quaint belief that the school year should not commence until after Labor Day.  This practice known as “The Kings Dominion Rule” is primarily the result of lobbying by the vacation industry.  This policy created a school year in 2009-10 that began on September 8 and ended on June 24.  The number of scheduled days (180) was similar to many states.  But due to the decision to delay the start of classes until after the first Monday in September, these students were placed at a serious disadvantage. The most glaring discrepancy revolved around the Advanced Placement (AP) and International Baccalaureate (IB) exams.  These tests are strictly administered on dates determined by AP and IB.  Consequently last year any district in the country that began classes two weeks, three weeks or a month prior to September 8, gave every one of their students that much additional class time to prepare for the same competitive test with the ones in Virginia. 

Finding a Better Way

An obvious solution to this disparity is to start school earlier.  The question is how could this be accomplished?  More than a decade ago Mel Riddile began to look for the answer.  In previous years our district had discussed the possibility of requesting an exemption to the “After Labor Day” rule from the state. On at least one occasion they were given the opportunity to do so, but declined.  Thus, it was apparent exceptions could be made and after a bit of research it was discovered that more than 50% of the districts in the state were quietly beginning classes one to two weeks prior to the traditional starting date.  The implications of this discovery went well beyond the AP and IB exams.  The SOL testing program had set testing “windows” each year and beginning school earlier in the year would give students additional time to prepare for those exams as well.  While an extra two weeks of instruction for the advanced students was helpful, ten more school days for students in the core SOL courses could well be the difference between success and failure.  This concept, which would trade two weeks of school that would occur after the testing for two weeks of instruction prior to the exams was greeted with strong enthusiasm from several teachers who were consulted on the idea.  The quest was about to begin.

Hurdle after Hurdle after Hurdle

The plan was not drastic.  It did not add school days to the year—it was to start and end school two weeks earlier.  But in order to make this somewhat modest adjustment Mel was required to jump through numerous educational hoops.  He would have to petition the local school board to receive permission to then get the approval of the faculty and the community to the proposed change.  He would also have to convince the middle school feeder to agree to the same adjustments.  

The explanation to the faculty included the following points.  In addition to the increased class time prior to the exams, it was noted that a large portion of the student body and staff was in the building by that time anyway.  Every fall sport began practices prior to school as did the band, drill team, newspaper staff, etc.  Anyone who walked through the school on a typical August 15 would feel as though the session had already begun.  Moreover, any experienced teacher was well aware of the decline in student performance that occurred every year with the influx of warm weather after the first few weeks of May.  But old, entrenched educational habits do not die easily.  While nearly everyone clearly understood the academic advantages to having a two-week head start, the concept of the school year beginning in mid-August was difficult for some to accept.   Only after endless meetings and long explanations did Mel get the support of the community and staff.  Then he had to travel to the state school board to get their okay.  Eventually they agreed to the idea but only for a limited amount of time.

A Few Setbacks, a Bunch of Gains

The district did not make the transition easy.  They required the school to have the same end dates for grading periods as the other schools.  Thus the first quarter was significantly longer and the last very truncated.   In-service programs prior to the start of the year were not made available to the faculty unless they took leave during the first few weeks of school.  Priority processing for summer school results was not given.  But the overall positive impact was easy to see.

It was quickly apparent that starting school after Labor Day had no magical qualities.  But by the second week the school was running smoothly and the staff began to appreciate the advantages to implementing lesson plans earlier in the year.  Teachers would consistently report covering more curriculum and having more review time than in previous years.  And the fact that the school year ended on June 3 was a bonus.

And Then It Was Gone

There is no way to quantitatively measure the benefits of the two-week early start.  Perhaps the best way to determine the positive impact occurred after Mel had left the school.  The program had been extended several times past the original termination date given by the state.  The new principal, however, was not committed to the idea and her perceived disadvantages were cited on a regular basis.  Even so, the staff was polled on several occasions and each time the vast majority of the votes were in favor of keeping the early start.  But with the loss of Mel’s intensity and tenacity, the concept was scrapped in 2009, ostensibly due to district budget concerns, which were never fully explained.  How this change will affect student success should be very interesting.

 

 

 

August 05, 2010

Finding the Best Teachers: Interviewing Follow-up

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In the past I have discussed the need to hire and retain the best teachers for our schools.  The choice of which candidates to interview and how that process should progress have been the focal points.  As those thoughts were being constructed, I reflected on some of the interviews and hires I have made in the past and what they said about the process. 

The Good

His letter of introduction arrived in early February.  It said that he had grown up in the area attending a school in the district before enrolling at the University of Florida where he received his degree in mathematics.  After graduating he served as a marine, then a Peace Corps volunteer and finally a teacher in an East Los Angeles school district.  His goal was to return to his home area and acquire a teaching job for the next school year.  He asked if he could talk to someone while he was in the area during the latter part of February.  The letter was sent to all twenty-four high schools in the district.  While no job offers could be made until June, I felt that his resume was too good to ignore and immediately set up a time for us to meet.  His interview matched his resume.  During our discussion I asked him about the situation and he responded, “You were the only one who was willing to talk to me.  Everyone told me that they don’t worry about hiring until May or June and to come back later.”   In May he did interview with some other schools many of whom made offers.  But as he told me after joining our staff he remembered who took the time in the “off-season” to speak with him and that convinced him of the level of our dedication.  In the following fifteen years he became an integral part of the school and the department.  He was the assistant coach of cross-country and track as well as the lead IB math teacher.  The lesson was clear—hiring the best teachers is a full-time, year-round activity.

The Bad

His goal was to begin a second career in high school education.  His credentials were impeccable.  He was retiring as a Colonel in the U.S. Army.  In the later years of his career he had served as an instructor and his undergraduate degree was in mathematics.  During his interview I quickly realized he would be an excellent fit for our department.  He had a military bearing but an easy-going manner, two ingredients that bode well for good classroom management.  He expressed an eagerness to learn how to improve his craft and a willingness to teach any classes that were available.  Within a week an offer was made but he told me that he had one more interview before he could make a decision.  Two days later he accepted our job.  The next time I saw him I asked what made the difference.  “Now don’t get me wrong.  I really liked your program and philosophy but my first choice was to teach at another school.  It is where my daughter attends, it is right near the house and it just seemed like the best place for me.  But when I went there for the interview the math chair was out of the building and no assistant principals were available. So I was asked a few questions by the head of the English department.  The next day they offered me a job.  But when I thought about it, I knew that proximity to my house was not nearly enough to convince me to accept the other school’s offer. So, here I am.”  He became precisely the teacher I expected based on his interview.  He had a wonderful rapport with the students, was a positive influence in the department and a great team player.  On more than one occasion he told me how happy he was with the decision he had made.  The message I took from the experience was simply that the interviewing process says as much about the school as it does about the candidate.  The tone of an entire career can be set during that time.

The Ugly

We were in desperate straits.  It was less than two weeks before the start of the school year and one of our top teachers was suddenly retiring due to a devastating disease.  I was on vacation 3000 miles away and the entire focus of the school was on the start of the year.  By phone I contacted my assistant principal who was poring over the resumes that were still available.  One was for a teacher who as a result of Katrina had moved to our area from Louisiana and had been given a one-year contract at another school in our district as a Physics teacher.  Because of his contract he had been destaffed and was available for hire.  A form was sent to the corresponding AP at the other school asking questions about the abilities of this individual.  The response that finalized our decision was to the query “Would you rank this individual in the top 75%, 50%, 25% or 10% of teachers you have worked with in the past?”  The answer was top 10%.  Every other response was equally positive from the administrator. As a result the job offer was made and accepted. 

The results were disastrous.  He was arguably the worst teacher I had ever had in my department.  His lessons were incomprehensible and his classes were totally chaotic.  The complaints started on day one and never let up.  At back to school night we posted an AP in his room to deal with the expected parental rage.  While the hiring process took about three days, the firing process took two years with hundreds of students the ultimate victims. During the first year I attended a district math department chair meeting and asked the chair at the teacher’s former school what she knew about him.  “Oh, they (the administration) suggested that we hire him for our department, but there was no way that was going to happen.  The science people were just happy to get rid of him.” 

The major issue here may be the fact that the best way to remove a teacher from a school is to inflict them on another.  After this experience I made a pledge to never exaggerate the talents of an individual on a recommendation or minimize their deficiencies.  “Passing” teachers through a system hurts everyone but especially the students. It is a practice that must stop.

 

 

August 02, 2010

Educational Future Shock

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

I recently read a review of Gary Shteyngart's "Super Sad True Love Story which is a brilliant but disturbing satirical look at the potential future of American culture.  Sheyngart sees a country where literacy is scorned and romance has virtually disappeared.  In this grave new world a social gathering consists of friends getting together to text other friends.  As I thought about this extrapolation from 2010 to some future date, I decided to create a similar forecast as to what the educational system would look like at that time.  My vision, while not necessarily brilliant, is equally disturbing and satirical. 

The General Academic Program

Every class in every subject will be labeled Advanced Placement.  Some of the AP courses will be considered “Uber-AP” for the more gifted students and will be offered in addition to the traditional “Regular AP”, “Remedial AP” and “Pre-AP AP”.   When computing GPA, every form of AP class will be given an extra 2.5 thus ensuring no grades below “C+”.   This approach will allow every district to advertise that all of their students “are above average”. End of course standardized tests will be exclusively true/false questions with the required passing score set at 50%.

There will be significant changes to the academic programs as well.  In English, all essays will be limited to 140 characters.  No penalties will be assessed for poor spelling.  Wikipedia will become the textbook for all Social Studies classes.  This change will allow districts, who prefer to present a history that devalues the contributions of Thomas Jefferson, raise the stature of Jefferson Davis or refer to the slave trade as a “triangulated commerce”, to do so with a few well-placed key strokes.  Why purchase actual books that are so much more difficult to manipulate?  In Mathematics all fifth-grade students will be enrolled in a course which will be referred to as “Algebra 1” thus completely eliminating the current controversy with middle school Algebra. This change will be cost-free.  Based on the actual course material systems will be able to give the same Algebra 1 standardized tests they have always administered in the ninth grade.  The tests will, however, be renamed the “Advanced Calculus 3” exam.  The Science curriculum will have undergone perhaps the most significant changes.  After years of battling controversies such as global warming, evolution, and human reproduction among others, the entire discipline has been restructured.  The only subjects covered in this new approach are the atom, pond scum, and the interaction of sodium and chloride.  The good news is that these topics are covered in great depth.

Corporate Sponsorships

Money will continue to be very tight for education.  In order to raise more funds, various companies would pay royalties to have their names attached to school activities.  A typical set of morning announcements will sound like this:

“Good morning students, it is Tuesday, October 15 and these are the Exxon/Mobil daily announcements which have been packaged for you by the friendly folks at your UPS store.  Lunch today in the McCafeteria will feature the new “Mcterminator” a hardy sandwich with three all beef patties, bacon, cheese, chicken nuggets with a secret sauce on a supersized croissant.  Lunch will be held today after third period class which will be brought to you by the Home Depot where “Repairing your GPA maybe just be that one right tool away”.  There will be an emergency meeting of the Northrop-Grumman Science Club in the Boeing auditorium after school today to discuss the cost overrun on this year’s dues.  The Taco Bell Spanish Club will be having its annual burrito sale in the Fila quad.  And don’t forget about the big game tomorrow night at 7:00 p.m. at the Abercrombie and Fitch Stadium.”

Athletic Competitions

There will be significant changes in all physical fitness activities.  There will be no further need to go outside at any time other than during fire drills (brought to you by Red, Hot and Blue).  The entire Physical Education program will be replaced with Wii games.  This will save significant amounts of money as fewer teachers will be required and fierce simulated computer competitions in bowling, tennis, skiing and baseball can be conducted in classrooms instead of large fields or courts.  For the physical fanatic, Wii Fit will be available as course for upper classmen only. 

Varsity sports will have a totally new look.  On Friday nights in the fall, opposing schools will play Madden 2025.  In the winter months new sports such as competitive texting, FaceBook relays, and Itunes download sprints will spur student competitive juices.  When spring arrives the spirited battles will include creating You Tube videos.

The More Things Change…

But despite all of the alterations to education there will continue to be areas of great comfort and consistency.  The school year will as always begin in the fall, end in the spring with an extended summer break allowing students to return the next year with a fresh attitude toward all of the academic material they have forgotten.  And of course every year when municipalities face difficult budget decisions, the first proposed cuts will be in education.

 

 

July 24, 2010

Time, Time, and Time Again

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

How many times have you heard Mel Riddile or I say that “given adequate time and assistance, every child can learn?”  Too many times to count, I am sure.  Why?  Mel Riddile sincerely believes that the key to success in education is maximizing contact time between teachers and students.  He even once bought t-shirts for his entire faculty with the statement “It’s about Time” emblazoned on the pockets.  And now there is more concrete evidence of the accuracy of these convictions.  A recent Washington Post editorial has shown that there is a clear link between student success and the use of increased class time and the KIPP program.  According to the paper:

“A NEW REPORT documents again that middle school students in the Knowledge is Power Program (KIPP) outperform their counterparts in traditional public schools -- and debunks some of the arguments often used to discount KIPP's success. One reason KIPP students learn more is that they are in school more.”

It is critical to note that the mere extension of time is not by itself a guarantee of improved student achievement.  What KIPP is doing and what others should emulate is that they are using their time in a far more efficient manner.  Some of their innovations would not be possible in the public sector due to the cost involved.  Their school day is from 7:30 a.m. until 5:00 p.m., which is at least two hours more than most systems.  Many KIPP schools have Saturday sessions.  In today’s economic climate the funds necessary to have similar programs in public education is, unfortunately, impossible.  (That situation will be the focus of a future blog.)  But the one KIPP innovation that deserves to be emulated is their approach to the summer.  Instead of having the vast amount of down time associated with the majority of public schools, the KIPP centers have placed several weeks of mandatory instruction right in the middle of the traditional break.

Inertia can be unproductive

American schools continue to cling to an agrarian calendar that was far more appropriate when our children actually planted the crops in the spring, tended to them in the summer and assisted in the fall harvest.  While most institutions have moved beyond the 19th century, education, at least in structuring its calendar, is hanging onto the good old days.  And the public seems content with the status quo.  We have replaced working in the fields with trips to the beach, part time jobs, camps, and amusement parks.  In the state of Virginia there is a practice commonly known as “The Kings Dominion Rule,” which says that public schools cannot open until after Labor Day in order to ensure both the availability of a young work force and the possibility for families to visit the various state theme parks through the first weekend in September.  Combining this statute with a fluke in the calendar and in the summer of 2009 most students in the Commonwealth had twelve weeks without school.  Throw in standardized testing for the last few weeks of school and students are out of contact with direct instruction for more than 25% of the year.  Is it any wonder that the first month of most school years is spent on review?

Finding Solutions

The difference in contact time between typical public education and KIPP is immense.  The Post estimates it at about 600 more hours per year.  While it would be unrealistic to try to narrow that gap at this time, currently many districts are headed in the wrong direction and actually exacerbating the problem.  To save money, calendars are being cut, classes are being enlarged and programs are being cancelled.  In many districts remediation is being built into the day either through expanded lunch periods or separate periods, thus further reducing actual class time. 

There are, however, steps that can be taken to better utilize the time currently available.  These would not cost additional funds but would require courageous and determined leadership to break some long-held habits. 

Create a 12-month school year.  Put down the hoe and pick up a book.  Or rather, leave the beach and head for the classroom.  Create four ten-week grading periods.  Schedule breaks of two weeks in the fall and spring, three weeks in winter and five weeks in the summer.  Intervention sessions can be incorporated in the shorter breaks as well as teacher workdays.  Most summer schools have been truncated to less than five weeks so they can still be available if needed.

Schools should consider the 4x4 plan.  Instead of having six or seven classes, offer students four classes in each of the ten-week sessions.  These classes would meet in a full block every day thus completing a semester of work each session.  This change would allow students to enroll in eight courses in a calendar year.  The blocks would be slightly shorter than other schedules but by meeting every day review would be significantly reduced and ultimately create more class time for original work.

Every minute of the school day should be used for learning.  If the day begins at 7:20 and ends at 2:05 every minute should be utilized to educate.  Pep rallies, class and club meetings, and remediation will be held after school.  If they are important enough to disrupt teaching, they should be important enough to stay after to attend.  Creating a culture that believes that school activities can be consummated after the last class expands the day for everyone. 

 

 

July 18, 2010

In Education There Is No Substitute

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The following is an example of a type of request I always dreaded.  “We want you and two of your teachers to attend a meeting next Tuesday.  But don’t worry, subs will be provided.”  There was always the misperception by administrators that the big issue for teachers was being charged with leave, not about missing a day of school.   Let me be clear—good teachers hate being out of the building on a school day.  When I was absent I knew that my classes would regress no matter who was the substitute or how well I planned.  If I was teaching a freshman class there was an excellent chance it would be days before all the disciplinary forms could be processed.  And no matter what level class I missed, preparation was a huge time sink.  I once calculated that I spent at least two minutes in preparation for every one minute I would miss.  And the hours of advanced organization would not change the ultimate result—my students would suffer.

While these observations are anecdotal, they have been validated by hard data in a recent study of the New York City Schools.  Jonah Rockoff, the Sidney Taurel Associate Professor of Business in the Finance and Economics Division at Columbia Business School and doctoral student Mariesa Herrmann of Columbia University’s Department of Economics were given unprecedented access to the records of the NYC school system to study the impact of teacher absences on student performance. 

The Major Findings

While anticipating a drop in classroom productivity when a teacher was absent, Rochoff was surprised at the actual amount of impact. “When a teacher takes an extended medical leave, it causes a drop in math and English test scores on par with putting a rookie teacher in the place of a teacher with four years of experience for an entire year.”  Of greater concern to administrators is the fact that shorter absences are more detrimental than longer ones.  Ten one-day absences over the course of a year were found to lower student scores more than when a teacher misses two consecutive weeks.  The rationale was in those circumstances there is a tendency for better advanced planning and an improve quality of substitute teacher.  However, the data clearly indicated that these episodes, too, were devastating on student achievement.

One of the most interesting conclusions was that it was counterproductive to create incentives for teachers to not be absent.  According to Rochoff, ““Presenteeism — where I’m there but I’m not really there — is not a solution for absenteeism. Do we really want someone teaching when she is sick and not giving it her all?”

What Can a School Do?

Based on the clear evidence that teacher absences hurt student achievement there are a number of steps a school and district can take to offset these negative consequences.  Before the start of the school year there should be an honest and open conversation between the staff and administration concerning the detrimental effects of teachers missing class.  It must be clearly stated that the solution is not to eliminate all absences or to chastise those who miss a day for any reason good or bad.  Instead, what must be established is an educational environment, which will address methods to alleviate the ill-effects that result when a teacher is out of the building.  Here are some suggestions that could be implemented to reduce these problems:

Creating an environment that will attract and retain the best substitute teachers.  In my former school we made a concerted effort to ensure that a substitute teacher’s experience in our building was a positive one.  We would treat them with respect and not abuse them by making them cover classes other than the ones they had been assigned.  We strongly encouraged our teachers to have effective and productive lesson plans and asked for direct teacher feedback on whether the substitute had been effective or not.  One individual in the office was tasked with working with the subs so that she could develop a positive, personal relationship with them.

Utilize retirees, parents and the community.  Teachers who have retired from your school have a wealth of classroom experience, appreciate the need for good substitutes and have time.  Cultivate them especially for long-term positions.  Likewise, there may be parents who are in a similar position as well as former teachers who for various reasons are not interested in a full-time job but would still like to be able to work in education.

Have “sub buddies.”  Teachers in each department should pair off by teaching assignment at the beginning of the school year.   The person responsible for subs would be made aware of these groups and when one is absent the buddy would be available to assist a substitute with the day’s lesson.

Develop lesson plans by teams.  If there is an unexpected absence in a Chemistry class, members of that curriculum team should be able to provide additional input to make the lesson plans more effective.

Hire full-time substitutes.  At the district level individuals should be hired on a full-time basis and report each day to a specified school.  This approach could be cost effective.  In a school with a staff of 100, the addition of three such employees would reduce the number of last minute phone calls; put subs in classrooms who know the school’s bell schedule, philosophy and student body.  On those rare occasions when they are not needed, there are many tasks they could perform within the building. 

 

 

July 12, 2010

Gates to AFT: Teachers Are the Key

“No one can choose a world without change. We choose only whether we drive change or react to it.”—Bill Gates

The Washington Post reports that Bill Gates and his Gates Foundation is playing a pivotal role in changes for education system. Gates spoke the American Federation of Teachers on July 10. As you view the video and read the following highlights of his speech keep in mind what we wrote back in March about the national poll of 40,000 teachers to which Gates refers. According to the national survey, teachers want supportive leadership more than anything else. In fact, by a wide margin, teachers indicated that supportive leadership (68%) was more important than higher salaries (45%) and pay for performance (8%).

Gates on Reform

  • We have made public schools our top priority in the United States, because we believe -- as you do – that nothing is more important for America’s youth, and nothing means more for the future of the country.
  • Despite these efforts, our high school scores in math and reading are flat. Our graduation rates have plunged from 2nd in the world to 16th. And our 15-year-olds now rank behind 22 countries in science and behind 31 countries in math.
  • There are a growing number of public schools – including charter schools – that smash old prejudices about what low-income and minority students can achieve.
  • There is a new understanding that school reform must include teacher partnership. If reforms aren’t shaped by teachers’ knowledge and experience, they’re not going to succeed.

Gates on Teaching

  • There is an expanding body of evidence that says the single most decisive factor in student achievement is excellent teaching.
  • the teacher is the one that makes the biggest difference – and that difference can be dramatic.
  • The pivotal impact of the teacher does not mean that parents, principals, and administrators have fewer obligations. It means they have greater obligations – to support better teaching. We have to make sure that teachers get the evaluations, training, standards, curriculum, assessments, and the student data they need to improve their practice. And teachers deserve our support and respect as they do this.
  • Great teaching is the centerpiece of a strong education; everything else revolves around it.
  • The schools that made the biggest gains in achievement did more than make structural changes; they also improved teaching.
  • The truly impressive reforms share the same strategic core – they all include fair and reliable measures of teacher effectiveness that are tied to gains in student achievement.
  • Teachers said in huge numbers that they don’t get enough feedback. They’re not told how they can improve. They’re not given training that can address their weaknesses or help them share their strengths with others.
  • Teachers want to help set the expectations that they will be held accountable for. You want to be rewarded for results. You want better evaluations. You’re tired of subjective, infrequent evaluations by administrators who don’t know how to improve instruction – the people who come into your class and write “Yes” or “No” for things like: “arrives on time” and “maintains professional appearance.”
  • But even fair and insightful teacher evaluations are not enough to improve student gains; they have to be tied to great professional development that is customized for each teacher.

Gates on Improving Teaching

  • This is the heart of the challenge – how do you set up a system that helps every teacher get better?
  • Teaching is difficult. It’s hugely complex. You have to be able to make a subject clear – and also make it interesting. You have to calm the disruptive kids, challenge the advanced kids, humor the bored kids, and reach the kids who learn at a different pace. And you’ve got to do it with 30 students in the classroom – some of whom might be tough kids who want to see you fail.
  • If you told me I had to teach 30 students, I don’t know how I’d do it.
  • If we leave teachers to learn it on their own, we will never make the most of their talent. If we don’t develop the talent of our teachers, we’re going to waste the talent of our students.
  • We can’t afford that. We need to make sure that every teacher can learn from the best – and keep learning every year for their entire career.
  • But if you’re fighting only for wages, hours and working conditions, then it’s just teachers fighting for teachers. If you’re also fighting for evaluations tied to student gains and training that makes an impact in the classroom, then it’s teachers fighting for students.
  • There are many great teachers in America. Now we need to understand what makes them great, and help all teachers learn from them. This is worth our best combined efforts – because of all the factors that affect our future, schools are the most important. And of all the work that goes on in our schools, teaching matters most.
Teachers are the key to student achievement and what makes teachers great is a supportive leader, quality professional development, and continuous improvement over the course of their careers.

July 10, 2010

Jump-Starting Science For Ninth Graders

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In a recent post discussing one school district’s decision to drop freshmen Earth Science from its curriculum, Mel Riddile addresses the inherent risks of moving the study of Biology to the ninth grade.  A follow up post addressed the concern that there was a serious disconnect between the science teachers and these decision-makers on this issue. But after talking with some of these teachers there appears to be a larger problem than simply the placement of Biology in the science sequence.

Many Good Arguments

The predicament is clearly drawn.  There are three main high school science curricula that remain after the elimination of Earth Science:  Biology, Physics and Chemistry.  But there is only one senior year.  The biologists will tell you that their subject should be the culminating course because one needs chemistry to truly understand the chemical underpinnings to the study of the living world.  In addition, they will say that physics, which includes the study of the atom and energy, is also essential to a true understanding of biology.  The physicists will counter by arguing that without calculus, their course is fatally flawed.  Moving their class to that final year would give students the ability to understand the mathematical basis of physics.  Chemists, however, will argue that they need to be the exit course since their subject requires mastery of both math and many of the concepts covered in physics.  When discussed separately every view makes sense. 

A Realistic Compromise

Based on the various points of view, keeping the status quo is not the option that will ensure the best science education.  It is unquestionably the easiest path and is certainly the least complicated, but if the goal of a curriculum is to maximize its benefits to the students, serious change must be considered.  The primary considerations are that all three of the classes have valid and compelling reasons to be the culminating science course in high school.  The need for a freshman class covering the topics contained in traditional Earth Science classes is equally legitimate.  After all, two large and lucrative disciplines, geology and meteorology, are studied in a traditional Earth Science course. And finally, in this era of accountability some form of barrier exam must be available to measure student success. 

One idea put forth a number of years ago by several science teachers was a new, innovative freshman science course.  The plan was predicated on placing clusters of four ninth-grade classes within the schools’ master schedule.  The course would be divided into four segments taught by a rotating team of teachers.  Each student would be taught the basics of earth science, biology, chemistry and physics for one quarter of the year.  The topics would be based predominately on the use of the scientific method and would demonstrate the interrelationships of the various disciplines.  Implementing such a course would serve many purposes.  All ninth-graders would be better prepared to understand and appreciate the subsequent science curricula.  This survey freshman course could provide a reasonably dense, rigorous science course effectively producing more mature students with an improved set of study skills. Moreover, the next course, regardless of which one is chosen, could be taught at a higher level since a foundation for the subject matter has been previously established.  Sections designated as “honors” could be created if necessary, although I would argue, based on the success of my former school’s Algebra I  program, that by putting all students into the same classes, the individuals who should be placed in future honors classes would be determined by their actual performance in this setting.  

A Great Way to Start Science

This course would alleviate most of the most critical deficits described by Dr. Riddile.  It would improve student performance in every succeeding high school science class.  It does not, however, address the question of what is the best order to teach the three main science curricula.   A method for dealing with this legitimate issue needs to be addressed if our students are to receive the best science education possible.

 

 

July 01, 2010

Raising the Temperature in Science

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In one of his recent posts Mel Riddle stated that I was throwing more gasoline onto the fiery discussion of Algebra 1 in the eighth grade.  Ironically his remarks concerning the manipulations of the high school science sequence by a school district ignited quite a firestorm in my own home.  When my wife, a retired Science Department Chair and Biology teacher in that district, read his views questioning the wisdom of removing Earth Science from the curriculum and moving Biology and Chemistry to the ninth and tenth grade her thoughts were, well, combustible.

“What the district did by removing Earth Science was cripple the ability of our at-risk students to pass the Virginia Science SOLs (end of course exams),” she said after reading the post.   “By removing the freshman-level Earth Science exam from the sequence they forced our freshmen to take a sophomore level test (Biology) and our sophomores to take a junior level one (Chemistry).  No wonder our district scores on those two tests were lower than the state average.”  (Editor’s note—those were the only two subjects in the system to have a passing rate lower than the state.)  She shook her head in disbelief.  “In order to be eligible to take the freshman-level Earth Science SOL, students had to be in the newly created Geosystems class.  Geosystems was mandated to be a senior-level course to be taken only after the successful completion of both Biology and Chemistry.”  When the state requirement for graduation included passing at least one science SOL, this new science sequence proved extremely difficult or impossible for students that were most academically at risk.  Furthermore, due to the nature of the Biology SOL with its vocabulary-laden curriculum, our ELL students were at an even greater disadvantage.

“Every year I or some other chair at our district meetings would question this policy and beg them to at least allow us to offer a limited number of freshmen Earth Science classes for this group.  We were consistently told to stop asking the question as the answer would never change.  We were told that the integrity of the new Geosystems course would be at risk if the Earth Science course was reinstituted. 

Her experiences as a classroom Biology 1 teacher were most revealing.  “One thing that was stunning was when a sophomore from another district would transfer into one of my classes.  They were always significantly better prepared to succeed.  Earth Science had always been the “boot camp” for our science students.  It was a great survey course, covered important material and prepared freshmen to learn science.  All of the Biology 1 teachers that I knew had the same experiences.”

Those tenth graders had more of an advantage than one additional science class.  “Their math skills were better since they had an additional year of that subject.  They had a year of high school experiences and expectations behind them—English 9, World History 1, etc.  They were currently in other sophomore-level classes.  For a portion of our students that extra year of maturity was critical to working with the conceptual complexity of Biology the mathematics of Chemistry.”

Poor SOL scores were not the only casualty from this change.  “The entire approach to the curriculum had to be altered.  There was a fifty-question multiple-choice barrier exam waiting at the end of the year.  For many of the students it was now a ‘must-pass’ test.  The Biology SOL was the only state science exam that they had any chance of passing for graduation.  We had to turn much of our attention to vocabulary and fundamentals emphasized on the test rather than being able to actually focus on the really important concepts that should have been central to the biological sciences.”

She continued.  “It is hard to believe that this policy is still in place.  So many students have been hurt.  The weakest have been placed in jeopardy because they struggle to pass what is for them a tough Biology SOL exam.  And the better students have been robbed of being taught Biology and Chemistry at the level those courses deserve. Thoughtful arguments have been made by professional scientists and science educators that biology would best be taught to high school seniors after they have taken at least three years of math and science.  However, I can think of no argument that would justify mandating biology in the freshman year.”  She paused to smile.  “Except maybe a bit of stubbornness and arrogance on the part of some adults”.  

June 29, 2010

8th Grade Algebra: The Case Against One Size Fits All

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In September of 1968, as I prepared to face my first Algebra 1 class, an administrator told me the following, “Since you are the first new math teacher in the building in four years we are giving you all of the students that failed Algebra 1 last year.  By doing that it makes the master schedule easier.”  He then added, “By the way, more kids at this school fail Algebra 1 than any other course.”  And then there was the closer.  “Heck that is true not only at this school but in the entire district and for that matter the country”.

Sadly, though the need for success in high school math is even more imperative in our increasingly technical world, it appears little has changed in terms of the pitfalls associated with this gateway mathematical course.  When taught with the rigor necessary to adequately prepare students for the courses that follow, students continue to struggle. One of the most common prescriptions given by educational leaders is to move the course earlier in a student’s career.  My last post revealed a number of statistics that indicated the shortcomings inherent in such an approach. Now I would like to look at the potential damage that can be experienced both directly and indirectly to students placed prematurely into Algebra 1.

Collateral Damage

Increasing the number of students taking Algebra 1 in the eighth grade will lead to certain expected outcomes.  As this proportion expands there will be a corresponding rise in the number of students taking the class in the seventh grade.  In my former district from 2005 to 2008 there was a 600% increase (120 to over 700) in seventh grade Algebra I students.   While unquestionably there are some students ready for this level of advancement, the danger for any students misplaced in this group is catastrophic.  Follow the natural progression for such a student.  Honors Geometry is taken in the eighth grade and then in their first year at the high school these students are enrolled in Honors Algebra 2.  The biggest obstacle to overcome here may not be the actual math material.  The larger concern is that they have learned their first two years of high school math academically isolated in the middle school.   In their first high school math class, Honors Algebra 2, most of the students will be sophomores who, for the most part, while taking their second high school honors math class, have also experienced a full year of Honors English 9, Honors World History 1, and Honors Biology or Chemistry – courses that are unavailable to middle school students. For students who were advanced through the math sequence too quickly, and not simultaneously taking other honors courses, the sudden surge of academic rigor is too often crushing.

On track to nowhere

Another group of students who will suffer academic problems as a result of the rush to push more and more students ahead in the math sequence are those few individuals who are deemed unable to be advanced in such a manner.  With the ever enlarging percentage of students taking Algebra 1 prior to high school, this small but critical group of students is being isolated into an academic niche from which there is little chance of escape.  While all educators decry the concept of tracking, these students languish further and further behind the mainstream and soon define that principle.  Many of these students are struggling with English, have special needs or are dealing with emotional or physical problems.  Consequently, while the vast majority of students, ready or not, are being pushed into a faster and in many cases inappropriate track, these students are truly left behind, sitting in class with no positive peer role models for academic success, little rigor to improve their classroom skills and the obvious and sometimes irreversible label of being an unsuccessful student. 

The teacher’s perspective

When is the best time for enrolling students in Algebra 1?  Fundamentally it is a common sense solution devoid of percentage goals, rhetoric and the blind belief that faster is better for everyone.  Algebra 1 should be offered to those students who demonstrate the mental and emotional maturity, curriculum background and basic skills necessary for true success in a rigorous, first-year Algebra course.  For a significant number of our students that readiness occurs in the eighth grade.  For a very small part of that group it may well be appropriate even earlier.  But Honors Algebra 1 must be a tough, legitimate course worthy of its label.  For those who are not placed in these classes the courses taught in middle schools should be honed with increased rigor to prepare these students for mastery of the subject in grade nine.  Equally important is that students who do take Algebra 1 early but do not demonstrate total mastery of the course should repeat it again the following year to ensure that they will have an opportunity for success in the future.  Ironically, moving students faster and promoting them without a solid foundation in the fundamentals ultimately forces subsequent math classes to be less comprehensive and challenging. 

Clearly this result could not be the given objective of the school system’s policy-makers.

 

June 21, 2010

The Case Against Algebra I For Everyone: By the numbers

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The quest for improving student performance in mathematics often appears to be something akin to a circular tug-of-war.  If A does not work then try B.  When B flames out it is on to C.  And so it goes until the newest idea is something called A.  There have been so many different formats for Algebra 1 over the past few decades it is beginning to rival the Star Trek franchise for sequels.  The latest batch of bad news concerning math students in the United States compared to their peers around the world has brought on another set of “new” approaches. One of the most popular and potentially counter-productive is the concept of “Algebra 1 for all 8th graders”.  The premise is simple—if our students are struggling with math and this course is so critical why not have everyone learn it earlier in their scholastic careers.   Here’s my shout to middle school math teachers, “Ready or not, here they come!”  I have to admit the logic escapes me.

But the importance of success in Algebra 1 cannot be underestimated.  Recent studies by Montgomery County Public Schools (MD) have shown a strong correlation between the work done by students in Algebra 1 and Algebra 2 and their ability to obtain a college degree.  Consequently, it is critical when dramatic adjustments are made to the presentation of Algebra 1 that these adaptations result in improved student performance.

Looking at the Data

One of the strengths of standardized testing is, for lack of a better word, the fact that it is standardized.  While classroom grades can be wildly subjective, the results on the same multiple-choice exam given at the same point in the school year graded by the same individuals are not subject to such fluctuations.  In May, 2006 the students taking Honors Algebra 1 in the middle school that feeds into my high school had an average score of 472 on the Virginia Standards of Learning Exam. (The range of scores were from 200-600 with 400 considered passing.) Meanwhile, at the high school, the students taking regular Algebra 1 in grade 9 or later averaged 469 on the exact same test.  At first glance these strikingly similar scores would not seem to be a reason for concern.  One must, however, consider the relative nature of the two groups being tested.  At that time the individuals enrolled in the middle school honors classes were designated as students who were among the top 50% of the class in terms of math skills.  The lower half of the eighth-grade student body, math-wise, was placed into a pre-algebra course and then took Algebra 1 in the ninth grade or later.  When examined under these circumstances the fact that the results for both groups were virtually the same is disturbing for a number of reasons.  When similar comparisons were made between the Honors Geometry and Algebra 2 classes versus the corresponding regular Geometry and Algebra 2 the results showed more than a 50 point advantage to the honors classes.  In addition, a deeper exploration of the actual scores in Algebra 1 shows that an argument could be made that the honors group had poorer results than their regular counterparts.  Not surprisingly among all tested students the vast majority of the highest scores on the Algebra 1 exam were in the eighth-grade group.  These top-heavy results skew the average for this group higher.  The median or middle score for the high school Algebra 1 students was actually higher than the middle school.  When calculating the success of the bottom half of both groups, the “honors” classes performed at a significantly lower level.  As previously stated such results were not duplicated in the other math courses.

Finding the Problem

So what do all of these numerical gymnastics indicate? Does the blame for the shortcomings fall at the feet of the middle school teachers?  Are the testing procedures different in the high school?  Do high school teachers teach more to the test?  The answer to these questions is not a simple A, B or C or even “none of the above”.  The source of most of these poor performances is that too many of these young students were not ready to master the curriculum found in a legitimate Algebra 1 course.  The word “honors” is misplaced in front of Algebra 1 at the middle school in too many instances.  More importantly, these students then enter Geometry and Algebra 2 classes (honors or otherwise) with inferior skills and diminished potential compared to many of the students who took “regular” Algebra 1 in later years.  A letter to the Washington Post from a parent accurately described the plight of these students—they are destined to struggle in math and eventually grow to dislike the subject entirely.  These same results were observed by many of the classroom teachers working with these students in later math courses.  And the negatives are not necessarily limited to the math classroom.  For many adolescents such adverse results in math can spill over into their other subjects as well.  Just as in athletics, in school work, especially sequential topics, success begets success and sadly, failure can bring forth more failure.

Over the next two years the comparison between statistics of the two Algebra 1 groups became more discouraging as the percentage of students being placed early in Algebra 1 continued to increase. Is it any surprise that many high school math teachers are deeply concerned with what will happen when the pool of early Algebra 1 students is mandated to expand to 80% or more?

(Next:  Algebra 1 Is Good for Everyone but Not Every 8th Grader)

 

 

June 16, 2010

The Case Against 8th Grade Algebra I For Everyone: One Answer Does Not Fit All

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

An Overview:

Perhaps in keeping with the chronically amped-up political environment of late, the instructional leaders of many school districts have adopted a stump speech mentality when it pertains to enrolling students in Algebra 1 prior to the ninth grade.  Unfortunately, as in politics, simply saying something repetitively does not make it true.  Several years ago, the Washington Post featured two articles on the subject—the first dealing exclusively with 8th grade Algebra 1  and the second detailing the alarmingly low pass rates on standardized math tests in the middle schools.

In both discussions the response to virtually every question is to move the study of Algebra 1 earlier and earlier in the academic careers of the vast majority of students.  While this solution may look and sound like forward thinking, the reality is less attractive.           

A little bit of history

When I began my career as a high school math teacher in 1968, the traditional math sequence for most students was Algebra 1 in the ninth grade, Geometry in the tenth and then Algebra 2 and some form of Pre-Calculus to complete the high school curriculum.  Within that plan, a format was established to give students who demonstrated early excellence in mathematics the option to reach the level of Calculus by giving them the opportunity to take Algebra 1 in the eighth grade.  This basic plan was the rule for nearly the first half of my career. But slowly the percentage of students taking Algebra 1 in the middle school began to climb.  Such an increase should not be surprising with the advent of better technology and teaching techniques.  However, the practice has now grown to a critical and in my opinion detrimental level.  My former district as well as many others throughout the country is pushing with great enthusiasm the concept of having all students take Algebra 1 by the eighth grade.  One critical moment occurred at a district-wide math department chair meeting in December 2007. The math curriculum specialists announced that they and the district leadership team were firmly committed to this goal.  Their enthusiasm was not contagious.  There was a palpable sense of disagreement with this plan among many of the department chairs--individuals who actually stand in front of math classrooms.  The reluctance to embrace this plan is based on many important reasons.

Should eighth-grade Algebra 1 be enlarged or abolished?

Be assured that there is nothing inherently wrong with students taking Algebra 1 in the eighth grade.  In fact, in some relatively rare cases, there are good reasons to have seventh graders take this class.  I have professional experience to validate such situations.  Ten years ago Rachel was a seventh-grader enrolled in my Honors Pre-Calculus class. This placement equated to taking Algebra 1 in grade four.  And how did Rachel do in this class dominated by talented high school juniors?  Among the 60 students I taught that year she maintained one of the top two averages in overall scores.  On reflection would I be opposed to her math sequence in school?  The answer is obviously not.  This was unquestionably the right course sequence for this remarkable young lady.  However even though she was well qualified to be in this level of math, there were still negative consequences for her course progression.  While her math scores were impeccable, when required to create an essay as to whether math was a discovery or an invention, her seventh grade writing skills failed her.  In this one area, the second best math student between the two classes was suddenly at the bottom.  This shortcoming should not have changed her sequence but only because she was a uniquely exceptional math student.

Last spring the stated plan for the district was to have all students take Algebra 1 prior to the ninth grade. A few months later the goal was placed at a slightly more modest 80%.  Regardless of whether the target is 100% or 80%, the simple fact is that such arbitrary numbers are fraught with hidden consequences.

Who benefits; who suffers?

In any plan that dramatically increases middle school Algebra 1 there are three primary groups of students who need to be considered.  The first subset is the students who are genuinely qualified to be advanced in their math studies.  There is no question that such placement is not only correct but also essential. 

The key question to be asked, though, is what is the definition of “qualified”?  One of the most important issues is why is true mastery of all Algebra 1 skills so critical?  The answer is that math is different from many other subjects.  It is a sequential, skill-based curriculum far more similar to the study of a foreign language or music than to social studies or science.  A student can learn about World War II with a weak understanding of the Civil War and though a good foundation in Biology is helpful it is not critical to success in Physics.  Conversely, undeveloped or weak skills in Algebra 1 will potentially doom student success in every math course that follows.  And these difficulties will grow exponentially over time.  Consequently, the only students who are “qualified” for Algebra 1 in grade 8 are those who can master the entire curriculum at a high level. Placing a large majority of all students into this class will not reach this goal. 

(Next:  By the Numbers—A Revealing Look at Statistics and 8th Grade Algebra 1)

 

 

June 11, 2010

When it comes to Algebra 1 timing is everything

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In a recent post, College Readiness, the Keys, Mel Riddile discussed the Montgomery County Public Schools (MD) findings for success in college.  Of particular interest to me was the correlation between a student’s performance in Algebra 1 and Algebra 2 and the likelihood of graduating from college.  Among the County’s “7 Keys to Success” were that students who took Algebra 1 in the eighth grade and received a grade of “C” or passed Algebra 2 by the junior year had a significantly higher graduation rate than those that did not. There is little doubt MCPS assertions concerning math and college graduation have a high level of validity.

The Best of Plans; the Worst of Plans

Of greater concern were the two different approaches to placing students in math classes presented by Dr. Riddile.  While there should be no arbitrary percentage attached to Algebra 1 readiness, the fact that 39% of all students in MCPS are enrolled in Algebra 1 prior to their freshmen year would appear very reasonable.  Based on my years of teaching and observing the performance of students in this course, I have found that depending upon the unique nature of a particular group of students somewhere between one-third and one-half of a class are capable of benefitting from Algebra 1 prior to the ninth grade.  Those that are not ready at this point in their educational careers should take a rigorous eighth-grade course to prepare them for success in the next year.  With such a background Algebra 2 in the junior year (and pre-calculus as seniors) should be well within reach. 

It was the second school system described by Dr. Riddile that was extremely troubling.  In this district, located in close proximity to MCPS, early exposure to Algebra 1 was reserved for a far smaller group.  The philosophy was that enrollment in this class prior to high school was the exclusive domain of the “gifted and talented.”  While such a definition does not automatically indicate too selective a process, additional information is very disturbing.  The initial testing and screening process eliminates four out of every five students.  Then to compound matters the only students who are given algebra preparation are the 5% (one in twenty) who are labeled “gifted and talented” in math.  It is small wonder that in this district the percentage taking Algebra 1 prior to high school is less than half that of MCPS.  The negative ramifications of such an approach are immense.  Approximately one-fourth of the students in this system are being needlessly held back in their math careers.  Such decisions deny them the opportunity to take AP or IB Calculus in high school and place them at a seriously weakened position when compared to their peers in neighboring districts.  While such decisions may not prevent students to advanced to and succeed at the college level (they still have the opportunity to take Algebra 2 in grade 11), these individuals will be at a competitive disadvantage both in their collegiate options and their mathematical skill level. 

I concur with Dr. Riddile when he states, “To me this looks a lot like tracking. Not only are the students in this school system being victimized by low adult expectations, but they are systematically being prevented from taking a more challenging course of study in high school.”  At a time when the math skills of the typical student in the United States is lagging significantly behind those of others in the world no qualified student should ever be held back because of the lack of a specific title or a quota.

An Equally Worst Plan

Fortunately, this approach to Algebra 1 prior to high school is a minority view.  However, there is another equally misguided philosophy concerning Algebra 1 placements and poor math performance that was not discussed by Dr. Riddile and is fast becoming standard practice in too many school districts. This response is the decision to make Algebra 1 the standard math course for virtually every eighth grader.  Just as excluding capable students from advancing at the appropriate rate, the rush to have “8th grade Algebra 1 for all” can be equally injurious to the high school math careers of a large number of students.  This ill-advised plan will be the focus of my next three posts.

Next:  The case against Algebra 1 for everyone

 

 

June 10, 2010

Leadership is Everywhere

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Mel Riddile has written consistently on the importance of tapping into the “Teacher Leaders” in a building.  These individuals, while not necessarily carrying a specific title or rank, are the ones who have the knowledge and practical understanding of the mechanics of a school to improve the educational environment in significant and varied ways.  This past week I heard of an excellent example of effective use of such expertise.

A nearby school was establishing its testing schedule for end-of-course (EOC) state exams.  Two testing periods, each two hours in duration, had been established per day.  One exam would be given in the 8 a.m. block; the second would begin after lunch at noon.  It would conclude at 2:00 p.m. five minutes prior to the end of the school day.  Because of the size of the various testing groups, it was determined by the administrative staff that it would be most convenient in terms of space available to test Geometry in the morning and Algebra 2 in the afternoon.  While this plan would appear reasonable on paper for an Algebra 2 teacher in the building it had disaster written all over it.

Based on a decade of testing he was well aware that students taking the Algebra 2 test tended to take longer than students in any other math exam.  In addition, since many were seniors they tended to be less motivated since passing was not crucial for many of them who had already succeeded in the two previous math tests.  If the end of the school day arrived and they had not finished the untimed test, the likelihood was they would simply stop and go home.  He lobbied the decision makers in the building to switch the two tests.  After a significant amount of discussion the change was made.

Last week the exams were administered.  At ten o’clock when the testing block for Algebra ended, more than one third (70 of 175) of the students needed extra time.  The last student was not done until four hours had elapsed.  With nowhere to go, all of the exams were completed.  Meanwhile in the noon Geometry test, barely 1% (7 of 500) was still working at the 2:00 deadline. 

Leadership and critical knowledge can be found throughout a building.  And most importantly, students are the primary beneficiaries.

June 06, 2010

This policy should be the first to go!

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

The idea is deceptively simple.  Place the best teachers possible into every classroom.  Recently we have spent a great deal of time discussing that objective.  An evaluation system that identifies and removes weak teachers while also strengthening good ones has been proposed. There has been a lengthy discussion of what hiring practices ensure securing the best potential talents in the field. But there is one educational policy that continually works to thwart the goal of improving the teaching pool.  The villain of this piece is the practice known as “last hired, first fired”.  Under this set of guidelines when reductions in staffing are necessary due to either budget restraints or lower enrollment the decision is based exclusively on seniority.  This procedure that rewards longevity over talent, checklists over effectiveness, and status quo over student needs must disappear.  While a few school systems have put plans into place that remove this policy (Last Teacher In, First Out? City Has Another Idea) its demise must be universal.  In both design and implementation the practice fails to ensure that the top teachers will be in the classroom.

The Wrong Solution for the Wrong Problem

Making a strong argument against the policy with analogies is simple.  Which is better, the journeyman thirty-seven year old second baseman or the twenty-two year old power hitter with unlimited potential?  How about the undistinguished veteran lawyer or the recent cum laude Harvard Law School grad?  To give any more examples would be easy but extraneous.  What is almost as disturbing as the policy itself is that while the negatives of “last hired, first fired” are so obvious, they have been insufficient to bring about change in most cases.

Mandated staff reductions are painful and complicated decisions.  Since teaching positions cannot be realistically broken into fractional parts, such cutbacks usually impact one or two departments in a disproportionate manner.  Cutting a full position from a single department can profoundly affect the class sizes and effectiveness of that subject area.   It is not surprising that many will view these difficult decisions as unfair and unpopular.  Consequently, there is an unsettling sense that one of the strongest arguments for last hired/first fired is that it makes the decision of who stays and who goes easier.  Just consult the seniority chart, go over to the pertinent column, down to the required row and bingo—the decision is made.  Retaining a policy to ease school leaders of tough choices is not only impossible to support it is demeaning to professionals placed in such positions.  The easy path in education is almost never the best one for students. 

Some supporters of the concept will argue that it is necessary because many principals cannot be trusted to make good decisions in staffing.  The plan is designed to protect teachers from being removed as a result of random “retaliation” or inappropriate “favoritism”.  Teacher unions often use this rationale when arguing in favor of this policy and others that “protect” teachers from similar injustices.  Such reasoning is disturbing, misguided and counterproductive.  If potential unprofessional behavior on the part of a school principal is a viable rationale for keeping this policy, then a much larger problem needs to be addressed.  If true (and I would agree that it may well exist in some situations), then a thorough investigation of the selection and evaluation process of school leaders is necessary.  A principal who makes personnel decisions based on such inappropriate criteria is potentially a far greater source of educational failure than any ill-advised formula for reducing teachers.  Justifying one flawed policy to counteract a defective situation is clearly not the best approach to improving education.

Better Arguments

There are, however, more sophisticated reasons to argue against the practice.  Creating the best possible staff is more complicated than simply getting only talented teachers.  Like any team, a teaching staff requires both talent and chemistry.  When I was assembling my math department I looked at a number of variables.  The goal was always finding a blend of stability with an infusion of fresh ideas, reasonable gender and ethnic balance, a plethora of educational viewpoints, and the ability and willingness to work well with others.  Each year as vacancies would occur; I would study the departmental strengths and weaknesses and then in my hiring plan look to find the individuals whom would best fill those particular needs.  All strict, inflexible guidelines such as “first fired” defeat any such narrative and should not continue.

Extinction by Improvement

The impact of “Last hired, first fired” can be mitigated without being legislatively removed.  It will wane if three critical components of education are significantly upgraded.  Schools must be lead by principals who are true personnel managers.  When tough staffing issues arise, they need to be capable of making the right choices for the overall system.  A staff that understands that this level of competency is the backbone of all employee decisions will be supportive and eventually flourish.  Strong, coherent hiring practices will populate schools with the individuals with the highest potential for success.  An efficient and effective evaluation system will quickly identify and remove weak teachers while improving the performance of its best prospects.   In a building where every teacher is of the highest quality, the impact of staff reductions will be significantly reduced. While there is no easy way to avoid the disruption and loss of such actions, the nightmare scenario of losing a talented young teacher for a far less talented but more senior will diminish. 

 

 

June 01, 2010

When a Band-Aid Would Have Been Enough

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Facing the layoff of tens of thousands of teachers, the shortening of the school year and other draconian fixes, Congress voted last week NOT to pass a bill that would have provided short-term funding to avoid just such calamities.  The reason given for the bill’s failure to pass was that it provided money but no real educational reform.  Excuse me for the onset of rapid blinking and that expression of disbelief, but did I just write that this emergency piece of legislation failed because it was a tad short on creating a long-term fix to the woes of education?  Is this the same Congress that passed the bank, car, and Wall Street bailouts? 

I can confidently say that no one believes the public education system in this country needs more significant and dramatic reform than I do.  This website does not have enough room for all of the hyperlinks I could insert that would illustrate examples of my discontent with the system.  But at a time when a band-aid was desperately needed, Congress opted to say that if it cannot do surgery, it would rather lose the patient.  Apparently the main concern was the concept of “last hired / first fired”.  The desire of the legislators was to ensure that the tens of thousands of layoffs would not be done using this system. Thus by not passing the bill they have guaranteed that these layoffs will occur and will be determined in the worst possible manner. 

So Many Platitudes, So Little Space

As I continue to try to control my rising blood pressure, my mind is sorting through many  poster-worthy clichés.  “Do not let the perfect be the enemy of the good”; “First stop the bleeding”; or “Hey Congress, reform this!”  But even the best placards will not ease the pain.  The bigger concern, however, is the clear message being sent.  In a country whose educational system is in disrepair by virtually every measure, the bottom line is simply that cars, derivatives, and end-of-year bonuses are more pressing issues than the future of our children. Vastly increasing the deficit to assist mostly well-to-do adults is acceptable but approving a comparatively miniscule amount for the future of our youth needs to have just a few more strings attached.

A Devastating Loss

Truthfully, not every teacher lost in the job-cutting will be the second coming of Jaime Escalante.  Many weak and ineffective ones will be cast out.  But here is the realistic downside.  When tens of thousands of teachers are given pink slips based primarily on the lack of seniority, thousands of our best young prospects will be among those on the cutting room floor.  Many thousands of these individuals will be people who could have taken their college degree and entered fields offering far more financial rewards but chose instead to give something back by becoming an educator.  Now, without regard to their talents, dedication or potential, they will become another statistical data point on the unemployment graph.  What are their chances of finding another teaching job?  This crisis, thanks to the recession, poor judgment by local officials and our national legislators, is widespread.  Educational employment is no longer a viable option.  Soon these thousands of young teachers will be looking for jobs in the private sector where the financial rewards, the promise of health coverage, and job security based on performance are significantly more likely.  And thus an entire generation of our best and brightest teachers, administrators and counselors disappear.

 

 

May 28, 2010

A Major Point of Contention: A Reply

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

My comments concerning the qualifications necessary for teaching high school math, Determining the right candidates, created a great deal of discussion both in comments sent to “The Principal Difference” and to me personally.  A wide spectrum of individuals ranging from    readers to former colleagues to friends and even members of my family all took exception to my contention that I would require a degree in mathematics before I would interview a potential hire.  The assessments of my views ranged from totally clueless to sadly misguided.    I prefer to think that I was merely misunderstood. I would like to take a few paragraphs to clarify my contentions.

Not Merely Black and White

For many readers, what I wrote apparently translated into an assumption that any person with a math degree is automatically a better teacher than someone without one.  This interpretation brought forth a series of anecdotes about nightmare high school or college classroom experiences with “math geniuses” who had a brilliant knowledge of the subject but zero ability to explain the material.  Rest assured I have many of the same terrifying memories.  While I can understand how a reader might think that I was postulating that a degree in math automatically qualified one to teach, this was not my ultimate point.  Perhaps my mistake was   my decision to publish the thoughts on selecting the candidates before sharing the actual interviewing process.  In that article I stated that one portion of the interview would include a fifteen-minute teaching demonstration.  During this exercise as well as the rest of the lengthy and intense process, the teacher who prefers to talk mathematical jargon to his chalk board rather than communicate critical math skills to his students would be discovered and rejected.

One More Try

Let me explain my position more clearly.  After looking over all available resumes when beginning the hiring process I look first at those who have had previous successful high school teaching experience.  For those who have not previously taught, I find the ones who possess a degree in math.  These two groups formed the initial selection pool.  After looking at the total background—previous experiences professional and recreational—references, transcripts, etc., the top candidates are brought in for interviews.  This process includes teaching lessons, writing samples, and question and answer sessions.   Phone calls are made to previous employers.  After that process is complete the best prospects are selected and jobs are offered.

If there are still vacancies and no good candidates remain from the original group, I would not automatically hire the next available but less-talented candidate who has a math degree on their resume.  Rather, I would then look for the best remaining candidate regardless of their precise math background.  It is important to note that there is a wide range of requirements between a degree and certification.  Twenty-four hours of math can get one certified in the state of Virginia while most colleges in the state require thirty-eight hours for a degree.  In the situation where a position needs to be filled someone like the commenter who had thirty hours of math courses would certainly have to be considered. 

No Reprise of My Fair Lady

Finally, I want to clarify the comment that I would rather make a math person into a teacher than transform a teacher into a mathematician.  I was not advocating that it would be easy or wise to take a horrific teacher with a math degree and believe they could be transformed Elisa Doolittle-style into a great educator.  Rather, the point was that, in the long-term, it was easier to resolve an individual who had a minor weakness in their teaching skills over one who was lacking in knowledge of the subject.

 

 

May 23, 2010

A Watered Down Ceremony

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

It all started so beautifully.  At precisely 7:30 p.m. the processional began with the chords of “Pomp and Circumstance” pouring out of the PA system surrounding the football field.  The class of 1988 led by a full slate of dignitaries moved around the track in perfect time with the music.  It was a magnificent night with a glorious sunset soon to commence as a soft, warm breeze cooled the hundreds of spectators in the stands. 

After the commencement speech was completed and the graduates were about to be introduced the unraveling began.  Due to a lack of security in front of the stadium bleachers a few individuals had come onto the field to take pictures of relatives crossing the stage.  Not surprisingly this trickle of photographers soon turned into a jailbreak.  Spectators began pouring onto the field.  Worse, after taking their pictures they realized they had the best seats in the house and choose to sit on blankets while casually eating and chatting.  The first Frisbee was spotted as students with names starting with “G” were being called.  By the time the roll reached “M” the event looked more like a huge picnic than a graduation ceremony.  Soon the ugliness began to increase exponentially.  The crowd began to expand so close to the actual ceremonies that the teachers had to form a human barricade to impede their movement.  Notes passed to the administrators on the stage were to no avail as verbal altercations between the two groups began to escalate.

Finally after a faculty member called the principal out of his seat and warned him of the danger, an announcement was made to instruct the crowd to move back.  While few heeded the directive to return to the stands, the crowd’s forward movement stopped.  Mercifully the final senior diploma was awarded, caps were thrown into the air and the crisis was over.  But bruised feelings were still abundant as faculty members and families fumed over the chaos that never should have occurred. 

After the ceremony was complete I was able to relax for the first time in over an hour.  But while the nightmare was over, I could not shake the feeling that I had just witnessed the worst graduation ceremony in history.  While that was perhaps a bit of hyperbole, as I walked across the football field, a laundry list of complaints to be presented to the principal was being formulated in my mind.  I was interrupted in my journey by a member of Congress whose son was in the graduating class.  We exchanged pleasantries while ignoring the events of the previous hour.  Suddenly the unfathomable happened.  Because it began so slowly and unexpectedly at first it was unclear exactly what was occurring. I felt a few drops of moisture on my face and instinctively looked up at the cloudless sky.  But the intensity of the precipitation increased.  The unfathomable was now the reality.  It was 9:30 p.m. and the athletic director had neglected to turn off the automatic timer for the field’s watering system.  Within a few minutes as if on cue from some diabolical director, the thousand people on the field were immersed in a watery “up pour”.  I glanced at the Representative, a future candidate for President and still wearing her gown as a part of the stage dignities, and saw that she along with everyone else had been quickly drenched. 

Officially and without fear of hyperbole, it was now the worst graduation ceremony ever.

 

 

May 19, 2010

Evaluation and Merit Pay: A Follow Up

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In a recent post Mel Riddile expressed his opposition to merit pay based on his experiences with the process. A comment posted on an earlier Riddile piece stated equally negative views.  Among the shared concerns were that the process did not identify the best teachers, too much pressure was placed on the evaluators, and inconsistency was rampant.  But the most significant issue was the belief that such a system implied that a financial reward was required to motivate teachers to put forth their best efforts. As someone who participated in this process I agree wholeheartedly with these points.

Anyone who has been a part of a teaching staff knows that the concept of a financial incentive being a proactive factor in intensifying a great teacher’s work ethic is laughable.  Great teachers when standing in front of their students never measure their efforts in dollars and cents.  To the contrary, great teachers are altruistic to a fault.  They will sacrifice sleep, family time, and whatever else is necessary to guarantee their students the best possible outcomes. 

Great teachers, however, are human beings and respond to positive reinforcement. Ask outstanding teachers about the most memorable moments in their careers and they will inevitably refer to letters or visits from former students who expressed gratitude for the impact the class had made in their lives.  These stories of interpersonal success are an inspiration that no financial incentive could supersede.

But while the public may misinterpret the motivation of merit pay, I do, however, strongly disagree that a program of merit pay cannot be successful. What is necessary is a system that gives recognition to outstanding teaching while incorporating financial incentives.  Such a plan would necessitate the blending of several concepts into a single entity.  This program would require an evaluation process that provided educators with a precise measurement of their work, a clear profile of each individual school and a reward system that would improve the learning environment at selected locations.

First Evaluate the Teachers

The best way to eliminate some of the fundamental flaws inherent in the typical merit pay plan would be to separate the evaluation from the money.  The process would begin by using a refined, precise evaluation method to assess the performance of each member of a school’s teaching staff.   Previously, there has been a lengthy discussion of the importance of creating a system of evaluation that will eliminate weak teachers and strengthen good ones.   (“Finding the Right Measuring Stick”)  The world of education is extremely quantitative.  All students routinely receive numerical assessments of their performance on virtually every piece of work they submit.  Seniors are ranked from best to worst based on their cumulative grade point average.  Careful analysis is given to graduation, dropout and absentee rates. Student bodies are described in terms of the percent of their ELL populations, free and reduced lunch recipients and ethnicity.  Schools are measured and ranked based on the number of students who pass or fail standardized tests. 

Ironically, the only part of the system not given a precise score is the work of the teaching staff.  To the contrary, the vast majority of teacher evaluations are neither quantitative nor descriptive.  For the most part they are a “pass/fail” exercise where teachers are deemed either adequate or unsatisfactory.  The best teachers in a district deserve better than a grade of satisfactory.  What is needed is a more detailed, precise evaluation that clearly delineates the performance level of every teacher both individually and in comparison to their colleagues.

One of the key components of the evaluation plan proposed in that earlier post was the use of full-time district evaluators who are responsible for 80% of the process.   Their presence would give these assessments consistency throughout the system rather than within an individual school.  While the original proposal established five basic groupings for performance it could be reconfigured to make it far more quantitative.  A numerical rubric, much like those used to grade essays, could be employed that would assign points in such categories as classroom management, clarity of instruction, standardized tests scores, and any other area that would contribute to the success or failure of an educator. The demographics of the school would be factored into these calculations.  Much like the scoring at an Olympic diving competition the test scores, management skills, etc. would be combined with a “level of difficulty” aspect in terms of the student body involved. 

 The overall evaluation would then be given in the form of a score between 0 and 100.  Such a system would give teachers a clear understanding of their perceived abilities.  A score of 85 in a school where the mean score is 77, the median is 75 and the range of scores is from 99 to 53 will clearly inform the person evaluated of their standing in the school and in the district. The overall competence of the staff could also being easily ascertained. Again, it is critical to emphasize that this would be a program utilizing professional, full-time, district-wide evaluators. 

The potential positive impact of this system on outstanding teachers could be immense.  For our best educators a pat on the back or a kind word cannot match the satisfaction of being ranked in the top 10% of a school or district by other professionals. This is recognition that would truly designate the merit of their work.

Then Reward the Schools           

In a recent post discussing high poverty schools “False Assumptions Lead to Misguided Policy: Part 1” Dr. Riddile wrote:

“We need to begin changing the mindset of educators regarding the need to work in less affluent schools. Talking alone won’t change the culture. Changing the culture means changing our behavior by creating incentives for teacher and principals to work in those schools including up-front financial incentives, a promise of small class sizes, upgraded facilities with the latest technology, and award and recognition programs that recognize teachers in less affluent schools.”

Building on Dr. Riddile’s thoughts, why not blend this idea with the concept of merit pay?  If a school’s faculty is among the top scorers in the district, factoring in all the variables about the various schools in the system, then the school is given a reward.  It could be in the form of extra staffing (lower class sizes), better resources, or improved technology in addition to the implicit recognition.  This system would not be designed to punish affluent schools.  As demonstrated in an earlier piece (Time to Turn Talk into Action) a relatively simple mathematical equation can be constructed that will acknowledge success at all types of schools. 

Recognition of “merit” whether in actual dollars or in the clear and concrete knowledge that their talents are both documented and appreciated is critical to the morale and self-confidence of our best educators.  By incorporating a quantitative, consistent evaluation with financial rewards for outstanding teachers, schools, such an outcome is possible. 

 

 

May 12, 2010

Finding the Best Teachers: Part 3

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

An Interview That Works

"Teacher quality is the single most important school factor in student success.”--Aspen Institute's Commission on No Child Left Behind

The key to a successful school is a high-quality teaching staff.  We have previously discussed the use of a comprehensive and sophisticated evaluation process to eliminate weak educators and improve strong ones. The next two steps are designed to secure the highest potential hires.  First, there needs to be a determination of which candidates should be offered interviews. Once the best applicants have been ascertained the critical next step is the actual interview.

Getting the Right People Involved 

The interviewing and hiring process should be a collaborative effort with the major decision making given to the two individuals most directly involved in the development of these teachers—the department chair and the supervising assistant principal. The chair is particularly crucial.  No one understands the precise needs of a department better than the chair.  Like any good team, there needs to be “positive chemistry” within a department.   Only someone who clearly understands these subtleties can best determine which candidates would mesh most effectively.  My goal in hiring was to create a group of individuals who collectively would gain from the strengths of their colleagues and offset the weaknesses of others.  I always wanted a blend of extensive successful experience and new ideas, conservative approaches and experimenters, and overall a group poised at varying positions on their career paths.  One cannot underestimate the importance of this aspect in building a successful department.  And no one can articulate it as well as the chair. 

Another reason for the significant role of the chair is a reflection of my experiences when I was not a part of the process. All too often, I would meet the new members of my team on the first day of school.  Such timing is hardly conducive to building the crucial relationship necessary between a teacher and chair.  Conversely, a leadership position in the hiring process sends a clear message to all new staff members that the chair has the influence required to help them with any future concerns.  The importance of establishing this “mid-level” management has been previously discussed.  (Two Roles Diverge Part1, Part 2, Part 3).

Everyone Should Have Questions

The best method to accurately determine the potential of prospective teachers involves a multi-layered approach to assess their philosophy, personality, background, and communication skills.  A static question and answer session around a conference table is an approach unlikely to reveal true insights into the future success or failure of the individual.  An alternative approach utilizing several different techniques is likely to conclude with significantly superior results.

The interview process should be a ‘two-way” communication.  While the school representatives are assessing the candidate through a series of questions, they should also carefully explain the makeup of the student body, an overview of the current department personnel and the nature of administrative support and expectations. In addition, the interviewee should be strongly encouraged to ask questions about the educational environment within the building.  Many good teachers and successful schools are not a perfect fit.  On several occasions, teachers in my school who were underperforming found great success after transferring.  This disparity of achievement is not a reflection on either the teacher or the school but rather on the paring of the two.  I also had several teachers who, to shorten their commute, moved to another location and later lamented that they were not nearly as happy or productive at their new location.  A few transferred back.  Making a determination on this variable before finalizing employment is beneficial to everyone involved.  And an open and honest conversation about the topic is the surest way to make that occur.

Questions That Ask a Great Deal

The inquiries posed to prospective teachers should elicit as much introspection as possible.  A successful interview would reveal a candidate’s beliefs on such topics as the reasons some students fail to achieve, how to reach different learning styles within a classroom, the most productive student/teacher relationship, and classroom management approaches.  Some of my personal favorites include:

  • What is your favorite topic in your curriculum?  How would you share that enthusiasm with your students?
  • Next October when I visit your class, what facet of that lesson will impress me the most?
  • During that same visit what will be the most notable aspect of the classroom environment?
  • For which teaching issues would you be most likely to solicit input from the department chair?

When the Questioning Stops

The give and take of the interview should be only a portion of the process in determining who is offered a position.  A comprehensive interview would include the following:

  • Writing sample.  The most basic skill required of a successful educator is the ability to communicate.  This talent must exist both verbally and in writing.  Having applicants express their views in words can reveal additional information not necessarily apparent in a question and answer setting.  Sample questions could include “What motivates you to be an educator?”, “What was the primary reason you applied at this particular school?” “Think of your favorite teacher.  What made this person so special to you?”  A written answer to any of these inquiries could give some extremely important insights.
  • Teach a lesson.  Tell the applicant in advance that they will be asked to teach a fifteen minute portion of a lesson they have done in the past.  They should be prepared with handouts, power points, board work, etc.  If they are uncomfortable with this request, what does that say about their future in front of a classroom of students?
  • Give them a tour of the school.  Remember this is a two-way interview.  Get them a genuine feel of the educational environment.  After the interview one teacher asked me at when the students would be dismissed.  She then situated herself in the main office and watched the students as they left the building.  She later told me that the manner in which they conducted themselves and their interaction with adults convinced her that she wanted to be at this school. 
  • Lunch date.  Prior to offering a position, a highly-rated candidate should be invited to have lunch with the department during a school day.  This setting provides a wonderful opportunity for interaction with potential future colleagues and often served as the final stage in the entire process. 

One Last Thought

Your new hires can be a great resource for future interviews.  I always asked them why they chose to accept our offer and how our process compared to others.  These conversations revealed some amazing stories, which I will share in a forthcoming post, and gave me excellent insights into the continual improvement of our hiring procedures.

May 10, 2010

Finding the Best Teachers: Part 2

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader
 
Determining the Right Candidates

"Teacher quality is the single most important school factor in student success"--Aspen Institute's Commission on No Child Left Behind

The quickest way to improve education is to acquire the best possible teachers. A recent post discussed an effective evaluation process that could be used to identify weak teachers and improve strong ones. Moreover, if a better system of hiring teachers were implemented, the quality of the teaching staff would undergo yet another much-needed upgrade.    I strongly believe that despite having numerous and a varied responsibility during my career, my most important job was hiring math teachers.  The quality of these new hires would affect hundreds of students either positively or negatively for years.  A school must be willing to commit a significant amount of its resources to ensure that it is hiring individuals with the greatest potential for success.

While no hiring method can guarantee 100% success, an effective one will result in creating a staff filled with teachers who possess the tools and potential to become outstanding educators.  The underpinnings of such a procedure would be acquiring candidates with a strong curricular background, good teaching skills, and the personal chemistry to relate successfully with both the student body and staff. 

The Most Basic Credential

Dr. Diane Ravitch recently wrote an outstanding article in the Washington Post, “No Child Left Behind flunks out”, in which she reveals remarkable insights into a number of current educational issues.  Anyone interested in improving our schools should read this piece carefully.  One of her most interesting points was in the area of hiring teachers.

Everyone agrees that good education requires good teachers. To get good teachers, states should insist -- and the federal government should demand -- that all new teachers have a major in the subject they expect to teach or preferably a strong educational background in two subjects, such as mathematics and music or history and literature. Every state should expect teachers to pass a rigorous examination in the subjects they will teach, as well as a general examination to demonstrate their literacy and numeracy.

Ravitch is correct in both her assertions and her concerns. While the public may assume that every teacher has a degree in the subject that they teach, that is not always the case.   Each spring   my district would evaluate and subsequently hire thirty-five or so math teachers.  These teachers were given a contract and then their names and resumes were distributed to each of the high schools.  And each spring I would be amazed at how many of these guaranteed contracts had been given to individuals without a degree in mathematics. The pile of resumes would be filled with business, education, and science majors.  Occasionally some stunning outliers were sprinkled into the mix.  One year we had a candidate with a major in art and another with one in drama.  My assistant principal decided that we should interview the one from the field of drama—“I was thinking maybe she could bring something new and unique to the classroom”— five minutes into the interview she realized she had been way too optimistic. 

My views are very similar to those of Dr. Ravitch.  Teachers should have a degree in the field in which they teach.  This mind-set began years ago when I was impressed by something a highly successful basketball coach told me.  “I can teach a kid how to dribble, shoot, read defenses and defend,” he said, “what I cannot do is teach him to be tall.”  I followed this philosophy both in my coaching and in my hiring practices.  My history of hires over more than two decades validated my belief that it is far easier to turn a mathematician into a teacher than it is to turn a teacher into a mathematician. Although not an absolute, a large majority of the poorly performing teachers at my school had not been math majors in college.  Student opinions reinforced my belief.  When asked to describe the attributes of a good teacher, students would regularly tell me that enthusiasm and knowledge of the subject matter were near the top.  A person with a degree in a subject would not only be more likely to meet these criteria but their depth of knowledge would also aid in relating the material to the real world and demonstrating its relevance to other curricula. 

Building the Interview List

After receiving the early hire information my assistant principal and I would independently go through the stack.  My selection process was a combination of objective and subjective.  I would begin by pulling out those that were math majors.  Next I would look at their GPA.  If it was not included in their resume I would request a college transcript.  (The aforementioned coach also counseled that “given a choice between two athletes of similar physical talents I will always go with the smarter one.”)  Then I would begin the less concrete portion of the assessment.  The next question to be answered was how well would this individual fit with our school.  Since our student body had an extremely high free or reduced lunch rate and a large ELL population, I would look for clues in the resume that would indicate a proclivity for teaching in such an environment.  Previous employment, summer jobs, and other areas of interest would be carefully examined looking for indications of personal preferences.   After assessing all of the potential candidates, I would create my list of “blue-chip” choices.  After comparing notes with my administrator we would begin making the phone calls necessary to establish a series of the interviews.

Ask any great chef for the secret to a fabulous dish and the immediate response will be “start with great ingredients.”  The recipe for a strong teaching staff is very similar.  The best method for ensuring a cadre of outstanding educators is to hire only those with excellent credentials. While there are many important variables to consider in selecting a candidate, the primary one should be a strong background in the subject matter.  Such a starting point will guarantee the best possible results. The second component in the process, constructing an interview that accurately determines which of the candidates is the best choice will be the focus of the next installment of this conversation.

Next:  Making the Interview Productive

 

May 03, 2010

Finding the Best Teachers: Part 1

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Creating the Right Measuring Stick

"Teacher quality is the single most important school factor in student success" - Aspen Institute's Commission on No Child Left Behind

In a recent post, “Get rid of the bad teachers, but who are they?”, Mel Riddile raises a number of critical questions.  He asks whether teachers are born or made, what makes a teacher “good”, and how can we create a mechanism for districts to remove poor educators? 

I believe that good teachers are made not born.  No matter how innately talented, every educator can improve with positive classroom experiences, exposure to effective strategies and the tutelage of other talented educators.  But how can we quantify the quality of our teachers and develop an efficient method to remove those who are under performing?  I believe there is one route that can help with regard to both issues – the evaluation process.  It is a process that with a significant investment of additional time, money and emphasis can both identify ineffective teachers and help others to improve.

A Flawed Procedure

I was evaluated many times in the course of my career.  When I compared my experiences with other teachers there were remarkable similarities.  Every few years an assistant principal would make one prearranged and another unannounced classroom observation.  On average each visit was about twenty minutes in duration and generated four to six pages of educational boilerplate.  The only section I read carefully was entitled “Needs to Improve”.   Unfortunately none of these comments were enlightening.  The most memorable was that I had more males than females in class, a factor I had scant ability to control. 

In some instances the process was a waste of valuable resources.  In my thirty-ninth year of teaching I was evaluated by a young but gifted assistant principal who had four years of experience in social studies.  Though we both laughed good-naturedly about the situation, it was clear that the time and energy we both expended on the process could have been more effectively used in other areas of the school.

The Wrong Person for the Job

But placing the blame on the evaluators is unfair.  The vast majority of assistant principals have to deal with an overwhelming array of responsibilities. One of my most recent evaluators was tasked with the discipline of more than three hundred freshmen, administering three different departments, implementing a plan for state barrier exams, hall duty between change of classes, supervising several extra-curricular and athletic events, interviewing candidates for vacancies and training to oversee the program bridging the middle school to the high school.  All of these jobs were in addition to whatever other crises might arise during the course of a typical day.  It should not be surprising that the process of evaluating teachers especially those with established positive reputations would quickly fall to the bottom of her “to-do” list.  

Putting the “Value” Into Evaluation

There was, however, one evaluation I found extremely productive.  It was the process employed by my district during its brief dalliance with “merit pay”.  A great deal of thought and resources had been put into this evaluation procedure and those efforts resulted in the most instructive, detailed and sophisticated assessment of my career.  Based on that experience I believe that a modified form of this evaluation would be an excellent model for building a more effective plan. So how would an effective high school performance evaluation system work?

Three professionals would form a teacher’s evaluation team.  One (generalist) would be a highly trained observer who is thoroughly versed in the fundamentals of good teaching.  Another (curriculum specialist) would have similar training but would have taught in the subject field being observed.  The third would be a local assistant principal.  The generalists and curriculum specialists would be full time positions in the district.  These individuals would be required to have at least ten years of successful teaching experience in addition to the intensive training.  Retired teachers could be an outstanding and economical talent pool for these positions. 

The process would be intense.  It would consist of five formal observations.  The generalist and specialist would have two announced and two unannounced.  The local assistant principal would have one unannounced.  All observations would encompass the entire class period.  The two announced would be videotaped and the film would be a central component in post-observation conferences.  Each video would also be available to the other members of the team.  When appropriate, standardized test scores and failure rates would be included in the overall assessment.  Evaluators will, of course, be carefully trained in analyzing such data and how to utilize it in a fair, accurate manner.  At the end of the process, the three observers would meet and create the overall rating that would then be shared with the teacher. 

One of the critical components of the system must be the ability to efficiently terminate poor teachers.  To expedite this outcome and to maximize resources the major focus would be on the early part of a teacher’s career.  It is unrealistic to assume that teachers will either significantly improve after three or four years of mediocrity or that a successful educator would suddenly become ineffective after two decades of exemplary work.  Thus, the most intense focus would be during a teacher’s early years.    During the first three years, ineffective teachers must be terminated or mentored.  Those who complete these probationary years would continue the evaluation process every third year in a modified form.  At this point the evaluation would be the three unannounced visits.  Individuals who have at least twenty years of successful service can opt out of required evaluations.  Teachers would also have the option of choosing to be evaluated in off years.  The optional process would be the three unannounced visits.  And why would anyone choose to voluntarily be evaluated?  If the process were truly effective, many educators would welcome such scrutiny as a path toward professional improvement. 

The performance of students is a direct reflection of the quality of their teachers.  To ensure that only the best educators are in our classrooms a strong effective system of evaluation needs to be in place.  This process should have three essential outcomes.  It must clearly define the performance level of teachers, serve as a learning tool for improvement, and provide the foundation for the removal of under achieving personnel in a timely manner.  The immediate financial investment should not be a deal breaker.  Not when the rewards – quality teachers - are so critical to student success.

Next:  Determining the best candidates

(For more thoughts on improving teachers you might be interested in Ensuring New Teachers Become Old Ones: Part 1, Part 2, Part 3  Also in the April 26 Washington Post Jay Mathews discusses the issue of evaluation and creating better teachers in “Explosive book for a new teacher generation”)

 

 

 

April 30, 2010

Teacher Advisers: The Good and the Bad

The other day, I was talking with a colleague about outstanding teacher advisors we have known over our careers. Faculty advisers who work with SCA, NHS, student newspapers, yearbooks, and various clubs and student organizations can be a real asset to a school. Teacher advisers should be counted on to be the “keeper of the student voice” in our schools. They are a key part of our effort to build relationships and to create a personalized school environment--one that is warm and inviting, safe and orderly, and where there is a person and a place for every student.

My friend and I each identified outstanding teacher leaders who really made a difference in our schools. Admittedly, we had no problem coming up with a list of people who were simply awful. Sometimes it is just as important to know what doesn’t work as to know what does work. Here are my top ten good and bad characteristics of advisers:

  1. Immature – It seems obvious, but the best advisers are mature, balanced, and well adjusted. I have learned that maturity has no relationship to age. Some people simply never grow up. If the adviser is not mature when he/she takes on the responsibility, chances are they won’t become more mature under the stress and pressure that inevitably comes in these positions.
  2. Full speed ahead – My biggest challenge in working with teacher advisers was to show them how to keep from being one or two year wonders. When they first take over, they view their success as being based on frequency instead of quality. For example, an SCA sponsor who cannot take a long-term approach and pace themselves will burn out quickly.
    The best advisers have a life of their own and they are able to balance their commitments with the need to take care of themselves. In other words, they take a long-term approach and are careful to pace themselves. I encouraged them to work with me to develop a long-range plan and to work the plan. I repeatedly counseled them saying, “Don’t let things get to the point where you resent the time you spend advising.”
  3. Lone Wolf – Advisers who believe that their job is to lead and take action and not to talk, consult, or collaborate quickly become a liability to the school. Within a few short months, the “lone wolf” will manage to alienate every adult in the building. People don’t like surprises and the “lone wolf” is one surprise after another.
    Top advisers are collaborators. They seek input from students, staff, and administrators alike. Their decisions are well thought out and never surprise anyone.
  4. Crusader – Another adviser type that quickly becomes a liability is the crusader who takes the “me and my kids against the world” approach. These people set up conflicts between the staff and the students by putting everyone in the situation in which, if they don’t agree, they are seen as not caring for the students.
    The best advisers guide students, advocate for them, and collaborate with their peers. They have the maturity to be able to empathize with both students and teachers. It is never a matter of we versus they, but, rather, we is us.
  5. Know it all – These advisers have an underlying belief that their competency rests on their knowing all the answers. Not knowing threatens their self-esteem. So, they expend a lot of effort trying to prove how much they know and what they can do instead of focusing on the students and outcomes.
    Top advisers are constantly asking questions and seeking advice and input from as many of their colleagues as possible. As a result, they focus all their effort on accomplishing the task at hand instead of cleaning up messes and covering up mistakes.
  6. Controllers – These advisers have a difficult time relating to students. Instead of seeking cooperation, these advisors are obsessed with control. Almost immediately after becoming an adviser, students will begin to complain that the advisor never listens to them.
    Top advisers seek to gain voluntary cooperation from their students. They want their students to share responsibility and to take ownership.
  7. Big Ego – These advisers are more concerned with making a statement than about making a difference. Being right is more important than doing the right thing. Getting credit is more important than accomplishment.
    The best advisers are facilitators and catalysts. They put the students out front while the support from the background.
  8. Disorganized – A lack of organization dooms even the best ideas and intentions to failure.
    The best advisers can manage projects. It is no surprise that these individuals always have the best-organized classrooms and the best run field trips.
  9. Procrastinators – Advisers who have a tendency to put things off until the last moment soon incur the wrath of their colleagues.
    Planning well in advance is a signal to their colleagues that top advisers care about them and that they are considerate of the needs of their colleagues. Because they earn the trust of the students, their peers, and the administration, these advisers find it easy to gain staff support for their projects.
  10. Avoiders – Advisers who avoid conflict and who find it difficult to say no to any student request quickly find that they are getting a lot of what they were trying to avoid—conflict.
    Top advisers guide students. When students approach them with far out requests, they know how to ask the right questions and to guide students into a more realistic approach—one with a good chance of success.

April 28, 2010

Getting Into the Same Time Zones

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In his post, “Control or Cooperation”, Mel Riddile created a significant amount of discussion when he declared that there are two viable relationships for the administrative and teaching staffs.  From his perspective, school leaders can choose either to demand control with a subsequent loss of cooperation or pursue additional cooperation while accepting a lesser degree of control.  Riddile argues that the latter is the far better direction for educational success.  An important group shares his view.  A recent article by Nick Anderson in the Washington Post, “Survey: Supportive leadership helps retain top teachersreports that when 40,000 teachers were asked to assess what was more important to them increased pay or more administrative support the results were surprisingly lopsided.  Two out of every three of those surveyed believed that the positive assistance of administrators was more important than the amount of money in their paycheck.  This preference for backing over bucks reinforces Riddile’s assessment.

Two More Important “C” Words           

While I strongly agree with Riddile, I also believe there are two other words that need to be brought into the conversation.  Those words are “coordination” and “communication”.   One of the greatest obstacles to synchronizing the work of the administrative and teaching teams is the fact that the two groups operate on inherently different timetables.   This disconnect is especially true at schools that are on “block” schedules.  The different days are usually designated by two colors such as “green” and “blue”.  The problem is quite simple—while the “color” of the day is critical to the teacher it is of little relevance to an administrator. For the vast majority of classroom teachers a green day is very different from a blue one.  Weeks in advance lesson plans are developed, tests are scheduled, and assignments are made with the specific dates in mind.

A Cold Front Collides With a Warm One

This different view of the school day needs to be taken into consideration by the administrative team.  Earlier this year a teacher complained to me that when he looked at his school calendar he noticed that within the first twelve weeks there were four different days when the bell schedule was to be changed resulting in the loss of two to three hours of class time.  While all of the dates had a valid reason for the adjustment the problem was that all four occurred on the same color day.  Later he realized that both the fall pep rally and class meetings were on the same block day as the other four.  When he brought this problem to the attention of an assistant principal he was told that it was too late to change.   This example brings us back to the original premise:  attaining cooperation also requires coordination and communication.

Establishing the school calendar may be the responsibility of the administrative team but they are not the group most directly affected by those decisions.  Consequently, they need to aggressively solicit the input of the teaching staff.   When there is a complaint they need to listen and learn.  If no change can be made the reasons need to be given in detail along with a promise to avoid such problems in the future. 

How important are issues like the one just described?  Polling of tens of thousands of teachers made it very clear that the vast majority view the positive support of the administrative team as more important than an increase in the money in their pocket.  Could there be a clearer mandate for making every effort to improve cooperation through communication and coordination at all levels?

 

 

April 24, 2010

Lead, Follow, or Accuse Someone Else

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

A number of recent postings have detailed various aspects of the highly successful “Algebra Project”.  This intense study of a unique approach to an introductory high school math course is not directed exclusively at those people who are preoccupied with solving quadratic equations or graphing lines.  Hopefully this path to creating a plan to improve student performance in a particular subject can serve as a template that can be modified and tailored to address issues throughout the curriculum. 

A Word of Warning

There is little question that positive student achievement, especially in a school with high poverty and ELL rates, is the mother of many good feelings.  Students become energized, parents are thrilled, teachers and counselors gain a sense of professional accomplishment and the administrative team is confident their school is headed in the right direction.  Unfortunately, this positive response to the significant improvement in our math barrier exam pass rates was not universal.  As these scores soared to the top levels of the district Mel Riddile was well aware of the potential politics of the situation.  He gave me advice that proved extremely useful during the  unpleasant moments he knew were awaiting us.  “We are succeeding because we are working harder and smarter.  But remember this:  when you are doing better than other people, they have two choices.  They can do the hard thing—ask what you are doing, study it and try to use that knowledge to improve their situation.  Or they can take the easy way and simply say you must be doing something that is deceitful or even unethical.”  

Plenty of Followers

Over the years I have spoken about the philosophy of the math department to educators from all corners of the country.  Teachers and administrators from Pennsylvania, Maryland, Georgia, Texas and beyond would relate to me their struggles to raise student performance.  In response I would explain the obstacles we faced, the methods we used to measure our success and the various plans we implemented.  The question-and-answer sessions often became an exercise in group therapy.  The sense of desperation at these meetings was palpable.  Their schools had serious, entrenched problems and they were seeking models that were flourishing from which they could adapt new strategies.  When we adjourned there was a flood of requests for copies of my Powerpoint explanations, my email and phone number and in some cases job offers.  Many of these districts did adopt portions of our plans for their schools.

On the Other Hand

As Riddile had warned, not everyone was as excited about our achievements.  Interestingly almost all of these assaults came from within the school district.  During a break at a system-wide K-12 math chair meeting, the Coordinator of ELL sat down next to me and asked, “So how are you getting those scores?  We figure you must be hiding kids to keep them from testing.”  Her reference to “hiding” was the assumption that we were placing weak students who we felt could not pass the exam into classes that would both prevent them from testing and ultimately diminish their chances of graduation.  My initial response to her insinuation was shock.   After I recovered, I invited her to come to our school and visit our classrooms.  I also offered to sit down with her and anyone else to explain every aspect of our program.  She said that would be interesting but then warned me “It would have to be a very big meeting.  There are a lot of people throughout the district who feel the same way.”  Unfortunately that offer was never accepted.  If it had been I would have shared with anyone who attended a slide from my powerpoint presentation entitled: “Can We Sleep at Night?”

High School accountability has brought out the best in our schools and the worst.  Many schools have responded to the challenge with creativity, greater focus, and sacrifice.  Others have employed tactics that are at best questionable in terms of ethics.  In addition, great success in any field of endeavor brings scrutiny.   Our math program changes at semester are designed to ensure the most appropriate placement possible.  It is extremely critical to understand that this is not a ploy to avoid the state exam.  It is a program to ensure that our students are prepared when they take the state exam.  Once again, last year the students who had been moved to Algebra 1 part 1 the previous year took Algebra 1 part 2 and an end-of-course exam.  100% of these students passed that exam.  For the math teachers of our school, that statistic is worth virtually any price.

This paragraph had been written long before any accusations had come forth.  Throughout the entire process of creating the Algebra 1 program the most important question being considered at all times was “Is this program ethical and does it best serve the needs of the students at our school?”  These conversations occurred before implementation and continued afterward.  As student success and achievement increased year after year the answers were obviously “yes”.

A Little Background

Our school district is extremely economically diverse.  When we first introduced our program it had twenty-four high schools with free and reduced lunch rates ranging from less than 1% to our 54%.  No other school had a percentage above 36 at the time.  In broad terms there were four basic groups.  One was very affluent (less than 8%), the next moderately so (between 8% and 18%); some where the impact was significant (18% to 26%) and then the schools where poverty was a major issue (26% to 54%).   During the latter part of the 1990s I referred to our scores as the “best of the worst”.  We consistently finished better than the five or six other schools with the highest levels of poverty, but by the beginning of the new century as the Algebra 1 program became more refined and successful, the comparisons were dramatically altered.  The school’s scores were now among the top ten in the district and several times rose to the top five.  

A Surprise Ambush

Not everyone was greeting this level of success with equal enthusiasm.  The year after my interaction with the ELL coordinator, the principal moved to a new school.  Within two months of the next school year I was “invited” to a meeting with the district’s Coordinator of Instruction and the Coordinator of Math as well as the school administrative team.  I asked if I needed to bring any items and was told it was scheduled to be an informal discussion of overall math program and no preparation was necessary.  I soon discovered that was not the case.  In a presentation involving dozens of pages of “documentation” our program was accused of “stock piling” students (a new word for hiding) and of reckless disregard for ethical behavior.  I sat for an hour empty handed and dumbfounded.  I was told that consultations would follow between the district Leadership Team and the principal to “resolve” the issues raised.

Fortunately there was a happy ending to this story.  I immediately contacted the Assistant Superintendent responsible for our school.  I explained to her what had happened and in a one-on-one meeting with her shared with her the data and philosophy of our math program.  Her response was two sentences—“This is a wonderful program.  We are going to schedule a second meeting and this time you will be the one talking”.    That second meeting (chaired by the Assistant Superintendent) had a very different tone and outcome. This time we had copies of our statistics, handouts, etc. and our math program was to remain unchanged.  

One Last Hurdle

The director of guidance who was so instrumental to our program’s success was promoted to a position at the district level and her replacement was less than enthusiastic about the program.  He questioned the propriety of the format and requested a meeting with the district’s coordinator of guidance.  He and I presented our cases to the coordinator in a small conference room at the school.  After listening to both sides, his response was, “This program really seems to be working for the students (At this point our pass rate had risen to 76%).  Keep up the good work.”  It was the last time we discussed this issue.

By the end of the year the director had transferred to another school.  Within two years he became an assistant principal and one of the subjects under his supervision was math.  A few months later he called to proudly share that his school had implemented exactly the same program for their Geometry classes.  Go figure.

April 21, 2010

Control or Cooperation: Tripping Up Teaching

In Tripping Up the Educational Process, The Teacher Leader provides a great example of why it is so much better for school leaders and classroom teachers to seek cooperation than to continually pursue the illusion of control. Although the issue of field trips and lost class time may seem trivial to some, believe me, it is an important issue for the classroom teacher.

Along with copier breakdowns and chronically tardy students, students constantly being away from their classrooms continues to be a major source of teacher dissatisfaction. Just as important is the mixed message that is sent went classrooms are continuously disrupted. Teachers ask, “what is important, teaching and learning or something else, anything else?”

When thinking about the importance of collaboration relating to field trips and other cases of the interruption of classroom instruction, school leaders—administrators and teachers as well—would do well to consider the following:

The 80-15-5 Rule

80% of all field trips are legitimate. 5% should never be taken. 15% could go one way or another. When we, as school leaders, fail to differentiate between must go, need to go, and nice to go interruptions/field trips, we are unintentionally creating a situation in which the 15% “bubble trips” become more like the 5% “don’t go” trips and we have a critical mass of marginal field trips, most of which come at the worst possible times, like the end of a semester.

It is our responsibility as leaders to deal with the 5%. The question is how? Contrary to popular opinion, most school leaders don’t like to say no to teachers, particularly when teachers are making a legitimate request that means that they are taking on more work for themselves.

Collaboration Leads to Cooperation

In reality, The Teacher Leader is talking about true collaboration and shared responsibility more than about field trips. For our school, field trip procedures turned out to be a classic case of “those who are most affected should be involved in the decisions.” After much thought, I realized that, in most cases, I wasn’t personally impacted by field trips. However, as the pressures from ever-increasing accountability grew, I became aware that, as teachers were holding themselves more and more accountable for student performance, they wanted more input into decisions that affected their classrooms.

I am not a good guesser! Are you?

I learned the hard way that, although I spent a lot of time trying to support and please teachers, it was much better if I simply asked them and involved them in decisions that directly impacted their lives as teachers—bell schedules, field trips, exam schedules, master schedules, room assignments, tardy policies, attendance procedures, literacy initiatives, and math curriculum.

Silos of Expertise

Over time, I learned that it took a number of highly skilled people to complete the complex task of raising the achievement of each and every student. To reach every student, we needed to tap into the collective intelligence of our entire staff. Everyone needed to work together. To get everyone working together they had to be involved in key decisions. Without that involvement, there would be no commitment or ownership.

No Messes

Looking back, involving people in collaborative decisions takes more time on the front end, but we spent much less time on the back end cleaning up messes from poorly thought-out decisions. Collaboration actually saved us time and meant that the up front time was spent focusing on the decision and not on the personalities and hurt feelings that we encountered on the back end of poor, hastily-made decisions.

High fences make good neighbors

The irony is that those leaders, who most want to please, often create the most conflict. Weak leaders, through their need to be liked and lack of will to act, set up conflicts between and among staff members. Some schools operate like Deadwood—anything goes. Lawlessness in itself creates more lawlessness. If we want everyone to work together, we are going to have to work with everyone to set clear, agreed upon procedures, and we are going to have to have the will to follow through with those who refuse to work together.

Peer Pressure is a Great Thing

Used positively, peer pressure is a great thing. As soon as their colleagues began making the decisions on field trips, two things happened.  First, the number of field trip requests dropped. Second, the quality of the trips improved—they were better thought out and more efficiently run.

One last thought

You can’t have something unless you are willing to give it away. In this case, you won’t get cooperation unless you are willing to give up the illusion of authority and control and to give cooperation through collaboration.

A Different Kind of Breakfast Club

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

It was the Principal’s first year and he was determined to change the school culture.  One area of concern was the ordering of supplies.  In the past each teacher was given a specific amount they could spend and the new school leader was convinced such an approach encouraged many people to buy unneeded supplies in order to reach the arbitrary limit.  At his fourth department chair meeting near the end of the first semester he introduced the new plan.

“I really believe that we can use our allotted funds more efficiently by simply not setting any limit and giving people the freedom to buy what they need.”  His comments brought a surprised and somewhat skeptical buzz from the fifteen or so people seated around the table.  “Just tell your people to feel free to order what they need.”

“No limit?”  An incredulous voice came from his left.

“No limit,” he replied.  “Just tell them to be sure that they need whatever it is they are buying.  I have seen this work before.  When given that kind of freedom, people really try to do the right thing.”  He paused for a moment.  “But in order for this plan to succeed you need to make sure they understand what the school is responsible for providing and what it is not.  The finance officer has told me about a few people who furnish their classrooms with these funds.  That is not their intended purpose.  And even worse she just gave me a purchase order for eggs and pancake syrup.”  He shook his head.  “Now that is an example of what is really not appropriate.”  The majority of the audience nodded in agreement.

After the meeting concluded, the chairman of the science department approached the principal.  “I think I need to explain something to you.”  She was a recent addition to the chairman ranks and spoke softly.   “I need to tell you that I was the one who ordered the eggs and pancake syrup.”  Her statement elicited a quizzical look.  “But no one is going to eat them.  I order them every year for all of the biology classes.  They are part of our lab on osmosis and diffusion.”  The principal smiled as she continued. “We dissolve the calcium carbonate shells with vinegar and then we use syrup to demonstrate…” 

His raised hand stopped her in mid-sentence. “I have to say, I learn something new every day.”  The order for eggs and syrup was soon signed and within a few days delivered.  Hundreds of Biology 1 students watched eggs lose their shells.  More importantly, the new supply plan was a huge success.

 

 

April 19, 2010

Tripping Up the Educational Process

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Though totally unrehearsed, the conversation was the perfect follow up to my post “In Education the Little Things Can Mean a Lot.

“Stu, I had a bit of a blow-up today.” My friend Frank uttered a brief, nervous laugh for punctuation. “There was a business department field trip today and the first we heard about it was this morning.  The list of students was sent out after school had already started and only twenty minutes before their bus left.”  Frank is passionate about many things: his family, pro football, data analysis and interruptions to his classes. “I lost a whole day and now I have to change tomorrow as well. I ended up writing a pretty angry note to my department chair and an assistant principal.”  Unfortunately, the incident that provoked Frank’s angry note is not an isolated occurrence.  As a result of a series of events that were completely avoidable, classes throughout the school had been derailed.  

An Issue of Professional Courtesy and Responsibility

Frank’s dismay was justified.  It was the result of factors that could and should have been addressed long before that belated list appeared on his email.  The late notification was just one in a series of problems.  The trip was scheduled during the last week of the semester.  It was the day Frank had set aside for his mid-term exam review.  Grades were due at the end of the week so the students who missed the class would have few options to make up the work or prepare for a crucial test.  There is little question that many other teachers in the building were having the same experience.

Answering to a Higher Authority

This “surprise” field trip did not have to happen.  Given adequate notice, teachers can adjust—classroom activities can be modified and information can be disseminated to students in advance.  Frank had none of these options. 

It is an administrative imperative that this situation does not occur.  The repair cannot be performed at the teacher level.  From Frank’s perspective it destroyed multiple lesson plans, frayed many educator nerves and adversely effected student performance.  From the business teacher’s perspective the trip was an important opportunity for her students to have a real world experience outside of the classroom. In addition, on such short notice, that discussion would be reactive rather than proactive. While the administrative team cannot guarantee professionalism and courtesy it can create a positive educational environment within a school that precludes such occurrences and ensures that field trips work.  

Learning to Co-exist

This discussion is not designed to be a diatribe against field trips.  When done properly these trips can be remarkably effective learning tools.  But in the high-stress world of today’s education, all teachers believe their class is the most important in the building and become very protective of every allotted minute.  The solution is simple to state but difficult to attain.  A method must be created that will allow meaningful and productive field trips but protect the integrity of the other classes in the school.

The Fine Line Between Process and Bureaucracy

During my tenure as Coordinator of Instruction one of my points of emphasis was to make school field trips work for everyone in the building.  To that end, together with the administrative team and the department chairs, we developed a set of guidelines for teachers wishing to take their students out of school for educational travel.   This policy, Procedure for Excusing Students from Class, gave everyone in the building a precise plan that would ensure that Frank’s day would have been much better.  (If you are interested in a complete copy of this policy please contact the site)  Without restating the entire policy the highlights were these:

- All proposed field trips were categorized by the number of students involved.  Groups of less than fifty had one process, ones with more than fifty followed similar but slightly more rigorous steps.

- All proposed field trips must be submitted to the sponsoring teacher’s department chair in a timely manner.  For the smaller groups, approval was required by the DC and the Coordinator of Instruction.  The larger groups required majority approval at a department chair meeting.

- Based on the number of students involved a stringent timetable was established for notifying the entire faculty of the impending classroom disruption. 

The key element in these standards was that they were not designed to discourage field trips but rather to encourage better implementation of them.

Perfect Should Not Be the Enemy of the Good

When I told Frank that what his school needed was a similar set of guidelines he was not impressed.  “You know as well as I do that no matter how many rules you make some people will not follow them.”  His analysis was correct but missed the point.

These guidelines certainly did not stop all abuses within the building.  But what they did accomplish was to create a school wide awareness of how to appropriately conduct a field trip.  This awareness, in turn, spawned a culture where teachers who did not follow the guidelines were the exception rather than the rule.   And, as a bonus, following the various steps actually improved many field trips.

My favorite example of this outcome revolved around the school’s music teacher’s plan to have her students perform Christmas Carols in a local mall.  Her initial proposal was extravagant.  A large number of students would miss multiple days.  When told that this would be a problem, she worked out a new plan in which no student would miss more than one day.  Her justification for the trip to the department chairs was stunning.  She correlated standards within her Program of Studies that would be met by the event.  In addition, she clearly explained how and why the students were chosen to participate, the benefits to be gained by both her program and the school, and a timetable for making up any missed work.  The two days for the trip were chosen for their minimal impact on the school calendar.  The list of students involved was distributed weeks in advance and ultimately the teacher, her students and the rest of the school had no complaints.

Can You Keep a Secret?

I did not have the heart to tell Frank, but over the years that we followed this process no field trip was ever denied.  Some were modified but none were cancelled.  In fact virtually every vote was unanimous in favor of the trip.  Realistically, every department chair was loath to vote against another teacher’s trip when they knew someday they might be proposing one of their own.  The most significant outcome was that by establishing an institutional plan of clear, intelligent guidelines that were widely disseminated throughout the staff the only numerical decline was reserved for surprise classroom disruptions, missed assignments, and faculty complaints.

 

 

April 16, 2010

A Social Occassion We Must Stop

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Promotions Should Not Be Social

I was recently asked to respond to a comment that a reader had found on-line. 

“Chester E. Finn's March 20 op-ed "The Case for Saturday School" left out the most important cause of the failure of the U.S. education system: social promotion. In almost every public school, students are promoted from one grade to another whether or not they've learned the material in that grade…every year the student gets farther behind because the new material being taught assumes he or she knows what was taught the previous years. Since students know they'll pass anyway, they have no motivation to study, and their parents no motivation to encourage them.”

While I do not know the credentials of the writer, I can strongly identify with his conclusions.  As unqualified student after unqualified student moves effortlessly (literally) through the system there is one ultimate reality--the educational buck stops at the high school door.   These social promotions are ineffective procedures that present a significant hindrance to the overall educational process.   

Education’s Pothole

Who would possess strong credentials for evaluating the impact of social promotion?  Someone who teaches high school freshmen would certainly have a front row seat to the process.  When I asked just such a person about her experiences with these students she responded without hesitation.

“Every year after the first interims I would look at my students’ grades to see if anyone needed additional support or moved to a more appropriate class.  Not the students with averages in the fifties; those I could usually talk with individually; determine what was wrong; and develop a plan to resolve it.  The ones I felt needed a major intervention were those who had averages in the twenties.  With such students the first thing I would check was their reading level by contacting the literacy teacher who tested the reading skills of all of our students.  If the individual was reading more than two or three years below grade level, the literacy teacher would intercede.  If I thought the problem was attendance I would contact the school’s truant officer.  But many times I would discover that neither of these was a factor.

“There were tell-tale signs.  These students were unfazed with grades 50 or more points lower than the class average.  Likewise, no teaching approach, punishment, or administrative action would have an effect on them.  Questions to counselors, parents or the student would usually lead to a dead end.  One of the most revealing traits was the relative lack of emotion.  They would rarely get angry or aggressive.  They simply did not care.  Such indicators would lead me to go to the student’s permanent file and more times than not the word “Retained” would be stamped on the middle school transcript in big red letters.  When I would inquire about how this word was on the folder but the student was in my class, the answer would be ‘They attended summer school’.  Middle school summer school was graded on a pass/fail criterion.  Middle school teachers tell me it is basically a “seat” time situation.  Moreover the only requirement for promotion was that they ‘pass’ English and math.  In addition, many of the student records I looked at did not even have a notation about summer school.  I had students who had passed one or two classes in three years at middle school and a couple who never passed a single course during the regular session.

“But for me the saddest moment came near the end of the school year when I would inform them that they would have to repeat my course next year.  They were genuinely shocked at the actual outcome of their lack of classroom performance.  I really felt sorry for them.”

Unfortunately this story is not an isolated event.  Bring up the subject of social promotion to any teacher or administrator who works with freshmen and a horror story or two will quickly follow. 

Students who fail 75% or more of their middle school classes represent a breakdown in education.  Placing them into a high school classroom is unconscionable.  The negative impacts resonate throughout the entire school community.

All the Wrong Lessons

Here are a few of the messages being sent by adults and received by socially promoted students:

- The educational system has shown students that regardless of their grades they will be promoted.  Result: socially promoted students are not disturbed by poor grades.

- The educational system has shown students that regardless of their study skills they will be promoted.   Result: socially promoted students are not equipped with adequate study skills.

- The educational system has shown students that despite administrative actions they will be promoted.  Result: socially promoted students are not concerned about administrative actions.

- The educational system has shown students that, regardless of numerous parent conferences, they will be promoted.  Result: socially promoted students are not affected by parent conferences.

- The educational system has shown students that regardless of their attendance record they will be promoted.  Result: If they miss days they are not concerned.

- Furthermore, socially promoted students are not always attendance problems since for them school is venue for socializing not learning.

A Losing Situation for Everyone

Socially promoting students has negative impacts throughout a school.  They disrupt classrooms with their behavior, distract attention from qualified students, and occupy a disproportionate amount of attention from counselors, specialists and administrators.  However, it is the socially promoted student who is the victim of the worst crime.  With the assistance of the educational system they are being deprived of the tools necessary for success.  Year after year poor performance is ignored.  Then, suddenly and without notice, the rules abruptly change in high school.  The exact behavior that moved them forward in the past is now unacceptable.   A failing grade in World History, Biology, Algebra or English result in repeating the course the following year.  Expecting a fourteen-year-old to anticipate and react to this change in policy, borders on educational malpractice.  

Between an Educational Rock and Hard Place

Currently, the only available option to social promotion is retention.  But demanding that a child repeat a grade has proven to be equally unsuccessful.  Data indicate that the process of retention is rampant.  On average about 15% of students are retained annually (National Association of School Psychologists [NASP], 1998) - a practice that leads to increased dropout rates.   Even though there is an occasional   increase in motivation immediately following retention, research clearly demonstrates that it quickly fades and very few students improve their performance from the previous year. 

Finding a better solution for students who are socially promoted as well as those retained will be both difficult and expensive.  Ninth-grade students with fifth-grade educations are clearly   unprepared to deal with the high school learning environment.  The best response would be a plan that employs early identification and frequent interventions on behalf of these students.  For the neediest children, special schools may have to be created with staffs trained to deal with the special needs of these individuals.  This solution would be expensive and time consuming for any district implementing it.  But the current alternatives are a prime example of “lose-lose”.   In addition to the immediate negative impact on schools, they are producing future adults ill equipped to effectively contribute to society.  While simply moving such students on to high school may be cost effective in the short term, such promotions are fiscally and educationally irresponsible in the long haul—for everyone.   We must find a better way.

 

 

April 14, 2010

The Nightmare on PA Street

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

I said what?

The ultimate Principal nightmare—the public address misstatement.  In my forty years as a teacher I heard more than a few regrettable moments.  Names were mispronounced, incorrect dates were given, conversations were overheard, etc.  But there was one proclamation uttered more than twenty-five years ago that stands alone in the pantheon of unfortunate announcements.

The school’s soccer team had been having a stellar season.  The district championship had been won and the regional finals were on the horizon.  But the team member’s enthusiasm, which was spilling over into the hallways between classes, was becoming a disruption.  Mini soccer games were breaking out with balls being kicked from player to player with an occasional mock goal thrown in for good measure.  Complaints began to mount and the principal decided it was necessary for her to step into the fray.

A minute after the tardy bell had rung, the PA was turned on and she began to speak.

“We have a situation in our hallways that needs to be addressed.  We are having a great soccer season and I am very proud of all the wonderful accomplishments of the team.  But regardless of our success on the field we are having a problem that must be discontinued.  I am confident I will only have to say this once.  However if necessary we will enforce strict punishments.”  For emphasis she paused a moment.  “From now on during the change of classes, all boys must stop playing with their soccer balls in the halls.”  

Technically, that was exactly what she wanted to say.  It was precisely what she meant to say.  But her potential nightmare had become a reality.  In her closing sentence she had accidentally omitted one six-letter word—“soccer”.  Ouch!

Do you have a “favorite” PA misadventure?

 

 

April 12, 2010

In Education the Little Things Can Mean a Lot

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

When I was a high school football coach one painful lesson I learned was that the smallest details could become critically important.   Often a simple, easily correctable oversight would ruin my carefully constructed strategies.  My most vivid example involves a plan that I created for my star wide receiver, which if implemented correctly, would result in a long pass completion and a win for my team in a critical district game. Unfortunately I placed far too much emphasis on the ultimate result and not nearly enough on the basic fundamentals – the little things.  After three consecutive penalties against my star receiver lining up incorrectly, the play had to be scrapped and ultimately the game was lost by less than a touchdown.  Sadly, throughout my teaching career I encountered many similar “little things” that subtly undermined the effectiveness of the overall educational system.   In an economic climate where money for schools is in extremely short supply, making cost-free adjustments to remove these negatives should be given a high priority. 

A Prime Example

This year the first semester of my former school system is appropriately scheduled to end on January 28, which marks the ninetieth day in the 180-day school year.   But logic appears to unravel when the year was further subdivided into quarters.   In the school year 2009-2010 the system’s first “fourth” consists of 38 days while the second contains 52 days.  The difference between the two “quarters”, 14 days, represents almost three weeks of classroom time.  Factoring in the numerous schedule changes, late arrivals and general confusion of the first few days of any school year, the disparity becomes even greater.  In terms of actual instructional days the second quarter in this calendar is approximately 50% longer than the first.

Size Does Matter

So why does this situation trouble me as a professional educator?  Is not a ninety day semester equal to a ninety day semester regardless of how it is divided?  Not necessarily. Forty years of experience have convinced me that the results of the first grading period are the most critical for many adolescents.  This initial evaluation can set their expectations for the entire year.  A poor grade at the beginning of the year can discourage some young students for the rest of the course, while a superior grade can instill confidence that will positively impact their overall performance.  I am not, of course, saying that shorter grading periods cause poorer grades.  What I am arguing is that basing the first, possibly critical, grade for a course on work done in a significantly diminished time frame is extremely unwise and unnecessary.  And more importantly like so many “little things” this situation is easily avoidable.  Why, you may be wondering, is the division of the semester so unequal in the first place?  The explanation for this glitch is based on the solar system and the U.S. Constitution, i.e. in 2009 Labor Day is late and Election Day is early.  The argument for closing the schools on Election Day makes sense—the buildings are needed to provide space for the public to vote.  In addition to Election Day, teachers are given a “workday” on Monday because of the fear that a Tuesday student holiday would result in significant absenteeism on the previous day.  I will not debate the merits of these decisions but rather question why they must also be used to mark the end of the grading period.   The original premise for having workdays prior to issuing grades was to allow teachers to grade papers, record the results and manually average all of the information.  With the advent of computer grading programs much of those reasons are obsolete.  For the benefit of the students there are few teachers who would disagree with the idea of extending the quarter to the Friday of the next week.  That would give the first grading period 48 days which, allowing for three days of relative instructional inactivity at the beginning of the year, would equate to 45 instructional days which is exactly one-fourth of the year.  The two workdays could be used to grade and record all work until that point.  And the ultimate cost to make the system better?  Zero.

A Bunch of Little Can Become a Lot

So where else can changes be made to improve the educational environment?  In a world of multi-million dollar bond issues, costly technology initiatives, and high-cost guest speakers, what other no-cost “little things” can be done to improve student performance?  Here are a few:

  • Make the increasingly complex job of teaching easier. 

  • Try as much as possible to limit teaching preps to no more than two.  A third preparation translates into hours of extra time spent on a single class at the expense of the other four classes.

  • Schools should also try to minimize the number of teachers who have to change rooms throughout the day.  In the brief time between classes stationary teachers are organizing worksheets, loading power points, answering students’ questions and removing materials utilized by the previous students.  These tasks are even more difficult if the two classes are different courses.  But it is nearly impossible if one is moving through a hallway with a cart headed to a different classroom through hundreds of students.  While in many buildings space is limited, there are creative, cost-free ways to keep staff members in place.  If a school is on block scheduling, teachers can share two rooms but remain in one on one day and the other on the next.  When this arrangement is not possible, place off periods or lunch between location changes so it can be done in a more orderly manner.

  • Maximize teacher prep time during the in-service week before the opening of school.  I once did a survey of my school’s faculty asking how much time they spent working on classroom preparation immediately prior to the school year.  More than 50% had to come in for at least the two Saturdays before opening day in addition to spending hours after contract time during the week just to be ready for the first day of school. Lessen the number of hours of staff development and faculty meetings and use that extra time for   individual teacher planning.  Think of this trade-off in these terms.  Just how attentive do you think teachers can be when they are preoccupied with critical tasks that will impact the success of their first week of school?  Staff development opportunities can be postponed until later in the year when there is less pressure.

  • Reduce classroom surprises.  Nothing disrupts the learning process more than interruptions.  A college professor once told me, “I don’t know how you high school teachers ever get anything done between fire drills, class meetings, moments of silence, announcements, etc.”  And no interruption is as bad as the ones that come as a surprise.  There is nothing inherently wrong with students going on field trips but strict guidelines should be in place to ensure that they have the least amount of negative impact as possible.  Notice of impending trips should be given well in advance as well as a comprehensive, accurate list of the students involved.  Teachers can plan more effectively if they know whether two or twenty-two students will be missing in a particular class period. All such trips should be carefully vetted as to their relative value to the course curriculum. Likewise all other changes in the day such as pep rallies, class meetings, and special events should be announced far enough in advance to allow teachers to adjust their lesson plans.

  • Hold meetings when they are necessary, not simply because they are scheduled.  Just because the original calendar says there will be a class meeting or faculty meeting each quarter should not mandate that meeting occur if there is nothing to discuss. 

  • Maintain parity when disrupting classes.   When planning a pep rally, fire drill and class meeting within a two-week period do not schedule them to impact the same class.

  • Have the students cheer in the afternoon, evacuate in the morning and meet somewhere in between.  Teachers can deal with losing a small portion of a class but not multiple times especially when it can be avoided.  When making a special bell schedule for an assembly, carnival or PSAT test, do not simply replace an entire class; restructure the entire day with each period shortened by fifteen to twenty minutes. It is easier to maintain instruction if all classes meet less time rather than one class be shortened by a significant amount.    Teachers can easily overcome the loss of a few minutes by talking faster, slower or removing a portion of the material; they cannot compensate for a class that never met.

This list is obviously incomplete.  I am confident there are many other adjustments available and I would be very interested in hearing about them from other educators.  But regardless of the specific items under consideration, fixing the “little things” will improve the educational system.  Of course, they will only correct a very small portion but with a price tag of zero the cost-to-value ratio is immense and the resulting improvement in morale is immeasurable. 

 

 

April 05, 2010

Behind the Scenes of A Miracle

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In his recent post, “The Algebra Miracle”, Mel Riddile wrote of the daunting complexity of implementing a radical approach to solving high failure rates in high school Algebra 1.  Riddile noted many factors that are necessary for such change but emphasized that there must be a high degree of support at every level of the school staff.

“The Teacher Leader was willing to pay the price to set up both students and teachers for success…A successful school wide initiatives like the Algebra Project requires that multiple leaders work in partnership. Without a strong, respected and trusted teacher leader the math teachers would never have bought in. The principal had to lend full and active support with parents, counselors, other departments in the school, and the school district all of which had different reasons for questioning the approach. The head counselor had to convince the counselors that the much more complicated scheduling and re-scheduling process would be worth the time and effort. Any weakness among any of the three leaders would have ensured that the effort failed.”

In previous postings I have addressed in broad terms the steps that were essential to acquire this wide spread cooperation.  But as Riddile relates, these negotiations required a significant degree of persistence, personal contact and honest dialogue.  Below is a significantly more detailed history of what was required to make the “Algebra Project” a reality.  

Starting At the Beginning

The original idea of eliminating a separate Algebra 1 Part 1 program began long before the implementation of state end-of-course barrier exams.  At a district math department chair meeting the Math Instructional Coordinator noted that there was a high failure rate in Algebra 1 by students who had taken Part 1 the previous year.  Even individuals receiving high marks in Part 1 were struggling to pass at the succeeding level.  He shared his belief that this situation was the direct result of the “watered down” nature of the Part 1 course.  These sentiments reinforced every observation I had made about the situation.  At the twenty-year mark of my teaching career there was little doubt that the student outcomes in high school Algebra 1 were dismal.  Algebra 1 Part 1 students were labeling themselves as mathematical incompetents.  For many of these individuals such branding became a self-fulfilling prophecy.  In addition, their isolation from students who could serve as role models for classroom success lessened their ability to change the trajectory of their math future.   Of even greater concern was the fact that placing a student in Part 1 could be a seminal event for the remainder of their math education.  Relocating a misplaced Part 1 student to Algebra 1 needed to take place within the first three weeks of school.  If this identification is not made quickly such transfers were usually unsuccessful.  Consequently, placement in Part 1 regardless of a person’s potential put their futures in jeopardy.  These students would not only be one additional year behind their peers, they were going to receive an inferior math foundation upon which to build.   This placement was far too important to be determined solely by one’s performance in seventh and eighth grade math.

Building a New Model  

I solicited the assistance of the Coordinator to try to find a way to change the system.  Another department chair from a neighboring school joined us in the quest.   Many meetings were to follow.   We created a blueprint for our new program and then consulted teachers, assistant principals, principals and district leaders for their input.  A plan was finalized.  At the beginning of the year students designated for either Algebra 1 or Part 1 were all placed into Algebra 1.  Six weeks into the second half of the school year, everyone who was failing the course was reclassified as Part 1 students with a modified grading scale that reflected a commensurate grade for their work in terms of this less demanding course.  (For example, an average of 48—normally well below passing—would translate into a “B” for the Part 1 credit).  This procedure was explained to the students and parents before the year began.  The teacher nightmare referred to by Riddile—a disconsolate student sitting in a room during the spring with no hope of receiving a passing grade—had virtually disappeared.  Under this system in March nearly every student in these classes had a passing grade either in Algebra 1 or Part 1.  Plus all students had been exposed to a genuine Algebra 1 course.  One other change that was unique to our school was the creation of Algebra 1 Part 2 classes for the students who received Part 1 credit.  As opposed to placing these individuals into a regular Algebra 1, this separate course allowed teachers to emphasize the second half of the Algebra 1 curriculum.  

Better But Not Best

During the next three years, while the academic results at my school were quite good, the teachers found it increasingly difficult to conduct what were basically two different classes in the same room.  At the other school the chair had transferred and the program was soon phased out.  We chose a much different approach.  If the problem was the very disparate academic levels, why not actually move the students into different classes?  

Getting Everyone On Board

The discussion of this significant modification began with the math teachers.  At a department meeting the possibility of creating separate Part 1 and Algebra 1 classes at mid-year was introduced.  For the teachers the disadvantages were numerous.  Such changes could very easily result in additional preparations for many.  The curriculum coverage and pacing in every Algebra 1 class would have to become identical.  In addition, there could be issues concerning who should teach which level of classes.  Finally, splitting the students would basically create all new classes in both Algebra 1 and Part 1 that would require teachers to reestablish classroom management rules and philosophies.  For the students the positives were simple.  The ones who remained in Algebra 1 would see a rapid acceleration in the presentation of the curriculum.  For the Part 1 participants, they would have an opportunity to learn the material in the first half of Algebra 1 for a second time.  Analysis over several years of student performance had determined that the area of greatest difficulty was the second quarter material.  Consequently in this “do-over”, that portion of the curriculum would receive a greater amount of class time.  

After a lengthy discussion a vote was taken.  It was unanimously in favor.  This result was not surprising.  The math department was a special group of people.  Two of the teachers were former Peace Corps workers and the majority of the others were of a similar mindset.  For a school to succeed with the highest free and reduced lunch rate and the most ELL students in the district would require nothing less.  

Next up was the director of guidance.  A former member of the Peace Corps herself, her team would be confronted with major problems created by this plan.  There would be massive schedule changes, numerous consultations with parents, and many revisions to student transcripts.  For non-math people the delineation between the various levels of Algebra 1 could become quite confusing.   But without hesitation her response was affirmative.  If this is what is best for the students, she told me, then we will find a way to make it work.  Her level of commitment never wavered over the next few years despite the dramatically increased workload for the guidance staff.  Her actions were crucial to the ongoing success of the program.

The administrative team was equally supportive.  The state testing had begun and for many of our students these barrier exams were proving to be very challenging.   Whatever sacrifices the adults needed to make were going to be made.

After the first year I convened the math department once again to discuss the program.  The initial expectations of the plan, both good and bad, were close to what had been anticipated.  Scores on the state exams were improved (the pass rate rose from 32% to 39%), but the perceived negatives for the teachers did occur—more class preps, restarting classes, etc.  We openly discussed the pros and cons.  In order to avoid any sense of pressure, after the meeting I conducted a secret ballot vote on whether to continue.   The vote to retain the plan was unanimous.  With experience the program became more and more efficient.  In the master schedule Algebra 1 classes were bunched into periods to allow student changes to occur without disrupting other classes.  The decision on placement was moved two weeks earlier so as not to interfere with semester grading.  And most importantly, the students’ scores soared.

The bottom line is clear—implementing dramatic change takes time, communication and commitment.  The Algebra Project illustrated the need for all of those ingredients.

 

March 31, 2010

Time To Turn Talk Into Action

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Educational reform has always been popular cocktail conversation.  While most people do not understand Wall Street derivatives and very few have expertise on medical science or the cause of automobile accelerator problems, everyone has been a student and they all have an opinion on what is right and wrong with our schools.  Recently, however, this discussion has shifted from casual to red-hot.  Normally a campaign issue that fades after the votes are counted, educational reform is now being debated on high-profile opinion shows and the front pages of newspapers throughout the country. The development of the “Common Core State Standards Initiative (CCSSI), the new “Race to the Top” Obama initiative which ties funding to student performance and the drama of firing teachers by the scores have all brought the analysis of school data to the forefront.

Lies, Damn Lies, and Statistics

In virtually every new plan under consideration the use of statistics is the centerpiece for evaluating students, teachers, schools and districts.  As a math teacher for forty years, I find myself simultaneously applauding this approach while cautioning its utilization.  Far too often, such numbers have been the fool’s gold of education.  The recent firing of the entire staff at Rhode Island’s Central Falls High School demonstrates the danger inherent in the use of statistics as an evaluative tool.  As Valerie Strauss documented in her recent post, “Teacher firings and Obama comments stir serious backlash” the data used to condemn the school were misleading.  One of the primary complaints against the personnel was the low graduation rate.  The methodology of computing this number included counting as “dropouts” a significant number of individuals who were deported as illegal immigrants.  Also included in this category were students who transferred to other schools in order to enroll in honor programs after such courses were discontinued at Central Falls.  Not included in the analysis was an assessment of the demographics of the school’s student body compared to others in the state.  This staff was working with a significantly higher rate of free and reduced lunch, ELL, and special needs students than the norm in the state.  Mix in seven principals in the past six years and there is little wonder that the school struggled.  While this additional information does not by itself change the belief that Central Falls has serious problems, the greater concern is that, if future plans are to use data in more sweeping evaluations, such measurements must consistently and accurately reflect the performance of a school.

Evaluating Statistics is Not Intuitive 

I recently asked my son who is a senior vice-president of marketing for a large international bank about the use of student performance statistics in education.  His principle warning was to recognize that raw data by itself is generally useless.  He added that the true value of such numbers is when they are placed into context with multiple measures, and, even better, when used in regression analysis to truly understand what the data is saying.  His advice reinforced what I had discovered when I created a statistical review during the 1999-2000 school year.  It was the fourth year of state barrier exams and the basic numbers were not particularly favorable to our school.  The county ranked the twenty-four schools in the system based on the total score created by adding the pass rates in the four subject areas (Math, Science, Social Studies and English).  Not surprisingly my school with the highest rate of free or reduced lunch (54%) was positioned at number seventeen while the school with the lowest rate (1%) was at the top.  Staff morale was low—the teachers believed they were doing far better than that placement would indicate and I often heard derogatory comments about the top-ranked school—“Of course they were number one.  What would you expect with that student body.”

A Colorful Comparison

With the prodding of my principal I took a look “inside” the numbers.  I began by color-coding in red the schools with the twelve lowest free and reduced lunch rates and the highest dozen in blue.  Not surprisingly, the top half of the county score chart was entirely red and the bottom completely blue.  Clearly success on these tests was directly correlated to the financial status of the student body.  But the goal of my research was not to prove the truth of this long held belief; the task was to determine how well each school was performing based on their unique circumstances.  A formula was developed comparing the relationship between the raw scores and free/reduced lunch levels.  A line of regression was created and the equation of that line would produce a predicted total score for a school based on its demographics.  The correlation coefficient (basically its accuracy reliability) of this tool was determined to be 0.9.  Since 1.0 represents perfect correlation (i.e. the sun rises in the east) this value represents a very high degree of accuracy. Using this information it was determined that a school with a 6% free/reduced rate “should” score 354 while one with 26% would be expected to have a 335.  The rest of the analysis was simple.  Every school’s “expected” score was computed, then that number was compared to their actual result.  If the school at 6% had a total of 351 it would be given a –3.  The 26% had a 341 that translated to a +6.

A Beautiful (and More Meaningful) Blend

The twenty-four schools were ranked with these new numbers.  The revised chart was a montage of colors.  The top half now had five blues and seven reds.  My school was ranked number one and the previous leader was second.  I gave a thirty-minute presentation on this process at a faculty meeting.  Despite the density of the math, the audience was unusually attentive because of the relevance of the topic.  More importantly, two critical conclusions were clearly ascertained.  Based on this analysis of multiple, relevant sets of data, our staff was doing extremely effective work with our unique student body and that other school, although possessing a wealthy student body, was also performing at a very high level.  Validation was given to two schools at opposite ends of the demographic spectrum. 

This particular study represented one small statistical interpretation of educational scores.  It was neither sophisticated nor broadly based.  But it did have the capacity when used over a period of time to more accurately demonstrate a school’s actual trajectory in terms of this set of exams.  This process was only presented to the faculty for one more year.  It was, however, a clear demonstration of the power of precise mathematical analysis.  The staff gained significant reassurance and confidence from these results and quickly elevated their goal to having the best scores in the county regardless of socio-economic level.  Likewise, the administrative team acquired a better understanding of the success being attained within the school.

If comprehensive data analysis is to become a critical component in crafting future educational policy extreme care must be taken to ensure that these powerful tools are used correctly.  Procedures should be in place requiring that context, consistency, and research are utilized extensively when creating any measurement.

Next:  A Plan for Standardizing Data

 

 

March 29, 2010

Creating More Time: Part 2

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In recent weeks this site as been filled with stories about the connection between time in the classroom and student success.  One post, “A ‘Timely’ Example”, discussed the creation of a unique Algebra 1 program predicated on the formation of a two-credit Algebra 1 class that was possible due to the nuances of the state requirements for graduation and the availability of an Algebra 1 part 1 credit.  While this approach produced excellent results, one of the major complaints voiced by teachers both inside and outside the math department was that such innovation could only occur when two credits were being offered for two years of work.  While relevant, this concern is not an insurmountable barrier to similar creativity in finding more time for struggling students.

A Good Snowball Effect

One of the main reasons for implementing our innovative approach to Algebra 1 was the extremely large number of ELL (English Language Learner) students at our school.  But this program was not the only critical adjustment we made for this population.  For this segment of the student body we found the best math sequence was enrolling in Algebra 2 after passing Algebra 1.  Geometry would then be taken the next year thus allowing the maximum amount of time to strengthen their English skills.  We also found that for most at-risk students whether ELL or not, this path worked better since it did not place a school year between the Algebra courses.  This philosophy plus the success of the two-year programs resulted in unprecedented numbers of students entering into the Algebra 2 classes.  While this was news to delight the hearts of the entire school community, there were some fundamental problems.  

No Good Program Goes Unpunished

As previously documented, one of the compelling reasons for the modified Algebra 1 program in addition to our demographics was the fact that the top 50% of our math students took Algebra 1 in middle school.  The typical high school first year Algebra class is populated with many students with a history of difficulties in math.  But this segregation disappears after Algebra 1.  That top half of the eighth graders takes Geometry in their freshman year and enrolls in the second year of Algebra as sophomores.  While many move into honors sections, a large number are in the standard classrooms.  For the traditional Algebra 1 students this pairing was not a problem.  However, it became quickly apparent that the new wave of “two-credit” Algebra 1 graduates were struggling with the speed, intensity and the competition of this next level.  Teachers were finding it increasingly difficult to construct a curriculum that would effectively meet the needs of students on the path to calculus and others whose main goal was to acquire that elusive third math credit for graduation.  

Same Song, Different Verse

The Algebra 2 teachers met to discuss this dilemma.  We could pretend that placing this   academically diverse pool of students in the same room could work but we had already seen that was not realistic.  We could mandate that the teachers find a way to differentiate instruction to meet the far-flung student needs but while that approach sounds good on paper it is a formula for low teacher morale and frustration neither of which would improve student performance.  The consensus view was that additional time and the consistency of meeting every day were the factors that had created success in Algebra 1 for these students.  It was decided that to ensure their continued success there needed to be a double block Algebra 2.  The problem was that unlike Algebra 1 the state only offered one credit for the course.  I met with my principal and the director of guidance to advocate for the formation of the class.  Both were supportive of the idea but were leery about whether we could convince the school community to devote the equivalent of two years for one credit. To determine if double block Algebra 2 was indeed workable, one of my teachers volunteered to pilot a test class and the experiment began.

One Small, Careful Step at a Time

I spoke recently on the phone to that volunteer to get his recollections of the process which began in the 2002-03 school year.

“I made a big mistake the first year.  I recruited the students who had shown the greatest difficulty with the two-year Algebra 1 for the one double block Algebra 2.  But what I did wrong was to teach that class differently from my three regular Algebra 2 sections.  The double block kids did okay, 15 out of 24 (62%) passed the end-of-course exam, which was above the state average, but they were well below the 75% I had in the standard classes. The next year is when we figured it out.  I taught the one double block exactly the same as the regular.  They all had the same assignments, quizzes, and tests.  The only difference was the amount of time.  The results were amazing.  Remember, I was working with the bottom group in terms of talent for the double block versus a much stronger group in the regular.  The class average for the double block was one point less than the regular and they had identical pass rates on the state tests—above 80% which was better than the district average.”

We had found the formula for success.  Now we had to sell it.  My volunteer and I began the “Double Block Algebra 2 Tour”.  We presented the data to the other math teachers, counselors, PTSA members and the administrative team.  Our most compelling point for parents was that while the cost was high, two periods of a student’s day, that price was acceptable for the result—a third math credit and a passing score on the barrier exam.  Perhaps the best salespeople were the students themselves who were regaling their peers with stories of their success in the previously daunting Algebra 2 classes.   Two years later (2005-06) 120 of our Algebra 2 students (about 40%) were in the double block and the results were stunning.  On the state exams our overall pass rate for Algebra 2 was 96%, which with the exception of the magnet school was the top average in the district.  There were some surprising consequences. An old educational maxim was turned upside down—with an opportunity to work with weak students in a format that would result in success, teachers were volunteering to have the double block classes.  Other departments began to consider finding ways to create similar courses.  One additional word of caution is required.  There is a common misconception that double block courses require additional staffing.  If such classes have the usual complement of students that concern is unfounded.  There will be a shifting of teacher resources to the departments offering this format but no overall positions would be jeopardized.

A Few Words of Warning

Every educational innovation should be introduced slowly under controlled conditions, reevaluated regularly and altered whenever necessary.  In this particular endeavor guidance counselors and math teachers were key.  They had to clearly understand which individuals would benefit from such a program.  Double block classes are not the answer to all student shortcomings.  Attendance and behavior issues are not resolved by twice as much class time.  Nor should the double block be a dumping ground for unprepared students.  Building in flexibility in changing schedules is paramount.  Teachers should consistently monitor their students and move them into the proper placement whenever necessary.

No Good Program Goes Unpunished Part 2

Because of the unprecedented success of the Algebra 2 program, a flood of students was now enrolling in geometry.  So, I met with the director of guidance and the principal and, well, you know the rest of the story.  Luckily, they are both still speaking to me.  That is because one trait they shared in common was that they really like student success.

March 26, 2010

To See Ourselves as Others See Us

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

I live in the Washington, D.C. area, so lately I have had a great deal of time on my hands.  Combine fifty-five inches of snow in a six-week period with a garage at the bottom of a steep, 140-foot private drive that contains a Prius, which in even a light snow becomes a marvelously fuel-efficient sled, you have a formula for large doses of reflection and some serious television viewing.  Because of my winter-enforced downtime I watched more of the Super Bowl coverage than I usually do.  And it struck me that there is a vast difference in the degree of scrutiny given to educators compared with athletes and coaches.  I began to wonder just how CBS Sports would cover the educational scene.  Perhaps it would go something like this.

Live From Room 263

“Good afternoon, I am Billy Cox and I would like to welcome all of you to room 263 at Walter Reed High School for today’s live coverage of Mr. Jacob Morris’s third period Pre-Calculus class.  We are just a few minutes away from one of the most important educational sessions of this school year as the class reaches the end of the study of probability and statistics. The students are preparing to take a critical exam that culminates weeks of intense study and a fascinating set of strategic twists and turns by Morris.  Joining me in the booth is our panel of expert analysts who will assist me in discussing what we may be seeing today.  Johnny Simpson, you taught math for fifteen years in one of the toughest teaching districts in America before having to leave the profession due to a crippling series of career-ending financial setbacks. Tell us what we should be looking for today in this classic match- up between recalcitrant students and a challenging curriculum.”

“Well, Billy, I have to say I have been a bit disappointed in Morris’s approach.  After watching tapes of previous classes and speaking with a number of the students since we arrived here to cover this class, I have to admit I don’t like what I am seeing or hearing.  I think Morris continues to be soft on his students.  His worksheets are far too simple and he doesn’t assign enough homework on the statistic’s portion of the course.  He’s making the classic mistake of allowing too much freedom in the hopes of raising morale at the cost of discipline and focus.  When those tests are graded the stats portion is going to be a very, very big disappointment.”

“If you are correct and Morris’s test scores are low, what’s your prediction for his future?”

“Let’s get real here.  There’s a lot of young teaching talent in this building and I have heard from reliable sources at other schools that there’s going to be some veteran pre-calculus teachers available for next year.  I also have information from an unnamed authority that the original decision to elevate Morris to this honors class did not sit well with many of his colleagues. Don’t be surprised if Morris is teaching at a charter school in the near future.”

“And you think this could have been avoided?”

“Absolutely Billy.  I faced that same stats issue many times in my own classes but the one I remember best was back in 1997.  My kids were struggling, their grades were in a deep slump, and my response was to get tougher.  If this class doesn’t turn it around for Morris he could soon be on the outside looking in.  Bottom line— in this business it is not ‘What have you done?’ but ‘What have you done lately?’”

“Thanks Johnny.  Let’s turn to Isabel Regnis a retired short-term high school principal, long-term classroom expert.  So Principal Regnis, if you were the principal of Morris’s school what would you be doing to prevent the educational rout Johnny is talking about?”

“I have to say if Johnny is right, I would step in and try to change the direction of this class.  Look, if I’m the administrator who put this guy in front of these students then it’s my responsibility to turn the situation around regardless of what it takes.  At the end of the day when they analyze the data of this class and the others in the building and the final standings within the system come out, it is easy to tell which schools have a winning approach and which ones need to rebuild. The hard, cold truth is that I have to answer to the community.  My job is based on the students’ performance and I have to make sure they stay at the top.  Two years ago on this very set you and I talked about Eric Lawrence of Robert Michael High School.”

“Oh, we all remember him quite well.  He was the next “great thing” in education. Had been on a hot streak for about six years—high-test scores, great evaluations, excellent feedback from colleagues.  It seemed like every educator out there was using his lesson plans.”

“Yes, Billy, but then he went away from the things that got him to where he was.   You know, working on the fundamentals, establishing early in the course a solid review system, reducing classroom distractions.  Instead he decided to get just a little too cute and BOOM he’s trading all of the tried and true approaches for the new glitzy stuff like pod-casts, on-line discussion groups and even teleconferencing with other school systems.  After three years of terrible scores, his support base in the community and the school faded and the program was, well, the program was dead.  The last I heard of him he was an instructional assistant at a day care center.”

“And you see this for Morris?”

“From where we sit watching his approach I have to say it is potentially a losing situation and you know what that means.”

“I hate to interrupt but Morris is now at the board and he’s reviewing the concept of standard deviation.  What do you think so far Johnny?”

“Billy, this is what I was afraid of.  Although Morris is doing a decent job of explaining the concept, he has been quite solid in linking the mean and the various distances of each data point, I just don’t think he is putting enough pressure on the students.  Here is my breakdown:  look at the third student in row two that I have circled with the telestrator, he appears to have fallen asleep!  And on the other side of the room this girl, let me draw an arrow toward her, is looking at a history book!  I’ve got to tell you, he is one fire drill away from losing everything.”

“Whoa, Johnny, Morris just called on Dave Smith one of his weakest students.  What do you think of that tactical move, Principal Regnis?”

“A bold high-risk move to say the least.  The safe, conservative choice would have been to start with Ethan Scott, one of his best students.  I think this could be a game changer if it works.  But if Smith doesn’t know the answer or makes a joke, this gamble could deep-six the entire game plan.  I have to tell you, I wouldn’t have gone for this move so early in the period.”

“I can’t believe what I am seeing, with only the slightest bit of prodding Smith answered the question correctly and suddenly two other students have raised their hands and are asking valid questions.  What do you think Johnny?”

“Unbelievable gut check for Morris and his entire class!  I agree with Principal Regnis, I don’t think I would have gone for it either, especially with so much time left in the class.  But that’s why I always say we actually allow the teachers to teach the classes instead of just letting the pundits decide the outcome.  But while this was a good move, there is still the remainder of the review and the test left to complete.  Right now this move will get good play in the media although I hate to think what the blogosphere would be saying if those two students with their hands up were asking to go to the restroom.”

“And panel, don’t forget he has to teach the same lesson to his fifth period later today. And that class is AFTER the lunch break.  I have to tell you this kind of excitement never gets old.”

Three, Two, One and That’s a Wrap

In addition to the football coverage, I also watched the State of the Union Address and   read a number of movie reviews.   Obviously, our politicians and actors receive analyses equally brutal to that of our athletes.  While the type of evaluative process described above does not lend itself well to education, it does speak to a larger, more difficult issue.  What is the proper level and method of scrutiny for our school systems, administrators and teachers?   How can we find effective ways to analyze our work?  I believe that education needs to toughen up and recognize that often it is just this kind of hard-hitting criticism that helps people raise their level of performance.  We need to find methods to determine how educators at all levels are doing and how they are doing it.  

Comments?  What do you think?  Have you found a specific method of evaluation that you feel gives superior results to all others?  

March 25, 2010

A "Timely" Example

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

In his recent post, “If your school has high course failure rates, it’s about time!“, Mel Riddile states the need for imagination and creativity to ensure success for all students.   After reading this post, I was reminded of the situation my school faced in 1997 when we had a growing failure rate in our math program.  The steps we took can serve as an example of the types of innovation Riddile is advocating.

Establishing the Fundamentals                                       

In order to build a successful high school math program, the first step is to build a strong Algebra 1 program.  Because of the sequential nature of mathematics students without a solid foundation in Algebra 1 will have great difficulty succeeding in Geometry and Algebra 2.  Consequently, when we began to restructure the math curriculum at my high school we initiated the majority of our changes in Algebra 1. 

The Ingredients For Student Success

Years of experience had clearly demonstrated that student success in Algebra 1 would depend on a number of variables:

1.  Allow students extra contact time with the curriculum and teacher

2.  Continuity of instruction

3.  Appropriate student placement

4.  Smaller class size for Algebra 1

5.  Increase rigor and raise expectations

Obviously the question is how to create a program that would give our students some or all of these options.  The first step was obvious but not simple.

Getting the staff on board

A goal of 100% success in Algebra 1 would require a great deal of sacrifice on the part of the teachers in the math department, the guidance staff and the school’s administrators. It also requires a very special group of dedicated educators.  It cannot be overemphasized the importance of such professionals.  Our first step was to share with the math teachers the need to focus a great portion of our resources on the most at-risk of our students.  Teachers had to be willing to give up some of the luxuries of past schedules in order for changes to be made.  Upper level courses became much larger in size.  With the addition of more remedial courses teachers had to accept the likelihood that they would teach more of these kinds of classes and have more potential preparations.  Once the teachers were on board the next discussions were with the counseling staff.  They quickly understood that many of our proposals would create additional work and stress the master schedule.  But again the realization that these changes could aid our at-risk students trumped any personal concerns.  And of course, the support of the administrative staff was critical.  They are the ones who would have to deal with any questions or concerns that might be raised as the community and the district assessed what was occurring at the school.  Once all of these commitments had been obtained the next step was the program itself.

The Playing Field

When the state began its end-of-course barrier exam program in 1997 the goal for school accreditation was a passing rate of 70%.  But the reality was very different.  Since students needed a verified credit in Math to graduate, every student who did not pass the Algebra 1 test was in a very weak position.  Consequently, anything less than 90-100% was problematic.  But achieving such a level of success would not be easy.  There are some inherent problems in high school Algebra 1.  About 50% of all students take Algebra 1 in the Middle School.  Consequently, the average ninth-grade Algebra 1 class consists of students who rank in the lower half of the student body in terms of math skills.  Not only have the best students been removed but also more importantly this collection of weaker students has virtually no good student role models to emulate in the classroom. 

The Tools Available

The state required all students to pass three math classes at or above the level of Algebra 1 in order to graduate.  At least one of those credits must be verified by passing the state’s end-of-year exam.   Algebra 1 Part 1 and Algebra 1 can count as two of those three credits.  At the time, every school in the district placed students in either a full year of Algebra 1 part 1 or Algebra 1 by some form of recommendation made in the eighth grade. 

Finding the Problem

Long before the advent of testing, data clearly indicated that the Algebra 1 Part 1 / Algebra 1 approach was ineffective.  A study of student performance district-wide revealed that many students who made grades of “A” or “B” in the Part 1 classes were struggling in Algebra 1.  Students with lesser grades had little hope of success.  The Math Coordinator of Instruction for the system determined that because the classes were heavily impacted by the weakness of the students that only about 30% of the material in Algebra 1 was being studied.  Consequently students entering Algebra 1 part 2 knew significantly less than half of the material needed to pass the course.  An additional if less significant problem was that many students were incorrectly placed in Algebra 1 and had to either be moved back at some point in the school year or fail the class.  Regardless of which area was being scrutinized, it was clear the program was not working. 

Finding the Solution(s)

Some schools are ethnically diverse; some are not.  But all schools are diverse when assessing learning styles.  To ensure success for our Algebra 1 students several program changes were going to be necessary.  The first adjustment had to be in the amount of time students had to succeed in Algebra 1.  Taking advantage of the opportunity to offer credits in both Part 1 and Algebra 1, it was quickly decided that a two-year Algebra 1 program needed to be created.  The first group of students addressed was the weakest of the incoming ninth-graders. 

Doubling Them Up

Many of our failing students had good attendance records, excellent work habits and positive attitudes.  But success was continually eluding them.  It was decided that the traditional block schedule where they would have a math class only two or three times a week was not conducive to their chances of retaining the information.  To offset that problem the “Double-Block Algebra 1” class was developed.  In this class students would dedicate two class periods to Algebra 1.  They would meet every day for a full block and work on their fundamental skills during the first portion of the year, then study Algebra 1 and finally review and prepare for the end-of-course exam.  Selling the community was not easy.  Students were being asked to relinquish an elective in order to take a second period of math.  But the argument in favor was powerful.  A successful Double Block Algebra 1 student at the end of the year would have two-thirds of their required math credits completed and have the required verified math.  More persuasive was the success of the program.  Working with students who had little or no hope of succeeding in the traditional class, these initial double block classes had more than a 75% pass rate on the barrier exams.  Within two years the number of students in the double block had more than doubled and the pass rates were soon above 80%.  A word of warning—other schools in the district have used the double block with little or no success.  That is because they use them as a “dumping” ground for their least successful students.  Students with attendance or behavior problems do not belong in a double block.  All of those negatives are simply magnified.  Success with a Double Block Algebra 1 will only occur if the classes consist of properly placed students and a forceful and dedicated teacher. 

Actions Speak the Loudest

As previously mentioned, Part 1 and Algebra 1 were not effective.  With little success for Part 1 students in Algebra 1 and many years of misplaced students, my school abolished Algebra 1 part 1 as an option for our students.  Instead, we place all of our non-double block students in Algebra 1 for the first semester and allow the student’s actual classroom performance to determine whether they should be placed in Algebra 1 or Algebra 1 part 1.  At the end of the first semester those students who are struggling to succeed are reassigned to Algebra 1 part 1 classes; those who are performing well continue in Algebra 1.  The students in Part 1 are given an “adjusted grade” for the first semester reflecting the fact that a grade in Algebra 1 is more rigorous than one in Part 1.  This compensation does wonders for the student’s attitude.  They are getting a fresh start in a new room with a reasonably good grade to build upon.  The teacher nightmare of the failing student sitting in a classroom with no reason to work is diminished.  Equally important, these students have studied the first half of Algebra 1 in an actual Algebra 1 classroom spending time with highly successful students.  They not only learn 50% of Algebra 1, they learn it twice.  At the conclusion of the year they will receive a full year credit toward graduation and will then take the second year of Algebra the following school year.  While the ultimate number of students in part 1 at our school was similar to others in the system there was one critical difference.  We know our students are placed correctly.  In 2005 100% of the students in our Algebra 1 Part 2 classes, all of whom had come through this program passed the end-of-course exam.  Likewise, 100% of the students who continued in Algebra 1 the previous year passed as well.

Paying the Price

This process is not without cost to the math teachers and guidance counselors.  Over the years methods have been found to minimize the impact of these changes on other teachers and classes in the building. At midyear many math teachers are forced to add an extra preparation to their teaching day.  All Algebra 1 classes are changed at mid-year.  For all of these teachers they are not only adding preps but also starting their classes over in terms of classroom management issues, knowing the students, etc.  But due to the success of this program in providing students with verified credits, the math teachers are more than willing to accept these problems. 

As Mel Riddile has stated, finding avenues to success for students takes innovation, hard work and flexibility.  This program is one illustration of what has worked.  While the specifics may not be appropriate for all districts it does demonstrate the fundamental approaches that are needed to find the right plan for an individual school.

 

 

March 22, 2010

Failure Is Not An Option

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Recently there has been an explosion of activity on the educational front.  The development of the “Common Core State Standards Initiative” (CCSSI) is a significant step forward toward standardizing curriculum throughout the country.  It is very encouraging to note the wide-ranging acceptance these proposals are receiving.  (“Governors, state school superintendents propose common academic standards”).  The continuing saga of Central Falls High School in Rhode Island (Central Falls supt. wants all 74 high school teachers fired) plays out with a script equally suited for a soap opera and with cameo appearances by various administration officials and others.   But along with all of the drama, a significant amount of discussion concerning the dilemma of failing schools has been produced.  The Obama Administration “Race to the Top” initiative seems to be one of the main sources of much of this movement.   The most important issue, however, to attract attention is the persistent problem of low minority achievement.  Secretary of Education Arne Duncan has had a great deal to say on the topic.

Among his comments were the following:

 

- A quarter of all students drop out before their graduation, and half of those come from 12% of the nation's high schools. Those roughly 2,000 schools produce a majority of the dropouts among black and Latino students.

- Black students without disabilities are more than three times as likely to be expelled as white students, and those with disabilities more than twice as likely to be expelled or suspended — numbers which Duncan says testify to racial gaps that are "hard to explain away by reference to the usual suspects.”

- Students from low-income families who graduate from high school scoring in the top testing quartile are no more likely to attend college than the lowest-scoring students from wealthy families.

For the vast majority of educational systems significant improvement will not be possible until this disparity is corrected.  Twelve years ago I found myself on the front lines of this battle.

 

Setting the Stage

 

In a predominately upper middle class school district, my school was so diverse it had no ethnic majorities.   To say it had a large disadvantaged population in comparison to the other schools was an understatement.  The free or reduced lunch rate of 54%* was not only the highest; it surpassed the eight wealthiest schools combined.  It was more than double that of the median (12th) school.  The statistics for ELL (second language students) and student mobility were equally skewed.   For the first two years of the state testing we were in the bottom quarter of the schools in math scores.  One year we finished third from the bottom, the next fourth.  Our results were slightly above what should have been expected but certainly far from being classified as over achieving. We knew, however, that we had an advantage when dealing with closing the minority gap.  With our demographics, if the minorities did not succeed at a high level, the entire school was doomed to failure.  Unlike other schools where overwhelming numbers of white students could give a school high marks regardless of the other scores, we needed to focus on ways to give our students the best opportunity for success.

 

Building a Program That Worked

 

(A far more comprehensive explanation of the specific initiatives created will be presented in later pieces)The most fundamental acknowledgment we needed to make was the recognition that the methods that were successful in more affluent schools would not translate into equal results at ours.  The critical first task was to design a program that would best meet the needs of our unique student body and then create a staff to implement it.

Like any good construction job, we began at the foundation—Algebra 1.  If students obtained a solid mathematical understanding of this initial course, they would be far more likely to thrive in subsequent classes.  Inherent in a diverse student body is the need for an equally diverse approach to their needs.  Consequently we established a variety of ways to present Algebra 1.  Since many of our students had limited reading and verbal skills, the pace of instruction needed to be altered.  This necessitated the formation of numerous sections of double block Algebra 1.  This class would meet daily thus giving students twice as much time to learn the critical material.  While this option would eliminate one potential elective from their schedule the rationale was quite simple.  The percentage of students receiving grades of “D” or “F” in regular Algebra 1 was high.  In this slower approach the success rate was nearly 100%.  The trade off was an easy choice—pass (and understand) Algebra 1 on the first attempt and then take an elective later instead of having to repeat the math.  Another issue was the weak backgrounds of many of our minority students.  To address that concern we took a unique approach to the single-block Algebra 1.  Regardless of their previous math grades, all non-double block students were enrolled this class.  Then student performance was evaluated at the end of the first semester.  Those who were succeeding continued with the class; those who were not moved into Algebra 1 Part 1 and repeated the first semester curriculum for this lesser credit.  The next year they would complete the second half of the course and our data showed that after the two years 96% of these students successfully completed the class.  Perhaps the best way to explain our philosophy would be to say that we did not want to rush our students but rather give them the opportunity to prepare and take the barrier exams when they would be successful.

 

No Magic, Just Hard Work and Good Planning

 

Such innovations look good on paper.  To actually make a difference they needed the support of the entire staff.  Teachers were hired who clearly understood that the demographics of our students were a challenge not an excuse.  It was clear from the beginning that success was defined in terms of our position within the entire school system.  The counseling staff recognized that their jobs would be more complex but their efforts were critical.  The administrative team worked hard to find ways to create a positive school-wide learning environment while encouraging teachers to be creative.  But innovation does not automatically create success.  The strengths and weaknesses of every program was constantly being monitored and adjusted.  A parent at a PTSA meeting may have explained it best.  During a discussion of future plans, he rose from his seat and said, “I love this school.  It is like a science lab where experiments are conducted.  When they work they are expanded.  When they don’t, they are discarded or changed.” 

 

Closing the Gap

 

For the next decade the improvement of the pass rates in math were outstanding.  The school often ranked in the top quarter of the system and always in the upper half.  At one point during this time the school system, the most affluent in the state, was in a panic.  District wide, minorities were scoring more than 25% below the other demographic groups in math.  Of even greater concern was that these results on the statewide end-of-course exams were lower than similar groups in the inner-city schools in the poorer sections of the state.  A number of aggressive initiatives were being considered to remedy the situation.  In the midst of the commotion my principal asked me to analyze our math students results in terms of ethnicity.  The overall average math pass rate of 90% positioned the school among the top ten of the system and the pass rates for our math exams were as follows:  Caucasian 92%, Hispanic 90%, African-American 88%.   The district had a problem; we did not.

 

Proof Can Be Painful

 

Were all of these factors critical in making this minority school succeed?  There is a new principal and math chair at the school.  The student body in terms of its demographics is unchanged.  The new leaders restructured the math program to be exactly like those in the rest of the district.  One of the arguments for the changes was that students were being held back from taking the state exams.  The new program did accomplish that goal.  Last year more than seventy additional students took the tests than in the previous year.  Unfortunately the number of failures increased by more than seventy as well.  And the school’s scores have fallen.  Last year the Algebra 1 scores were last in the system and the overall math scores were next to last.  But those additional failures are far more troubling than the significant drop in the school’s scores.  The academic confidence of students in these demographics is extremely fragile.  Each of those seventy-plus students now has failed a state barrier exam and is at serious risk of dropping out of school.

Closing the minority achievement gap is critical to educational success in this country.  It will require creativity, focus and dedication.  And it will necessitate an understanding that meeting the needs of all students cannot be accomplished with a singular approach.

For more information on the relationship between success on state assessments and school dropouts read “NCLB’s Accountability Requirement Feeds Drop-out Rates.”

 

 

* Head Blogger’s Note: While this high school’s reported free and reduced price lunch rate was 54%, all of the six feeder elementary schools reported a rate above 70%. This adds support to the long-held claim that high school’s underreport participation in the federal lunch program by about 30%.

 

March 17, 2010

Can There Be Too Much “Advanced” in Advanced Placement?

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

I hate trying to prove the negative.  It is so difficult to establish what did not happen as opposed to what actually can be measured. Likewise, I hate trying to disprove the intangible.  But after reading an article by Jay Mathews in the Washington Post,Should 9th graders take AP?” I am going to have to go after the elusive truth.

Our educational systems have readjusted the old saying of “taking one step forward and two steps back.”  The mantra now seems to be “take two steps forward and never look back”.  We are pushing kids at every opportunity and the momentum is unstoppable.  But the numbers do not always reflect a positive trend.  In one year my former school system went from having 120 seventh graders taking Algebra 1 to 720 the next.  These numbers were the inevitable result of moving a majority of eighth graders into Algebra 1.  I can already hear the conductor on the “2015 Algebra 1 Express”—“Girls and boys, next stop grade three”.   The latest shove forward chronicled by Mathews is placing ninth-graders into Advanced Placement World History.  Apparently in the view of many educators, college-level classes a mere one or two years prior to actually entering higher education were simply not enough of a challenge.  Unfortunately, based on the actual data, I have to disagree.  For too many of these children the classes are proving to be best described as overwhelming rather than merely challenging.

When Does Challenging Become Brutal?

Here are some of the raw numbers.  In AP Human Geography 42% of all ninth-graders taking the course receive the lowest possible grade of 1 on the end of course exam.  The rate in AP World History is 32%.  The percentage of ninth-graders who actually pass the World History exam (score of 3 or more) is 42%.  That number translates into approximately 3 out of every 5 high school freshmen failing the test nationwide.  The response from the supporters of these decisions is simple.  Mathews says, “…high school principals are tempted to substitute AP for the snooze fests that often pass as ninth-grade geography classes. I suspect even the kids who score a 1 learn more than they would otherwise ”.

Let me be very clear.  I am fully aware that I am swimming upstream against the educational current of 2010.  While success on AP exams plummets, the number of students being encouraged to enroll climbs as documented recently in the USA Today (“Failure rate for AP tests climbing”).  I also know that I have an intangible and invisible outcome to argue against.  So for the sake of simplicity I will list my complaints and leave it to the experts to tell me where I am wrong.

1. Statements like the one quoted above are insulting and demeaning to the teachers of the “regular” course in our educational systems.  Typical freshmen and sophomore classes in high school are not “snooze” courses because of the curriculum being covered.  Any such shortcomings in this level of class would be the result of three direct causes—a lack of rigor and expectations for “standard” classes, the placement of not only all of the talented students but also the marginally capable ones into AP or IB courses, and teachers who see their responsibility to teach the remaining weak students in a less challenging fashion.

2. If any ”regular” class had a failure rate on the final exam of one-third and only 42% of the students passed, the investigations would begin before the ink was dry on the report cards.  Within a few weeks either the teacher or the course would be gone.  And no one would say that the students who failed were the better for it.

3. Failure hurts and when the victim is fourteen years old, it can be devastating.  No matter how big or talented a fourteen year old might be, we would be loath to put a significant number of them in direct competition with college-age athletes on a regular basis.  Confidence and ego can be just as badly injured as body parts and often never recover. 

4. The pool of students who fail the AP exam may not be the only ones who suffer negative consequences.  Any experienced AP or IB teacher will attest that not all of the 42% of the class that “pass” the AP exam will feel successful.  Telling students and parents who perceive themselves as performing at a level of 5 that they have earned a minimum passing score of 3 on a major exam will all too often result in a very unpleasant conversation.

Let me pose my own impossible to prove negative.  If only one-third of the 14 year olds who received the lowest score possible on this exam are hurt emotionally, then we are saying that one in every seven ninth-graders who take this exam suffer significant harm.  What is the acceptable level of such destruction?  Is 15% okay but 19% would cause us to rethink?

Nothing is 100% Right or Wrong

I am very comfortable with ninth-graders taking AP courses, seventh-graders taking Algebra 1 and elementary students learning a foreign language.  That comfort level, however, is reserved for one particular adjective.  That modifier for “student” is the word “qualified.”   Those individuals, who can pass the course, pass the appropriate exam and feel a sense of accomplishment in their success, should definitely be in that classroom.  But those three traits describe less than one-third of the adolescents that are currently in these courses.  The twin arguments that “regular” classes are losers and all children gain from something called “good” failure need to be reexamined.  What is needed is a strengthening of all standard level courses and letting freshmen and sophomores successfully learn at an age-appropriate level.  Many weeks ago, long before I read this article, an educational leader for whom I have great respect asked me “What are people thinking when they place students into courses where they cannot possibly succeed?  What do they expect as the outcome?”  I did not have an adequate response for him then and I continue to be at a loss to answer.  I guess that is the ongoing plight of fighting an invisible, intangible positive result.

March 14, 2010

Ensuring that New Teachers Become Old Ones: Part 3

by Stuart Singer, The Teacher Leader

Pay a Little; Pay a Lot

The data are consistent and of great concern.  One third of all new teachers leave the profession within the first three years; more than half are gone after five.  These numbers directly contribute to many of the continuing problems in public education.  Previously a common sense approach to first-year educators was presented which outlined a method in which recognizing and addressing the unique needs of an inexperienced teacher could help mitigate against this trend.  As Melinda Gates stated in her Washington Post op-ed, “Education reform, one classroom at a time”, the most crucial component to education success is the classroom teacher.    Here are a pair of additional proposals that involve a direct financial investment but will not only reduce new teacher losses, they will also create better future classroom instruction.

Proposal 1: An Offer You Cannot Refuse

No profession other than teaching expects its newest members to carry the same workload as the senior staff.  Here is a plan that addresses that situation at either the district or individual school level.  The mechanics are simple—new teachers have a schedule with one less class.  If the normal teaching load in a building is five, a new teacher will have four.  The benefits to such a plan can be enormous.  Because they will spend less time teaching, more time can be dedicated to preparation.  In addition the extra planning period could be dedicated to a number of beneficial endeavors.  Classes both within and beyond their own department could be observed and discussed on a regular basis.   More time could be devoted to meeting and planning with teachers who teach the same class.   They can observe parent/teacher conferences to better prepare for their own future meetings.  Finally, they can help other teachers within the department with such tasks as creating materials, grading papers and preparing classroom activities.  It is impossible to underestimate the valuable experiences that could be acquired by new teachers in such a non-threatening, lower-stress environment.

The obvious downside is the lost class periods from the master schedule.  But a careful analysis of the situation reveals that the expense may not be as great as it would initially appear.  In a building with one hundred teachers, if ten were in their first year, the loss would be ten class periods or two full time positions.  Adding two positions to a school of that size is an increase of 2%.  At the district level this would appear to be a small price to pay for the potential results.  Every new teacher that does not leave prematurely is one less that needs to be replaced and retrained.  The savings at the personnel office alone could offset the expense.   The school districts could encourage schools to take new teachers by only charging them for 0.8 of a position for each of these staff members.

But the biggest winner could be individual schools that adopt this plan on their own.  In many locations the competition for new hires, especially in certain critical fields, can be fierce. In order to secure the best available talent, administrators need to create compelling reasons to choose their location.  As a top-notch candidate sifts through multiple job offers there is no question that one, which includes the aforementioned teaching plan, would be significantly more attractive. While offering the extra planning period may create some staffing issues, what school would not want to have the inside track on every “blue chip” prospect?   Many schools carry staff positions that are not directly involved in the classroom.  The possible loss of some of these individuals may be a reasonable price for populating your building for years with a collection of the best and the brightest.

Proposal 2: Imitation is the Greatest Form of Flattery

One of the best and most rigorous of all professional preparations occurs within the medical field.  After finishing all of their education, new doctors complete their training by serving multiple years of residency.  The concept is not complex.  Inexperienced physicians learn how to do their jobs under the direction of an attending or supervising physician.  They learn in a carefully controlled, hands-on situation.

Why not have a similar plan for educators?  Of course it would involve some serious restructuring of the system but public education can hardly hide behind a “if it isn’t broken, don’t fix it” excuse.  In this radical new approach each school district would establish a “teaching” high school populated with the finest teachers in the system who are committed to the task of developing future educators.  All new teachers would spend a one-year internship at the school with a professional growth plan parallel to the one employed in medicine.  As the year progresses, the new teachers would be given broader opportunities to learn their craft all under the careful supervision of someone who has been trained to aid them in this quest.  To spend an extended amount of time in a building brimming with outstanding teachers and reduced pressure to perform is a perfect formula for success.

A Few Cons But So Many Pros

In addition to the high financial cost associated with this structure, an argument that might be raised against this plan is that it is merely a repetition of student teaching.  In an ideal educational world that might be true, but in far too many cases the student teaching experience that is currently in place fails to adequately prepare aspiring educators.  Because of the intense scrutiny and importance of standardized tests scores and grades, many excellent teachers are reluctant to become a cooperating teacher, which results in giving complete control of their classes to a student teacher for extended periods of time.  I have observed on numerous occasions that the first people to volunteer for this supervisory role are doing so for all of the wrong reasons.  But at a school designed specifically for mentoring new teachers such concerns would disappear.  And there are additional, more subtle perks.  Administrators from schools in the district could “scout” potential hires in much the same manner as a sports team evaluates young athletes.  These prospects could in turn make formal visits to schools to see their programs in action.  When the year is over, job offers can be made, positions filled, and confident, well-trained teachers move into the next level of their profession.  Meanwhile a new batch of recruits prepare for entry into the program the following year.

No one is so naïve as to believe this would be an easy change.  It would be very costly and would turn established educational philosophies on their collective heads.  Perhaps important groups like the Gates Foundation and others could offset some of the increased price tag.  An entirely new mindset would be necessary and hiring practices would be profoundly changed.  The transition would be slow and undoubtedly the devil would be in the details.  All of these negatives will make it easy to dismiss this plan.  One question, however, needs to be answered.  If education is one of the most important functions of our government, why are we continuing to support the failed status quo?  The current methods for training and retaining new teachers are a formula for mediocrity – or worse.   We can do better.   And we can follow a wonderful model already in place.

 

 

March 05, 2010

Time for a Reality Check

by Stuart Singer

Many times in a variety of venues I have expressed my firm belief that end-of-course barrier exams are a step in the right direction for education.  In a previous post on this website, A Good Starting Point But Not Quite the Finish Line, I wrote that while such tests have structural flaws, their implementation has created positive outcomes that include establishing uniformity in many curricula, creating a standardized evaluation of student comprehension, aiding in the evaluation of teacher performance and as a component in awarding federal funds for systems that demonstrate significant and measurable improvement on these tools (U.S. devises scoring system for school reform contest).  Even with all of those constructive improvements in mind, I was stunned when I read a quote from the Virginia Superintendent of Public Instruction Patricia I. Wright in the February 10 Washington Post article, Md. tops U.S. in one measure of AP test performance.  Referring to the improvement in AP tests scores in her state Ms. Wright said:

“More of our young people are ready for the challenge of AP courses because of the Standards of Learning program (Virginia’s end-of-course exams) which has raised the instructional floor for all students."

How can osuch lofty accomplishments be ascribed to a fifty multiple-choice question test that is designed to ascertain the level of understanding obtained from 160 hours of classroom instruction in basic core subjects? It is obvious to me that Ms. Wright needs to curb her enthusiasm a bit.

You Say Mastery, I Say Minimal Competency

Apparently Ms. Wright is among the group of educators who believe that passing the Virginia SOL Exam demonstrates competency in a course and passing with a relatively high score indicates mastery.  While it would be wonderful if that interpretation were accurate, the facts reveal a very different story.  The Virginia Standards of Learning Exam is a collection of fifty, four-option, multiple-choice questions, in which the results are “normed” in much the same manner as the SAT.  This norming is based on the number of correct responses (no penalty for incorrectly guessing) and translates into SOL scores ranging from 200 to 600.  Four hundred or more earns one a “pass”; five hundred and above delineates advanced status.  To graduate, a student is required to pass the two English components and an additional four tests from the other three curricular areas including at least one from each discipline.   To be awarded an “Advanced Diploma” one must pass a minimum of nine.  But does this system of accountability really demonstrate what its advocates claim—a mastery of the subject matter being covered?

It Is All in the Math

Students, parents, teachers and administrators have continually misinterpreted SOL results. Understandably, when looking at a scoring range of 200-600 a result of 450 is viewed with great favor.  Consequently, when I refer to the SOL program as a measure of minimum competency rather than any demonstration of deep understanding, I have raised the blood pressure of many of my colleagues and supervisors.The strength of my argument rests squarely on the principles of mathematical probability.  The major weaknesses in the SOL testing system are the exclusive use of multiple-choice questions and the grading scale being employed.  A multiple-choice format without penalties for guessing has a strong propensity for misleading results.  This dilemma can be illustrated by a demonstration I give on this subject.  The process is simple—an individual is given a blank bubble sheet and then instructed to randomly fill in fifty answers with an A, B, C or D.  Then any one of the SOL tests is selected.  When the “blind” answer sheet is compared with the correct answers for the chosen test it will on average generate slightly more than twelve correct answers.  This result of twenty-five percent accuracy regardless of the questions or the answers is to be expected based on the laws of probability (note key word—laws).   Consequently, every SOL answer sheet will have about twelve correct answers even if the test-taker’s knowledge of the subject is zero.  Now the first step on the slippery slope of interpreting scores is about to be taken.  A dozen “correct” responses on a typical SOL exam translates into a score of about 325.  Remember that range of 200-600?  In reality the actual numbers should be 325-600.  Suddenly the use of 400 as a “passing” score becomes less credible.  Unfortunately, the process gets worse.  

On many SOL exams thirty correct responses equals a score above 400. Some require a few more, others a bit less.  So how much “mastery” of a subject is required to get to thirty correct answers?  If a student knows only half of the required curriculum, success is easy.  These students will accurately answer only 25 of the 50 questions.  Of the remaining 25 questions probability predicts at least six additional correct answers giving a raw score of 31.   On the 2006 Algebra 1 SOL that score would earn the student a result of 422.  Ironically, a score of 50% on virtually any classroom endeavor would be considered a failure.  (For additional scenarios see attached How SOL Scores are Created”)  In reality even this example is understating the final score.  Placing the correct answer in the array of choices will skew the results slightly upward.  Of greater significance, if the test taker can eliminate one or more of the wrong answers the probability of a correct guess increases significantly.  Working backwards with the four answers that have been presented can often solve questions involving computation.  

After I gave this presentation at a PTSA meeting a parent approached me to say, “No wonder my son struggled so much in Honors Geometry.  I did not realize that his Algebra 1 SOL score of 460 was not what I thought it was.”  She was not alone in her misunderstanding of the numbers.  Virginia is not the only state with a “barrier-testing” program beset with these problems and comments like the one made by Ms. Wright add to the confusion.  This lack of transparency and misleading comments can lead to decisions resulting in significant future academic damage to students.

Doing It Right

What set of circumstances would allow Ms. Wright and others to use the word “mastery” when discussing these tests?  How can a state create a system of exams that would actually lead to more college-level thinking?  Here are some suggestions:

- Devote the resources necessary to upgrade the quality of the testing process.

 

- Be transparent and realistic.  Include input from teachers, administrators, and college admission officials.  Educate the community concerning the intent of the program. 

 

- Be wary of No Child Left Behind—any program that mandates a 100% pass rate in 2014 should not be a factor.

 

- Create tests that parallel AP and IB exams.  Replace multiple-choice questions with short-answer inquiries.   Have a portion dedicated to essay or multi-step problem solving.  Eliminate any advantage for guessing. 

 

- Do not norm the results.  Establish a criterion-referenced test with realistic scores and produce students who can achieve them.  For starters establish a score of 95% for mastery, 80% is competent, 66% will be passing and anything less is failure.  In the real world being wrong one third of the time is not a formula for success. If 95% of the test takers pass under these criteria everyone can be happy.  If 65% fail, do not lower the standards.  Instead, find ways to improve the knowledge base of your students. 

 

While it is wonderful that AP and IB test scores are improving in Maryland and Virginia, the root cause of this improvement cannot be attributed to Standards of Learning Program.

March 03, 2010

A View From Inside the Classroom

by Stuart Singer

We have spent a great deal of time over the past week on this site discussing our concerns about the mass firings that took place in Central Falls, Rhode Island last week.   I could repeat all of the reasons why I believe this approach is not only wrong, it sets a dangerous precedent.  But those thoughts have been sufficiently stated in a variety of ways.  Instead, I thought it could be enlightening to solicit a response from someone who was a current classroom teacher.  What follows are a few hundred words of a highly successful educator about this subject.

William (Bill) Horkan has taught mathematics at a high school with the highest free and reduced lunch population in his county.  His success has been the subject of a Washington Post article, “To Impressive Success, Fairfax Teacher Nurtures Enrollment, Proficiency in IB Math Classes” and he is an excellent person to solicit input on this subject.  Here are some of his preliminary thoughts about a better plan for the Central Falls school.

“If you took three or four of high quality math teachers and placed them in the Central Falls math department, the program could be turned around in about three years.  I have seen it done in our school and I can see it being done there as well.  Put that core together with the math teachers who wanted to stay (I assume based on the total staff of 74 the math department has about 10 teachers).  Then I would do the following:

- Ask the current teachers for ideas.  It is always a bad idea to go into a situation by telling people what to do.  Also, whether the current teachers are good, bad or average, they still know the students better than anyone else.

- Tell the teachers that any reasonable ideas can be tried.  However, they have to show that they work.

- Realize that not all teachers are the same.  What works for one might not work for another. Have everyone try something, not everyone try everything.

- Realize that teachers are not interchangeable.  Some are good at teaching lower levels, some are good at teaching 'average' students and some are good at teaching higher levels.  Also, some teachers are better at teaching younger students, some are better teaching older students.

- Do not pass a student in a class until that student is ready for the next one.

- Find out what is best for each student.  "One size fits all" doesn't work for students or teachers.

- Do what is best for each student.  If this means going against the rules or making new ones, so be it.

These thoughts reflect the instant response of a professional educator.  Given more time and reflection they would be more precise.  And yet somehow they seem so much more constructive then to simply “fire them all.”

A Modest Proposal for Education

by Stuart Singer

I am so excited about my upcoming evaluation.  I just know it is going to be a good one.  Let me share with you how my year has progressed.  My average class size was about thirty.  So for their final exam I broke them into groups of five and assigned them a project to encompass all of the work we have done throughout the year.  But again, for the sixth year in a row I was very disappointed with the results; more than half were unsatisfactory. It is so frustrating. To be precise, four of the groups should have gotten a zero for their performance, another was barely passing, and one was really quite good.  So I thought to myself, with a large majority of the students doing so poorly the right thing to do was to fail every one of them.  Based on the way things were handled in Central Falls, Rhode Island and the response of the Secretary of Education and the Administration, I know I must be doing the right thing.  So that is what I did.  All thirty were given grades of “F” so the entire group will retake the class again next year.  By taking this approach I am confident that I have sent a clear message to my future students.  I am sure they are looking forward to taking my class—kids like teachers who are consistent and predictable.

I am so excited about my upcoming evaluation.

 

 

March 02, 2010

Ensuring that New Teachers Become Old Ones: Part 2, The Free Plan

by Stuart Singer

Among the myriad of problems facing public education, one of the most disruptive is the stunning exodus of new teachers within the first few years of employment.  Many studies indicate that at least a third of all educators give up the profession within the first three years and more than half within five.  These losses represent a continuing drain on the competency level of a school’s staff and a remedy needs to be found to stop these losses.  There are a number of ways to alleviate this ongoing dilemma representing varying degrees of both cost and success. 

The first proposal does not cost any money but could result in a few bruised feelings among the more senior staff members in a building as well as some consternation among some of the more “traditional” administrators. It requires a strong commitment at all levels to ensure that new teachers are given the best possible opportunity to grow into seasoned veterans.  Some old-fashioned thinking may have to be readjusted and a small amount of buy-in will be required among the staff.  But the cost is small when compared to the potential upside for the department and school.

Closing the Deal

In order to develop great veteran teachers one must begin with high-potential new ones.   In June 2006 I had three math vacancies to fill for the upcoming school year.  As was my custom when hiring new teachers, I carefully studied the resumes of the county’s forty early math hires. I found seven that interested me and set up interviews.

When meeting with prospective math teachers I always tell them that this interview is a two-way process; they should be asking as many questions of us as we are of them.  We all must decide whether this particular school and candidate have the potential of being a productive combination.  This discussion does not revolve around good and bad, adequate or inadequate.  The simple fact that needs to be addressed is that schools have a personality just like individuals and some candidates are better suited to one rather than another.   I also tell them that they have more control of the process than they realize.  For highly qualified individuals multiple offers will be forthcoming and they will have choices.   In addition to this honest transparency about their options, I discuss their future at my school.  We talk about how we put together a career path for all of our new teachers. We will look at their first five years and plan what type of teaching schedule will best serve their long-term goals.

And finally I advise them to ask every potential employer three questions (my answers are in parenthesis):

 - How many class preps will I have?  (at most two)

 - Will I have my own classroom? (yes)

 - Will the administrative team be supportive?  (You are working in one of the most creative, collaborative and supportive environments possible.  We will do everything possible to produce a five-year plan to ensure that your career will follow the exact course you envision.)

After the top three “blue-chippers” were ascertained, job offers went out and fingers were crossed.  In a county with twenty-six high schools the competition for math teachers is fierce.  It is not hyperbole to say that a talented prospect can be offered positions at ten or more schools.  But one by one my three top picks said yes.  They all acknowledged they had many offers from which to choose, but decided to come with us.  I asked each one why she had made her decision.   Though none of them had ever met, they all had similar responses.  They liked the idea that we were open and honest about the process and most of all they liked the concept of a “plan” for their career.

There is a fascinating back-story here.  Another much more upscale school in the county offered jobs to the same three women.  When the assistant principal in charge of hiring math teachers discovered that his school had been rejected by all three in favor of our far less affluent location he responded angrily.  In a phone call to the school he demanded to know “What is it you are giving away over there?”  If I had spoken to him I would have told him our “tricky” lure was the combination of honesty and the promise of a future.           

Making Good on a Promise

History bears out that what occurred in these interviews was not a high-pressure sales pitch but rather a system we had been using for years.  Long ago I had concluded that the job of a new teacher was difficult enough without the added burden of moving from room to room.  Consequently, none of these teachers were placed in such a position.   (Ironically, I used one of their classrooms as part of my itinerant day)  One of the teachers was given a schedule of one regular and two double block Algebra 2 classes.  This assignment offered several advantages—while teaching five classes, she basically had only one preparation and three sets of students.  The slower paced double block (they met every day instead of every other day) meant she had more time to teach a concept and if there were problems they could be readdressed the next day in a more relaxed manner. Her second year schedule was exactly the same thus allowing her to perfect and refine her Algebra 2 lesson plans.  It was time to begin slowly expanding her career in her next teaching assignment.  That year her regular Algebra 2 was replaced with an Advanced Placement Pre-calculus.  This year she has two AP sections.  The second teacher had a parallel course.  She taught one regular and two double-block geometry for two of her first three years and in the third replaced the regular with a Trig / Math Analysis.  She is now working with the Honors Geometry program as well.  The third member of the group had taught Algebra 1 in summer school prior to coming to our school.  Consequently, she was assigned one Algebra 2 and four Algebra 1 classes.  The next year she had an identical schedule and the third and fourth she taught Algebra 1 and two sections of AP Calculus.  Now well into their fourth years, these talented educators give no thought to quitting.  To the contrary they now proudly tell me about their classroom success and of their high level of influence in the seventeen-member department.  One related to me in a letter “Just like you told us when you retired; the three of us are taking over!”  She was being facetious but not inaccurate.

Finding the Answer in Your Own Backyard

To cultivate good new teachers many of the “perks” normally reserved for more senior teachers must be reconsidered.  When assigning class schedules, lack of experience should be a consideration not a license to take advantage.  All too often new hires are given the “leftovers” of the master schedule, a frighteningly eclectic combination of the classes that no one else wanted.  If classrooms are in short demand the least experienced person is soon wheeling all of their newly created worksheets, supplies and notes on a cart during the already frantic exchange of classes.   Such treatment is precisely why the statistics on new teachers are so depressing. 

Perhaps the best model for how to develop and retain teachers can be found in a very surprising location—the high school classroom.  When a new student enters a class several weeks into the year what is the typical treatment accorded to them?  Well, let’s see, they are given additional individualized attention at first to make sure they can catch up with the rest of the students.  Extra time is allowed for them to understand the curriculum. They are not expected to immediately work at the same level as their more experienced classmates.   Often another student is asked to aid or mentor them through the initial process.  And in many cases previous material is streamlined and simplified to ensure that knowledge acquisition is accelerated as quickly as possible.

Could such a novel approach work with another group of individuals in the same building?

Next:  Two more plans, one a little bit pricey, the other downright expensive

but both really good.

 

 

February 23, 2010

The Teacher Leader: Fix Don't Fire

by Stuart Singer

There is an old saying in baseball when the manager of an underachieving team is fired—“It wasn’t necessarily his fault, but we couldn’t fire the whole team”.  Apparently that is not the case in Central Falls, Rhode Island.  As related in a recent news article, http://www.myfoxboston.com/dpp/news/local/central-falls-supt.-wants-all-74-high-school-teachers-fired, the Superintendent of Central Falls Frances Gallo has decided to fire every teacher in the school as a result of poor graduation rates and some contentious labor negotiations. 

When I first read about this case I must admit I was temporarily at a loss for words.  My first thoughts were laced with disbelief.   If someone with a sore toe went to a surgeon with a philosophy similar to Gallo, they could lose their entire leg.  Also, as a former math teacher I have to share the following mathematical fact—the likelihood that 74 out of 74 teachers are bad is more than remote.  It is numerically astounding.

On a More Realistic Note

After reading Mel Riddile’s response to the mass firings, http://nasspblogs.org/principaldifference/2010/02/fire_them_all.html, I think I have regained my verbal balance.  I concur with him on the need to treat all people with respect and dignity if you want to attain any level of success.  Likewise, every staff contains people of great talent.  But let me share a few thoughts from the teacher perspective.

One critical point needs to be made from the outset.  The path taken by Ms. Gallo, whether she realizes it or not, was the easy way out of a bad situation but not the solution to a real and important problem. While the adults are sorting out who to fire, who to picket and who to blame, more than half of the adolescents in the building will still not graduate from high school. The belief that the next seventy-four teachers will automatically be significantly better than the current staff is naïve at best.  What is far more likely is that the replacement troops will have no more success than their predecessors.  And while Ms. Gallo’s ego may be assuaged the ultimate losers, again, will be the students.

The tough choice would have been to take the time and energy necessary to discover the root causes of the problems at the school.  Were the difficulties grounded in demographics, philosophy, hiring practices, staff development plans, counseling, etc.?  At what points in the system was leadership breaking down?  The answers to such questions would require research and hard work but they would ultimately lead to a path toward improvement.

In my forty years as a math teacher including twenty-six as department chair, I worked with a significant number of colleagues who struggled in the classroom.  But the vast majority of these individuals wanted to be good teachers.  Their problem was that they did not possess all of the tools to ensure success.  The job of school leaders at all levels is to provide those instruments.  System leaders must give principals the independence to recognize the unique qualities of their individual schools and then craft a working plan to best reach the needs of their community.  School leaders must determine which staff members have the vision, teaching skills and management qualities to assist others to improve.  Teacher leaders must examine the strengths and weaknesses of the department members and find ways to maximize each teacher’s best talents while minimizing their deficits.  The task of educating is no different from any other endeavor.

No one is born with the specific skill set to instantly become successful.  Good role models, cohesive improvement plans, hard work and dedication will in the vast majority of cases result in better teaching.

The damage caused by the series of events in Central Falls will not be easily repaired.  As Riddle said one of the key ingredients in a successful school is mutual respect and commitment.  How can a school expect to attract teachers with those attributes after a mass firing such as the one in Rhode Island? How could anyone possibly convince them that their best choice would be   to work at a school that fired everyone in the building?   The word “fire” is dangerous in both a crowded movie theater and in education.

 

February 22, 2010

The Teacher Leader: Ensuring that New Teachers Become Old Ones

by Stuart Singer

Part 1: Defining the Problem

In his post “Gates: It’s the Teachers”, Mel Riddile firmly aligns himself with the views expressed by Melinda Gates in her recent Washington Post op-ed “Just Get the Best Teachers”.  Gates, Riddile and many other leaders of the educational community find that the equation for classroom success is quite simple:

The quality of the teacher = the level of student performance

Unfortunately, the solution of this problem is both difficult and complex.  Riddile formulates the overall answer—school leaders must do everything possible to create not only effective teachers but also individuals who are committed to their students and their profession.  Today I will offer the first of a three-part posting to address one critical portion of the teaching community where I believe such changes must be implemented. 

The task of making the American public school system more effective is much like the story of the little boy trying to plug all of the holes in the dike.  There is no simple fix or singular course correction available.  But there is a logical place to start.  Studies clearly indicate that good teaching can overcome a multitude of educational problems.  Likewise, poor instruction can undermine even the best of educational environments.  Consequently, the initial focus for improvement should be on the area that would be the most beneficial and critical—the classroom teacher.

The challenge is easily defined.  A plan must be created that would place excellent instructors in every classroom.  But while this may be a relatively easy goal to articulate it is virtually impossible to accomplish until one crucial trend is reversed.  Some data show that one-third of all new teachers leave the profession within their first three years and half by the fifth year.  For a comprehensive discussion of teacher retention refer to ‘Teacher Turnover and Teacher Shortages: An Organizational Analysis” by Richard Ingersoll (Richard Ingersoll, Fall 2001 issue of the American Educational Research Journal).  In a profession where experience is a critical component for success this constant riptide of disappearing talent is crippling.  When confronted with this statistic too many educational leaders simply propose raising teacher salaries.  Of course raising salaries is certainly not a bad thing but in this case it is not the fix.  Rather than money, the underlying reason for the failure of new teachers to grow into seasoned career professionals is the manner in which they are nurtured - or more accurately, not nurtured - in the majority of school systems.

I began my teaching career in 1968.  While many things have changed over the past four plus decades one constant has remained.  Every educational group on the planet refers to teaching as a “profession” correctly placing it in the same category as lawyers, doctors, and certified public accountants.  The comparison is apt.  College degrees are required and advanced degrees are encouraged in all of these vocations.  In order to be employed a license is needs to be obtained. 

The great divide between these occupations occurs in the initial years of a career.  No law, doctor or accounting office would give a first-year employee a job description equivalent to that of a senior partner.  They would certainly never place their most at-risk clients in the hands of their least experienced workers.  And yet, year in and year out, that precise scenario is played out in schools all over the country.

Democracy lives large when assigning tasks in education. Every teacher in a building, whether on their first day or twentieth year is assigned the same number of classes with a similar number of preparations and equally large class sizes. In truth a new teacher’s treatment is often less than equal in many circumstances. In a misguided attempt to reward seniority, schools give new teachers entry-level classes that many times are among the most difficult in a building while reserving the higher levels for long-term staff members.  

Imagine if recent law school graduates were told that on the first day at the office their initial case will be a high profile criminal case before the U.S. District Court—in one week.  But far too many first-year teachers face a comparable situation.  If classrooms are in short supply—not an uncommon situation at most schools–it is almost always the new guy who gets to roam the halls from class to class.  One person in this exact situation referred to his life as “Have wheels, will travel”. 

Inexperience in the classroom is a heavy burden; inexperience in multiple locations is down right oppressive.  Thus, is it any wonder why so many new teachers decide all too quickly that teaching is not for them?  On my first day as a high school math teacher (age 21 with the face of a twelve-year-old) I discovered that the majority of my Algebra 1 students, typically a ninth-grade course, were eleventh and twelfth graders.  The explanation was simple—the school did not like to have students who had previously failed a course to have the same teacher for the encore performance. Since I was the new kid (literally) on the block, it was very convenient for the counselors to place every student who had failed Algebra 1 onto my rosters.  No danger of repetition in that plan.   My classroom was the only academic classroom located across from the industrial arts wing so I was occasionally interrupted by the sound of a lathe, lawnmower engine or jackhammer.  Looking back on my initial teaching assignment, it was amazing I lasted three days let alone three years.

Over the years problems have diminished somewhat.  Colleges are doing a better job of preparing graduates to succeed. Some locales give new teachers an extra day or two of meetings prior to the beginning of the year.   Often young teachers are assigned to an experienced mentor who is expected to answer questions and give advice.  Unfortunately, little or no time is dedicated to this interaction.  The selection process of mentors in many cases is at best weak and at its worst terrifying. It is critical to remember that even the most conscientious individuals in this position still have to deal with a full time teaching job of their own as the school year is about to begin.  Obviously, this issue is far from ideal.

The continuous loss of young talent in education cannot be sustained.  Band-aid solutions will not cure the root cause of the exodus.  Answers are available but can only be found a good deal outside of the traditional box.  Many of the ways we have done school business will have to undergo serious changes.  And be assured the best of these alterations will cost money in the short term.  But the gains to our overall educational system will be well worth the cost and effort. 

(Next:  Three solutions, one is free; one will be costly; the third is expensive.

But all will help retain our youngest and brightest)

 

 

February 15, 2010

The Teacher Leader: Is Computer Science Dead? Recomputing a Twenty-First Century Educatiion

by Stuart Singer

In the Washington Post article of December 21, 2009 “Fewer high school students taking computer science classes” the decline of Computer Science in public education was documented.  While it is not unusual for courses to disappear from the typical school schedule, the loss of this particular class should be of great concern.  It is important both as an essential twenty-first century curriculum for our public high schools and as a warning sign of a systemic problem.

The View from the Inside

Who better to explain the importance of Computer Science than someone who has been in the course within the past few years?  Here are some excerpts of a letter from just such an individual.

Today, I was informed that my former high school is no longer offering Computer Science courses to students because of low enrollment… I graduated four short years ago.  I earned the full IB Diploma with four higher-level IB classes.

I had two majors in my Undergraduate degree: Biology and Computer Science. After graduating college in 2009, I was virtually unaffected by the recession and had employers fighting to hire me, which is quite unusual for graduates holding only a Bachelors degree with an average GPA.

Computer Science is the future.  The IT industry is a great place for young people to get a good solid start at life.  Computer science graduates earn 13 percent more than the average college graduate, according to U.S. Department of Labor.  Computer jobs are ranked among the highest in job satisfaction.  A degree in Computing can make it much easier to find a job for a recent graduate.  The field is projected to increase by 24 percent in the next 10 years (average growth of employment in a field is 7-13 percent).  It’s a field at the forefront of technology, a career that is always evolving leaving new opportunities in its wake.  The diversity of jobs computer knowledge prepares a person for is staggering.  Even if CS majors decide to take a job in a different field, their computer backgrounds can be extremely useful in a working environment.

Beyond being a doorway to a good career, the subject itself is invaluable to young minds.  It’s a practical application of problem solving skills, which is why Computer Science degrees run alongside Mathematics degrees at many institutions.  But unlike the derivatives of Calculus, which might seem a waste of time to a seventeen year old, Computer Science is logic at work.  It’s a real-world application of mind-bending exercises.

Even if there are only 10 kids who sign up for the subject each year, make it available to them.  Let them try it out; let them expand their minds that much more.  I’ll be the first to admit I didn’t want to take the class.  My mother told me to take it because it was available, and after the first class I was hooked.  Look where it led me.  Frankly, I don’t think the course should just be offered, but it should be a requirement of a high school diploma; just as a sound knowledge of computers is required in any job…. Don’t turn these students away.  Don’t make it more difficult for them to find their direction.  At the end of the day, educating the next generation and preparing them for the world we made is of the utmost importance.  Let’s not lose sight of that.  The world on the horizon is one run by computers, with the Computer Science majors at the helm.  Help your students, help our kids, and find success.”

Not a Singular Opinion

Allow me one more anecdote.  For more than a decade my son has been a highly successful computer engineer at an international computer programming company.  When I asked him whether CS was critical to a high school his response was immediate:  “If it was not for CS in high school I would not be where I am today.  My degree in college was in chemistry but the background I had from my high school and college courses in computer science was what got me my job.”  He went on to tell me that in the rare cases where his company hires someone without a strong CS background, a college professor from a nearby university is brought in to give the new employee a private “CS tutoring session”.  These young people are far from alone in their beliefs.

So What Is the Problem?

I asked a former CS teacher why these classes were disappearing.  Her answer was two- fold.  “CS has never been sold for what it really is—a solid course for future vocations.  And now in the current environment of budget cuts, when a class does not have a certain number of students, it is cut from the master schedule. My last cancelled CS had 18 students registered.”  While many AP and IB courses will remain on the schedule with low enrollments the case for giving computer science similar status has never been adequately articulated.  Nor has it been sufficiently promoted to the students. The lack of effective salesmanship is obvious.   Tragically, effective advocacy for computer science need not be time consuming or expensive.  For example, the MIT School of Engineering periodically sends out a team of young women to speak to selected groups of students concerning a possible career in engineering (http://mitpsc.mit.edu/outreach/landing.php?id=102). I watched one of these presentations and was stunned by the enthusiasm it evoked from its audience.  After dismissing the notion that engineering was only about concrete and steel, the power point flashed a picture of a bright red, stiletto-heeled shoe.  The woman at the microphone then asked, “Who do you think designed this?  Her answer, an engineer?”  The positive and enthusiastic response from the all-female audience was palpable.   Similar approaches need to be taken to ensure that the study of computer science is given the importance it deserves.

The Canary in the Coal Mine

I have never taught or studied computer science.  Am I showing my age?  My concern for its decline is that it is symptomatic of a larger problem within our educational system.  Here is how it works. 

- The Bait.  One of the rites of spring has become the public bargaining session between the various school systems and the community.  Each year the schools announce that due to budget issues some popular programs that are near and dear to the hearts of the people will have to be cut.  The usual suspects in this annual dance are athletics, the arts, and field trips.  After the predictable pushback by some of the most vocal and powerful parent groups in the high school, some funds are restored, threatened actions are rescinded and the process moves on. 

- The Switch.  But there is a second act that is not so public.  Monies are still in short supply and some items still need to be sacrificed.  Consequently, when a class like Computer Science falls a little short in enrollment it disappears for a year.  After this absence is repeated a few times it becomes a vague memory and eventually it becomes extinct.  My concern is that this same scenario holds true for too many other important but smaller classes as well.   One is sliced here, another removed there and soon the quality of the educational system has died from a thousand small curriculum cuts.

A Better Way to Go

If real budget cuts are necessitated by dwindling funds then perhaps the annual threats should become the reality.  The simple truth is that certain courses are more important in meeting the goal of a forward-thinking educational system that truly wants to produce productive citizens that are prepared for the future in a global, technology-based society.   Unlike using technology, knowledge of how technology works will enable our young people to innovate and take part in creating new ways of computing.   This knowledge is not going to be picked up on the proverbial streets.  We need to take a serious step back and redefine what we want and need from public education and then reprioritize our spending.

We need to heed the sage words expressed earlier in this piece by two young people.  Computer Science must be a consistent, standard course offering in all schools.  Enrollment should be encouraged at every level of the system—teachers, counselors, administrators and system-wide.  This approach should then become a model for other courses of similar worth.

February 08, 2010

The Teacher Leader: Every Minute Counts - Time, Learning, and Snow

by Stuart Singer

It is no revelation that some students need more time than others to master certain subjects.  The task of a school is to find ways to give students the opportunity for that extra attention.   Also needed is a realistic understanding that adolescents do not automatically seek out additional study time even when struggling.  The problem, then, for administrators is two-pronged—creating more access while providing compelling incentives.  One of the latest proposals was outlined in a Washington Post article by Jay Mathews Do we need lunch periods, or even cafeterias? 

A Problem with No Easy Answers

As Mr. Mathews aptly notes, whenever the proposal to lengthen the school day to improve student achievement is floated it sinks like a rock to the bottom of the educational idea pond.   The “agrarian” calendar used by the majority of systems (and so appropriate a mere 150 years ago) also appears unlikely to disappear any time soon.  Thus, the newest innovation as outlined in the Post’s article is the extension of the lunch period from thirty minutes to an hour.  The concept is simple—give students the freedom during the extra half of an hour to move about the building seeking extra help for the classes in which they need some remediation.  During this time they can also socialize, relax and escape the peer pressures that can sometimes be experienced in the cafeteria.  It is important to note that what follows here will not be a discussion about nutrition or the aesthetics of a lunchroom.  I will leave those concerns to others.  This conversation is about the best way to meet the academic needs of students.

One Problem, Three Approaches

For the sake of comparison I will briefly outline three remediation plans that I have either experienced, observed or read about.  Two of them utilize time within the established school day and the third requires work after the final bell.

The Extended Lunch Period expands the time allotted for lunch from thirty to sixty minutes.  During this time students can eat lunch, relax with friends or seek out teachers for additional instruction.  This system seems to leave most of the decision making in the hands of the students.

The Embedded Remediation Period creates a separate class period in the school day when students have the opportunity to receive help from teachers.  Most of these models have periods of about thirty minutes with passing time on either side.  Some assign classrooms or locations to students while others are more free form.

The After School Academic Support Plan requires students who are receiving grades of “D” or “F’ to attend thirty to forty minute supplemental sessions with their classroom teachers immediately after the school day ends.

Robbing Peter to Pay Paul

In the interest of transparency let me state from the beginning I consider the after school approach vastly superior to either of the other two options.  Let me explain why. The three major weaknesses of the two in-school plans are the loss of instructional time for everyone, a lack of precision in targeting the appropriate students to be assisted, and no clear incentive for attending.   The extended lunch option removes thirty minutes of class time each day; the embedded option removes even more time due to the additional minutes needed for transitions between periods.  Even in the best-case scenario, a half an hour per day subtracted from the typical high school 180-day year results in a loss of 90 hours of instructional time.  This reduction translates into the equivalent of three weeks removed from each class.  The embedded program loses nearly four weeks.  But does such a loss of contact time really matter?  I believe the following anecdote goes a long way toward answering this question.

Several years ago I was attending a district-wide department chair meeting and the number one topic was the drop in standardized math scores throughout the district.  For the first time in years instead of rising, the scores were uniformly lower at nearly every school.  Our assignment was to find the cause.  When I returned to school I asked my best Algebra 1 teacher for her explanation.  Without hesitation she responded with one word—“snow”.  The previous year we had unusually bad weather and we missed two weeks of school.   While she had time to cover the material for the test, her normal two-week review period was lost.   With the loss of just ten school days an entire system saw a drop in student scores.  Under either of these two aforementioned plans this loss of time would be even greater and impact every student not just the ones who are struggling.

Both of these options result in every student being affected by the needs of a small portion of the population.  While no one would argue that time to decompress is harmful or think only weak students benefit from time for small group assistance, if remediation is the primary goal for reconfiguring the school day, then it becomes quickly obvious that too large a net is being thrown out to catch a very small number of fish.  Significantly reducing instructional time in every class and for every student is far too high a price to pay for avoiding after school remediation.

Hitting the Bulls Eye

A decade ago my school developed the After School Academic Program (ASAP). For the purpose of the current discussion the broad outline is as follows.  Based on their professional opinion, teachers would target students who they felt would benefit from an additional thirty to forty-five minutes of instruction each week.  Individuals who were receiving poor grades for attendance or discipline issues would be excluded.  Such problems needed to be addressed in a different manner.  The list was then sent to the appropriate administrator.  Students would be assigned to an afternoon session that would begin within fifteen minutes of the end of the day.

Late buses were provided to give transportation home if needed and all extra-curricular activities could not begin until ASAP concluded.   The consequences for not attending—administrative detention (no teacher involvement)—were consistent, enforced and effective.  Teacher participation was voluntary even though the after school program was within contract time.  The primary concern for the teachers that volunteered for ASAP was that students were receiving the help that they needed to be successful in their classes.

It seems obvious to me that mandating attendance in an after school program for those who will benefit is a superior option to removing class time from every student.  But I will let the words of an assistant principal I overheard in the hallway express the best answer.  When a student told the assistant principal that he had missed ASAP because of his part time job the response was clear and direct.  “Son, let me be very clear about what is important here.  If you don’t pass your classes, that part time job will be your fulltime job for the rest of your life.”

I think that says it all.

 

 

February 01, 2010

The Teacher Leader: No Place for the Hatfields and McCoys

by Stuart Singer

My discussion of the role of the department chair brought forth some interesting and intriguing responses.  While many focused on the specific proposals, a number of others saw it as an opportunity to discuss the difficulty of creating a positive, productive and trusting relationship between the administrative team and the teaching staff.  More importantly, there was a general consensus that a strong “we vs. they” mentality exists in many schools and when allowed to fester it can seriously impair the morale and effectiveness of a building.

The perceived source of this tension was surprising.  One might think that the most significant cause of such strife would be teacher evaluations.  Any time one person is responsible for assessing the performance of another, a “boss- employee” mindset can easily form.  Surprisingly, based on the input I have received, this assessment is not considered the main area of friction between the administration and staff.  While there are stories worthy of folklore concerning this process, those cases tend to involve only the individual participants rather than the school at large.  School-wide problems, it appears, revolve around disagreement as to roles of the administrative team and the faculty concerning the establishment of curriculum policy and the educational environment in a school.

In This Corner

The job of an assistant principal is inherently difficult.  In addition to dealing with issues relating to student discipline, buses, parental complaints, bell schedules, field trips and the like, this position can become even more challenging when the responsibility of teacher evaluations is added.   The school curriculum is an ever-changing landscape of barrier exams and new programs to evaluate.

And in This Corner

The job of the classroom teacher is inherently difficult.  In addition to the usual responsibilities of grading papers, creating materials, parent conferences, after-school help, extra-curricular responsibilities and the like, this job has become even more challenging because of the ever changing role of the classroom educator.  The curriculum is in a constant state of flux as new initiatives are continually being implemented and the technology demands never stand still.  

When Worlds Collide

(The following views are from the perspective of the classroom teacher.  Those with other perspectives are encouraged to offer theirs.)

While there are plenty of potential interpersonal potholes in the path of any assistant principal, the issues which are most problematic deal with constructing educational policy and the professional roles of teachers and administrators.  During my twenty-six years as a math chair, the department was supervised by six different APs.   Their educational experiences were highly diverse and many were outstanding but they all shared one commonality—none had ever taught math.  These seemingly inappropriate assignments were neither unique nor avoidable.  When a staff of three or four assistant principals must supervise a dozen different and very distinct curricula the probability that they will be in charge of a subject they had taught is remote.  With these circumstances in mind, it is not difficult to visualize potential conflicts arising if this individual is empowered to make decisions directly involving curriculum policy.  It is even more potentially combustible if these choices are in direct opposition to the opinions of the department chair or classroom teacher.

One reader wrote:

“I was in a meeting where a question was asked as to the role of the department chair.  The response was ‘Their responsibility is to carry out the policies of the administrative team.’ When pressed further it was clearly stated that policy making was exclusively the domain of the administrative team.”

It is not surprising that this approach could be a concern for a classroom teacher whose experience in teaching a specific curriculum far exceeds the experience of the person making such a statement.

Another source of friction is the belief held by many teachers that any time a student struggles in their class the responsibility for this failure is placed squarely on the instructor.  The countless number of conferences, documentation and questions that are triggered by student failure often point in the direction of the “offending” teacher.  And in most cases the person questioning the competence of the teacher is the assistant principal.  This situation led to another response:

“I firmly believe that administrators should teach classes occasionally.  I don’t mean just visiting a class; I mean a whole semester or year. As soon as somebody leaves the classroom, they change.  The argument is that now they see the other side.  I’m sure there is another side, but that doesn’t mean the teaching side disappears.”

A Successful School is Flat

The world of Thomas Friedman is flat, a place where the actions of every country affects every other.  In order for an educational institution to be high functioning it must be constructed in a very similar manner.  Student success is the ultimate measure of a school.  And the highest levels of accomplishment only occur when every human cog in the machinery of a building is working to its maximum capacity and in concert with everyone else.  Without the best efforts of the teaching, clerical, custodial, administrative, security and counseling staffs diminished results are inevitable.  If one of these groups fails to meet its obligations, the negative ripples spread throughout all others.  Consequently any instance of miscommunication, mistrust or incompetence must be avoided.  The working relationship between the administrators and teachers must be founded on mutual respect, appreciation of the talents that each possess and the realization that their relationship is one of a collaborative and constantly evolving partnership.   Equally important is the understanding that none of these attributes is intrinsic to a title or position.  They must be earned and re-earned regularly.

Communication Has to Start at the Top

So how can a school create a cohesive, positive working relationship between the administrative and teaching staffs?   The administrative/faculty interaction should be one of the highest priorities of principals.  Their vision of this relationship must be clearly stated, contain no ambivalence, and be repeated often both in public and private.  It should be shared with the teachers, the administrators and then to everyone collectively.  The dialogue should be both verbal and written to ensure that there is no possibility of misinterpretations, misconceptions or secret agendas.  Fully informed individuals can best manage their own expectations and are far less likely to be disappointed or confused.

Ensuring the academic success of every student is the ultimate responsibility of a school principal.  Creating a learning environment where there is a strong sense of respect and a clear understanding of individual responsibilities among the staff rest squarely on the building’s top administrator.  The buck and this policy stop at that office door.

 

 

January 25, 2010

The Teacher Leader: Two Roles Diverge (Part 3)

by Stuart Singer

Choosing the Right Person for the Job

Previously I proposed a low-cost, high-impact method to improve the educational environment of a school—the implementation of a program that elevates the role of the high school department chair to the status of a true educational leader.  By formally establishing this “middle-management” level within a building, a multitude of positive outcomes will follow.

In recent years many schools have begun to refer to selected staff members as educational or instructional leaders.  Usually this moniker is reserved for a chairman of a department or other highly respected teachers.  While this ambiguous labeling may result in some minor benefits, it cannot make the profound difference that a codified cadre of genuinely influential teachers could.  However, unlike a simple name change, the process of developing this group of instructional leaders within a building is very complex. It can quickly become the ultimate test of a school’s leadership.

The formula for success in creating true instructional leaders involves three critical ingredients.  First, the administrative team must be committed to what will become a dramatic change in their role in the educational hierarchy.  Next, the job description of the department chair must be significantly revised.  Finally, great care must be taken to find the individuals who possess both the personal and professional qualities to effectively fill these new responsibilities.

Avoiding a Pothole in the Role

One of the most difficult aspects of this reformatting of the leadership in a high school is the role of the assistant principal.  In order for this transition to reap maximum benefit a significant alteration of the usual mindset will be required.   Many of the areas that had previously been the exclusive domain of the administrative staff must now be either shared with or relinquished to the department chair.  Decision-making, once the exclusive domain of the administrator, becomes a cooperative effort with the department chair as a full partner in the process.  It will be the responsibility of the principal to clearly show that while in the short-term these changes may cause some discomfort for assistant principals, the long-term benefits will be immense. Under this system, administrators can improve their lines of communication to department members by utilizing the input of a highly respected leader. This leader understands the desires of the administrative staff and can communicate them to other teachers as a peer.

But before we continue remember this warning:  This transition will not come easily.  Only powerful and resolute leadership from the principal can overcome some of the hardwired concepts in the current system.

Building the Right Model

The duties of the traditional department chair include ordering books, securing supplies and attending meetings.  An educational leader would be given the following additional responsibilities:

- They will be intimately involved in the hiring process for all department members.  This involvement would include selecting candidates from submitted resumes and assisting in the interview process itself. The final decision should be a collaborative effort between the educational leader and the appropriate school administrator.  At my school, for example, after a lengthy post-interview discussion the AP and Chair each had a figurative yes or no vote on the candidate.  One negative response would preclude the individual from being hired.  This process has multiple positive results.  New teachers will have a significantly closer relationship with the department chair as a result of sharing their philosophies at the interview and mutually making the proactive decision to work together.  Additionally as a person who is directly involved in the choice of staff members, the educational leader becomes a person with a high level of influence from the new hire’s perspective.  Finally, the evaluation of a candidate is obtained from two important but somewhat different perspectives —a high school administrator and a classroom teacher.

- Enlarging the role of the department chair in the master schedule process.  The expanded role of the department chair should include helping to establish class sizes by calculating the number of class sections for each subject and subsequently negotiating individual teacher schedules.  Included in this new, expanded role would be determining how many preps each teacher should be given and deciding who should teach any specialized classes.

- As a participant in Department Chair Meetings each leader will have direct influence in the school’s educational policy.   The successful implementation of new programs is greatly improved when the educational leaders within the building are given a powerful voice in the evolution of the school’s philosophy both in general and specifically as it pertains to their department.  A vote on every idea is both counter productive and unnecessary; but input on critical decisions is the best way to ensure broad acceptance.

Building an Effective Instructional Leader

Just as a school is only as good as its staff, the concept of instructional leadership is only as successful as the individuals chosen for this role.  If positive chemistry between athletes leads to a winning athletic program, the right mix of instruction leaders ensures a successful leadership team.  Here are the attributes I have found most important in selecting the right people.

- An educational leader must be one of the best classroom teachers in the department.    In order to implement educational policy for a department one must be able to do so in the classroom.  Nothing can undermine a teaching initiative more than having it presented by someone who is perceived as a weak link in the profession.

- The individual chosen for this position must understand that they represent the views and needs of their department members not their own.  The people sitting at a table to discuss the direction of a school’s educational policy must be able to view such decisions from the broad perspective of the school in general and their department specifically.

- Instructional leaders must be respected within the entire school community.  The successful formulation of school policy can only be done by individuals whose judgment and philosophy is trusted by their peers.  This status can only be attained by someone who has made important contributions at faculty meetings, on school committees and through parent interactions.

- Anyone representing a department must have a broad commitment to the success of the school.  An effective educational leader must be willing to spend an inordinate number of hours working to address the needs of others.  At my school where the chairs were doing job interviews, working on the master schedule, attending meetings and answering their staff members’ questions, although their contract read 9 ¾ months a year, in actuality the job was twelve-months a year and sixty-hours a week. We followed a simple equation.  If we needed to spend time working on something that would assist multiple teachers representing hundreds of students, our own individual needs would have to be placed second.

Elevating department chairs to the level of educational leaders can profoundly improve a school’s learning environment.  It is a transition that can only occur when a principal demonstrates strong leadership, considerable patience and, most importantly, a clearly articulated vision.  The price in terms of time and effort can be high but the results can easily justify the cost.

January 19, 2010

The Teacher Leader: Part 2 Two Roles Diverge

by Stuart Singer

Leave Your Ego At The Door And Create A Better School

The specific role of the high school department chair varies greatly from school to school.  When appropriately utilized these instructional leaders can significantly improve academic success, staff morale and the effectiveness of the administration.  All too often, unfortunately, the department chair is more of a caretaker than a leader with primary job responsibilities consisting of ordering supplies, reporting equipment problems and relaying administrative decisions to teachers.

A Subtle Change of Direction

For the first half of my twenty-six year stint as math chair this description would be a fair assessment of my responsibilities.  That role began to change in the early 1990s when one of the school’s Assistant Principals was elevated to Principal.  Her strong respect for the importance of the teacher in the success of a school and her familiarity with the school’s personnel allowed her to immediately invest a high level of confidence in the input of many of the department chairs.  By the time she retired eight years later this increase in teacher influence was the perfect environment for her successor.

A New Vision for School Leadership

In his first opportunity as a high school principal, the school’s new leader arrived with two points of emphasis.  First, he believed that the key to a student’s academic success was the ability to read at or above grade level.  To attain this goal he hired a former “teacher of the year” from another state to incorporate a reading program throughout the entire curriculum.  Secondly, he viewed the teaching staff as unquestionably the most important component to any school’s success.  Consequently, he was determined to do whatever was necessary to maximize the talents of every educator in the building.  To symbolize his commitment to that lofty goal he placed a sign on his desk that had the letters A-B-C with a slash written through them.  The placard carried a simple message—the concept of “Administration By Convenience” would not be tolerated and the primary focus of the administrative staff would be providing an educational climate that would provide the best possible teaching situation.

Putting the Leader into Instructional Leader

This change in approach was not easy.  Many traditional attitudes had to be altered.  The long-time concept of “top-down” decision making was being replaced with “bottom up” input.  The goal was to move the teacher-administrator relationship from a “we-they” mentality to one that centered on “us”.  Assistant principals were becoming less identified as evaluators and more as facilitators. 

It was a process that started slowly.  The first two years were little different from the past.  More advice was solicited and some lively discussions ensued at department chair meetings but for the most part they were still the principal’s domain.  He conducted the meeting, set the agenda and made all the final decisions. Subtle changes were, however, occurring.  The cast of players was slowly being altered.  Department chairs who had been chosen previously on seniority were retiring and being replaced with individuals deemed among the top teachers in the department.  More and more of the discussions began to revolve around educational philosophy rather than school policy.  But the most important change occurred in year three.

Finding a New Direction

At the time I really did not think it was a big deal.  The Principal made a simple request—he wanted me to establish the agenda and lead the next department chair meeting.  I was not quite sure what he meant until the next time the group convened.  I passed out a list of topics for discussion and glanced in the direction of the Principal.  He sat passively without saying a word.  Suddenly it hit me.  A department chair was in charge of this meeting and he was sitting in my seat.  The session itself was uneventful.  No one questioned why I was leading the discussion and the Principal was not shy about sharing his views on each topic.  But the direction of the school leadership had been altered.  The evolution of the role of the department chair was about to begin.

Over the next few years a stunning transition occurred within the school.  Some of the changes were cosmetic, some procedural and some were precedent shattering.  The cast of characters at the meetings was dramatically expanded.  In addition to the eleven department chairs, the entire administrative team would attend along with the librarian, reading specialist, IB coordinator, and any other staff member who had business before the group.  We actually had to find a larger room to facilitate the ever-increasing number of participants.  Ten days prior to each meeting I would send out a query letter soliciting agenda items from the participants.  A week later after compiling the responses, I would send out the preliminary agenda.  In addition, I would meet directly with the Principal to review the topics to be discussed.

The body language at the meetings spoke volumes.  The administrative team would be scattered around the outer perimeter; the chairs sat in the center. The message was clear—this meeting was for teachers to talk and administrators to listen.   In retrospect the transformation of attitudes was quite astounding.  Participants recognized that they were becoming true instructional leaders discussing and ultimately deciding educational policy for the school.  Meetings would begin at 2:20 and would sometimes last until after 6:00.  Sometimes small groups would congregate in the halls well after adjournment to continue discussing issues.  Even more telling was the fact that virtually no one would leave a meeting until it was over.  Those who departed would lose the opportunity to have their voice heard.  Staff members took this forum so seriously they would often   send me agenda items long before they were formally requested.

So many plusses, so few downsides

As the empowerment of the department chairs grew, the benefits to the school expanded as well.  Classroom teachers now believed that they had a voice in the management of the school.  When concerned about an issue they would approach their chair who would then present it at the next meeting.  This approach was significantly more productive than what had preceded it—loud and long complaints in faculty workrooms.  The department chairs understood their new responsibility.  They were now advocates for their members.  They would at times have to support ideas that were not necessarily in line with their own beliefs but did represent the majority sentiment of their staff members.   The newly envisioned position of the department chair—a hybrid who had clear access to the administration but was still a classroom teacher—gave them a unique status.  

The administration quickly saw the positives as well.  Not only were great ideas being generated, decisions were far easier to implement.  A principal who says “I have decided” is not nearly as likely to succeed as one who can say “The department chairs support this decision”.  Soon a wide range of activities were reviewed, revised and approved by the chairs.  The direction of the decision-making process had been profoundly changed and as a result school morale and student performance soared.  These two outcomes were not a coincidence.

Next:  Choosing the right person for the job

January 11, 2010

The Teacher Leader: Two Roles Diverge (Part 1)

by Stuart Singer

Leadership Is a Terrible Thing To Waste

The task of improving our educational system is daunting.  There are so many areas of concern and so few funds to devote to the solutions.  Consequently, there is a continuing need to find creative, effective and inexpensive ways to improve the delivery of information to our students.  Redefining the role of the high school department chair is one step that will meet these three requirements and can result in dramatically improving the effectiveness of a school in a variety of areas.

A Little Bit of History

I began my math-teaching career in 1968.  At the time the chairman of the math department was one of the most beloved teachers in the building.  A former Captain in the Navy during World War II, Capt. Smith (not his actual name) had been in charge of the department since the school opened in 1959.  His celebrity was such that his birthday was formally celebrated throughout the building.  In the morning “Capt. Smith Day” was proclaimed over the public address system and posters throughout the halls exclaimed his unique status.  However, this notoriety had little impact on his educational role.  He was not present at my job interview the previous December.  When I was formally assigned to the school in June there was no contact.  Our initial meeting was midway through the first day I reported to the school to start the year.  Over the next three years before he retired, he never visited my classroom, discussed my teaching assignment, offered advice on teaching strategies, or assigned me a mentor.  At no point was I ever formally introduced to the department.  I am not sure he even knew my first name.

Working On a One Way Street

Unfortunately this scenario had nothing to do with the good Captain’s personal approach to his position.  Rather, it was a reflection of the method in which decisions were made in the high school and the role of the department chair in 1968.  Leadership at that time was a mind-boggling combination of top-down educational policy and hands-off educational philosophy.  The administrators dictated every facet of the school with the notable exception of the teacher’s individual classroom.  In terms of the day-to-day school decision-making, no questions were asked; no input was ever solicited.  Meanwhile the actual process of teaching students was rarely if ever addressed. (For the first five years of my teaching career no one ever came into my class to see what was transpiring.  I did, however, get excellent evaluations every year.  But this is a topic for another time).  The department chair served basically as a caretaker—order textbooks, make sure there was an adequate supply of chalk and communicate the directives issued by the administrative staff.  During that three-year period I do not recall a single sentence spoken by the chairman of the department that began “I have decided”.

For the next eleven years little changed.  Two other teachers “ascended” to the position but neither of them ever observed my class, shared philosophies or solicited my input on educational policy. The assignment of classes each year remained a mystery.  Every few years my classroom location would be changed but no explanation was ever given. 

In 1981 it was my turn to be chairman.  During my twenty-six year tenure I experienced a roller coaster ride as the job evolved in a mind-spinning number of directions.  Throughout the twists and turns I began to understand the potential, fulfilled and unfulfilled, of this position in a high school setting.

A Slight Course Correction But No U-Turn

The role of the department chair was fairly static during my first decade.  Initially the only changes were semantic.  At meetings and sometimes in print department chairs were now being referred to as “educational leaders”.  Later the title was upgraded to “instructional leaders”.  But the actual job description was not altered.  As always, an additional planning period was given in exchange for attending a variety of district meetings, ordering textbooks and basic supplies, and serving as a source for communicating administrative policy. 

The criteria by which department chairs were appointed revealed a great deal about the perceived importance of the position.  More times than not the selection was based solely on seniority.  In the rare cases where that standard was deemed inappropriate, the job was assigned to whomever was willing to accept it.  More than once when an opening occurred a few teachers would informally huddle together to decide who would ascend to the title. Suffice to say, a job given with little regard to merit is a job that itself is of little merit.

Perhaps, far more telling measure of the significance of the department chair, was what was not in the job description.  There was no input on staffing or the master schedule.  For fifteen years I would meet the new members of my department on the first day of school.  Few opinions were solicited on educational issues.  While the department chairs would meet on a fairly regular schedule, these meetings were not a formal venue for input.  This situation was not a reflection of an individual principal’s philosophy or skill.  Five significantly different people occupied the principal position during this time period.  From my perspective two were excellent, two were adequate and the other was so disastrous he was later fired at another school.  The general job description of the department chair remained largely unchanged throughout the period.

But change began to emerge in the early 1990s.  A variety of events created a perfect storm for educational evolution in the building.  In almost every aspect the school was in a total meltdown.  In less than five years there had been three different principals.  The last was the aforementioned disaster.  After announcing he was leaving the school because “God told me it was the right thing to do” (Cross my heart—he stood in front of a shell-shocked faculty at a meeting to reveal this celestial revelation.  Within five months apparently there was a heavenly change of heart and he moved to a high school in another state.  He was fired within the first year with or without divine intervention).  After this latest in a series of calamities, the entire faculty took an aggressive stance with the county.  The Assistant Superintendent tasked with hiring the next principal was told both in person (at a faculty meeting) and in writing (to the School Board Member) that the school had suffered enough and that one of the current Assistant Principals was the right person for a school in severe pain.  This confrontation was a defining moment that brought a profound change to the school’s culture.  The county got the message—the recommendation was implemented and a sense of empowerment had begun.  The new principal was a perfect vessel for change.  She was viewed as a strong advocate for teachers and understood that the success or failure of a school is determined by the quality of the people at the front of the classroom.  Department chair meetings became discussions rather than lectures with the input of the teachers being considered and often adopted.  School morale, which had been at its nadir during the previous administration, began to rise.  The faculty viewed the school as a communal effort.  The position of department chair was now seen as someone who spoke to the needs of the teachers.  More importantly this input was being heard and woven into school policy.  An important and profound structural change had begun.  But the best was yet to come.

Next:  Part 2:  Leave Your Ego at the Door and Create a Better School

December 14, 2009

The Teacher Leader: A Good Starting Point But Not Quite the Finish Line: A Follow Up

By Stuart Singer

Since my posting on December 8, two recent articles have come to my attention concerning the use of student performance on standardized tests and the economics of education.   Both reinforce my contention that the utilization of this data is a step in the right direction.  These stories were reported by Nick Anderson in the December 13 Washington Post.  The first “Performance pay funding for teachers may increase, discussed some of the initial steps taken by the Obama Administration in equating success on certain exams to the rewarding of millions of dollars in resources to school systems.  The second “Louisiana serves as model in teacher assessment, details a pilot program in Louisiana in which merit pay for teachers is based on a combination of student test performance and classroom observations.  Of significant importance is the fact that many other school systems are studying this approach with the intent of incorporating some of its components into their own future plans.

Both of these initiatives are indicative of the movement toward the analysis of test scores in evaluating the effectiveness of individual teachers, schools and entire school systems.  As stated previously, I feel that when done properly this method of measurement will be a positive step for improving education.  However, the “done properly” caveat is critical and it is imperative that individuals who are well versed in both the use of data and what it means in an educational setting will be the decision makers. 

Stay tuned for future developments.

 

December 08, 2009

The Teacher Leader: A Good Starting Point But Not Quite the Finish Line

by Stuart Singer

Recently the Obama administration introduced a new program “Race to the Top” (“Scoring System for School Aid”, Washington Post, November 12) which includes a new set of guidelines for schools to qualify for billions of dollars in government aid.  Of the various criteria being utilized in deciding the distribution of the funds the one with the greatest bearing on the decision-making process is the use of student achievement on standardized end-of-course exams. This data will be used as a measure of the effectiveness of teachers and administrators.  When first written the plan contained an even higher reliance on these tests and not surprisingly most teacher unions were less than enthusiastic.  However, as the rules have been modified to incorporate other data there is now a somewhat grudging acceptance of the concept by these groups.  As a forty-year veteran of the math classroom my view of this new direction is quite simple.  Based on my experiences the direct use of these test scores as a measurement tool of a school’s progress is a revolutionary change that, if done properly, has the potential to profoundly improve the educational process. 

A Question Asked Over and Over

For nearly a decade on numerous occasions and in a wide variety of forums I have been asked to discuss my views concerning end-of-course, barrier exams.  My answer was always consistent if a bit unpopular with other teachers.   I would quickly acknowledge that the exams being used in my state were, and still are, seriously flawed (50 multiple choice questions, poorly conceived scoring, too little teacher input, etc.).  But I subsequently stated that I believed the concept of testing was a positive step toward improving public education.  These tests, even in their less than perfect implementation, brought consistency to the curriculum.  Prior to their introduction the coverage of subject matter in too many classes resembled the Wild West. All too often educators over-emphasized the topics they found most interesting and lessened or even omitted those in which they were either weak or did not enjoy.  As a result there were wide variations in what each student was learning in ostensibly the same curriculum.  Until the advent of the standardized tests there was no uniform mechanism to determine if mastery of the subject had been attained.  While the actual testing process may be less than satisfactory it is significantly better than the chaotic approach of earlier years.  These test results gave a school’s staff a valuable starting point in measuring student success. 

A Pleasantly Surprising Development

I have always been intrigued by the definition of a good teacher.  In almost every school it is common knowledge among the staff, students and community which teachers are the most and the least effective.  This continuum of teacher efficacy is often determined without the use of personal observation or any concrete data.   Nonetheless it exists; it is consistent and remarkably accurate.  Add to this mysterious method of ranking, the results of the first decade of standardized testing and something quite informative appears. Students taught by “good” teachers would always average significantly higher scores than those enrolled in the same course taught by a lesser teacher.  When studied over the course of several years the correlation between our school community’s perception of a teacher’s ability and their actual effectiveness as measured by their students’ scores on standardized test was both high and positive.

Scores You Can Believe In

While it is unlikely that the time or money necessary to dramatically improve the quality of end-of-course exams will be forthcoming any time in the near future, the Obama plan calls for government aid to be at least partially determined by these tests.  This new approach offers an opportunity to introduce a more quantitative and effective process for improving our public schools.

Consequently, the task is to find the best approach to make the information available reflect an accurate accounting of a school’s success.  Here would be my list of “Dos and Don’ts”.

·  Don’t measure a school’s scores on a subject with the scores from previous years.  This method says little since it compares different students, test questions, grading scales and teachers. Do compare a school’s scores with those on the same test at other schools in the district and compare its relative ranking from one year to the next.

·   Don’t evaluate a school exclusively on its comparative scores with other schools.  Create a chart based on pass rate and then next to every school note the percentage of students on Free or Reduced Lunch.  This is the best measure of the socio-economic level of a student body.  Do create a second listing of the percent of F/R lunch from lowest to highest.  A comparison of the lists will reveal how well a school is actually performing.  I created a mathematical formula for this but trust me the correct interpretation is always quite obvious. 

·  Don’t use individual teacher performance for these evaluations.  Do require schools to explain their philosophy and strategies for improving the overall success of their students on these tests.  Include the views of individual teachers as well as the administrative team.  The approach and intensity of a school when addressing the need to improve student scores can reveal a great deal about its potential for success.

A Starting Point Not a Finish Line

The concept of incorporating standardized tests scores into the evaluation of a school and the aid it receives is an excellent beginning to bringing true accountability in our educational system.  The plan should be implemented cautiously and needs to be reassessed and refined on a regular basis.  The entire testing process itself must undergo continuous scrutiny with the goal of making it as accurate and reflective as possible.  Exam scores need to always be used as a tool, never as a bludgeon.  But most importantly, the ultimate goal can never be forgotten—improving the quality of our educational system and increasing student learning.

December 07, 2009

The Teacher Leader

by Mel Riddile

Research into memory and learning demonstrates that we best remember the beginning and the end of a list of words. The primacy and recency effects also apply to books and articles.  We best remember the first chapter and the ending of the book. Likewise, students are most likely to remember what is taught at the beginning and end of a class session.

In the first assignment in my very first graduate course, I read and summarized an article titled “Accountability Demands Involvement.”  At that time, we were many years away from the notion of accountability, but the concept stuck with me and I have repeated the idea numerous times over my career.

As one mentor often reminded me, “You can delegate responsibility, but not accountability.” When high stakes accountability arrived, I found myself revisiting my belief that accountability was not something we did to others. Rather, it was something that we shared. As a high school principal, I wished that those above me had shared that same belief in collective accountability.

As a principal of a diverse, high-poverty school, I learned very quickly that improving the achievement of each and every student could not be done by one person or by a small group. Instead of one leader, we needed many leaders. Instead of top-down leadership, we needed collaboration, shared decision-making, and shared responsibility. Instead of one person’s thinking, we needed to tap into the combined experience and collective intelligence of our entire staff in order to find the best possible solutions.

Over time, I came to realize that involving others was not the outcome but the means to shared ownership. If our school was going to succeed by helping each student succeed, we needed the commitment of every member of our staff. I also knew that, if our school was going to succeed, we would have to do so with the current staff. Replacing large numbers of teachers was not an option, nor was it desirable. I believed that our school had Acres of Diamonds, and that it was my job to find them and let them shine.

Instead of one leader, our school needed many leaders. I had the good luck of inheriting a core group of teachers who were emotionally invested in the school and the students. That core group had all worked in the school for more than twenty years. They had spent most of their adult lives serving the students of that school. They had witnessed the school change from a low-poverty to a high-poverty school, and from a low-diversity to a high-diversity school with students representing eighty-eight countries and over sixty languages. It was that core group of veterans who helped transform that school from one labeled as “failing” to award winning.

The staff did an outstanding job of caring about students, but we all had a lot to learn about raising student achievement. That meant that we had to continue to be who we were, but we had to change not only our expectations and beliefs, but we had to change what we did in each classroom and how we worked with students. Those profound changes would take time, focus, and hard work.

I realized that we had to use time wisely. We could not afford to make hasty decisions only to spend an inordinate amount of time repairing the resultant collateral damage. That meant that we had to make good decisions and that meant that we had to involve more staff members, even if the decisions took more time to make.

To make the kind of changes that were needed, we had to remove to some formidable barriers. First, years of being subjected to annual initiatives with no follow-through meant that the staff had a negative change history. The fact is that they heard leaders cry wolf too many times and their trust had all but eroded. Secondly, they had never truly been involved in key decisions that affected them as teachers. The idea that they were going to be the deciders raised some appropriate skepticism. Finally, we needed open channels of communication that filtered out both the personal and professional agendas. We needed to eliminate the traditional divide that existed between the administration and the faculty.

Changing expectations and beliefs, eliminating skepticism, building trust, creating a collaborative decision-making process, and opening up lines of communications would take months if not years to accomplish. The problem is that we did not have years to work on our adult issues. We needed to get to work helping students learn and grow.

We needed a catalyst, an accelerant. We not only needed teacher leaders, we needed a leader of teacher leaders to act as a bridge between the administration and the faculty. This individual would need to be a person trusted and respected by teachers and administrators alike, a person with unquestioned loyalty, not to a person or a group or a department, but devotion to the school and the success of all students. This individual needed to see the big picture and to be a person to whom both teachers and administrators could confidently confide.

Stu SingerAfter much thought, I decided that we had the one person who could be the bridge, Stu Singer. As it turned out, Stu was the most senior member of the staff. He had spent his entire career in the school. At first, Stu was reluctant. After all, this was uncharted territory. We both recognized that, if this was not handled properly, Stu would find himself caught in limbo—not a teacher and not an administrator. Our thinking was that his value was in his teacher role. So, we wanted to ensure that his role was clear.

After much thought and discussion, we came up with the non-threatening title of Instructional Coordinator, but, in reality, he was the faculty dean. Stu was also the Math Department Chair. He and I formed a partnership that lasted almost a decade. I trusted him emphatically because I knew that he would not tell me what I wanted to hear. Instead, he would tell me what I needed to hear. His loyalty was to the school and to the success of our students.

Stu set the agenda and led all leadership team meetings. He wrote a piece for my weekly staff newsletter that recognized our teacher of the week. His Math Department was where we conducted all our experiments; after-school tutoring, expanded learning time, attempts to manipulate class sizes to better serve struggling learners, and experiments with various instructional methods.

However, it was Stu’s leadership behind the scenes that made the most impact on our school. Thanks to his efforts, we opened the lines of communications that enabled us to build the level of trust that we needed to take our school to the next level. Without Stu Singer and our teacher-leaders our school could not have broken through and become a high-performing, high-poverty high school. Stu was not simply a teacher leader. From my perspective, Stu Singer is The Teacher Leader.

Stu Singer, The Teacher Leader, will be a regular contributor to this blog. He will provide readers with another vitally important perspective, that of a teacher leader.

Bottom Line: Two important characteristics of high-performing schools are shared-decision-making and collaborative leadership. Collaborative leaders don’t simply consult others, they share and distribute leadership throughout the school. Leaders in high-performing schools know that accountability demands the involvement of the entire staff. They know that leaders grow leaders.

 

Subscribe to Principal Difference by e-mail
(enter your address):